The former Talking Heads frontman, who only recently revealed his engagement to Mala Gaonkar, delivered the news along with a playlist he created for his wedding dinner.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
SEVERINA je prije nekoliko dana na svom Instagram profilu posvetila nekoliko objava odmoru u Italiji, a pritom je pokazala i odlična modna izdanja – od šarmantne haljine Dolce & Gabbane, zamišljene kao razglednica Portofina, do kupaćeg kostima brenda Norma Kamali koji spaja klasiku i provokativan dizajn.
Među fotografijama našlo se i nekoliko upečatljivih komada obuće – od crnih Hermès Chypre natikača koje sve više osvajaju trendseterice, do ribarskih sandala koje su ovo ljeto veliki hit. Severina se odlučila za glomazan Pradin model u bež nijansi.
Ribarske sandale preuzele modne piste i ulice
Ove sandale kombinirala je s kratkim traper hlačicama i prozirnom bluzom dugih zvonolikih rukava sa svijetloplavim uzorcima i visokim ovratnikom. Rezultat je opušten, ali dotjeran look, savršen za ljetne šetnje i druženja uz more. Ovim stylingom Severina je još jednom pokazala da je u korak s trendovima.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Naime, posljednjih sezona u modi je prisutna nostalgija, a posebno je do izražaja došla ovog ljeta. Mnogi retro komadi vratili su se u garderobe, a kada je riječ o obući, ribarske sandale preuzele su i modne piste i gradske ulice diljem svijeta.
Prozračne, ali strukturirane, postale su must-have ove sezone. Nosile su ih svjetske zvijezde poput Taylor Swift, Hailey Bieber, Gwyneth Paltrow i Katie Holmes, domaća imena poput Marijane Batinić, brojni modni influenceri, a često su se pojavljivale i u ljetnim kombinacijama na društvenim mrežama.
Sada im se pridružila i Severina, dodatno potvrđujući status ribarskih sandala kao jednog od glavnih trendova ovog ljeta.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
As a young man, he stood next to Martin Luther King Jr. as he delivered his “I Have A Dream” speech. As a college basketball coach, he blazed a trail for Black coaches and players. As an executive, he was instrumental in signing Michael Jordan to his groundbreaking endorsement deal with Nike.
George Raveling had an impact that stretched far beyond basketball, the sport which he last coached three decades ago at USC. He became a revered figure in the game, not for the number of wins he accumulated over his career, but for his role as a mentor to many.
Raveling, 88, died Monday after a battle with cancer, his family announced.
“There are no words to fully capture what George meant to his family, friends, colleagues, former players, and assistants — and to the world,” the family said in a statement. “He will be profoundly missed, yet his aura, energy, divine presence, and timeless wisdom live on in all those he touched and transformed.”
Raveling coached at USC from 1986 to 1994, the first Black coach to take the helm of the Trojans basketball program. Over his first four seasons at the school, Raveling didn’t experience much success, winning just 38 of USC’s 116 games over that stretch.
Raveling found his stride in the second half of his tenure, taking the Trojans to two straight NCAA tournaments and two NITs after that. But his overall record at USC never broke .500 (115-118). In September 1994, Raveling was in a serious car accident that eventually led him to retire. He suffered nine broken ribs and a collapsed lung and fractured his pelvis and collarbone.
After his coaching career, Raveling joined Nike as the director of grassroots basketball, later rising to the role of director of international basketball.
But his biggest contribution at Nike came out of his relationship with Jordan, whom Raveling had coached as an assistant with the U.S. national team at the 1984 Olympics. Jordan, whose deal with Nike sent the brand into a new stratosphere, credited Raveling for making it happen. In the foreword for Raveling’s book, Jordan called him “a mentor”.
“If not for George, there would be no Air Jordan,” Jordan wrote.
Across the basketball world, similar plaudits came pouring in Tuesday in light of Raveling’s death.
Eric Musselman, USC’s current basketball coach, said Raveling was “not only a Hall of Fame basketball mind but a tremendous person who paved the way on and off the court.”
Former Villanova coach Jay Wright wrote on social media that Raveling was “the finest human being, inspiring mentor, most loyal alum and a thoughtful loving friend.”
Raveling grew up in Washington D.C., during a time of segregation and hardship. His family lived in a two-room apartment above a grocery store, where they shared a bathroom with four other families on the same floor. His father died suddenly when he was 9. His mother suffered a mental health crisis a few years later and spent most of her remaining years in a psychiatric hospital. Raveling left home at 14 to attend a boarding school.
It was at St. Michaels, a mostly white boarding school in Pennsylvania, that Raveling first started playing basketball. He earned a scholarship at Villanova, where he became a captain and later an assistant coach.
But the college experience, he later said, had an even more profound impact on Raveling.
“I’ve always felt like a sprinter who’d slipped at the starting box and was 20 yards behind everybody — I’ve been in a mad dash to catch up with everybody ever since,” Raveling told The Times in 1994. “My mom worked two jobs when I was a kid. There were no books in our house. Nobody envisioned that I’d graduate from college. No one even encouraged me to go to college.”
He’d spend the rest of his life, it seems, trying to make up for lost time.
Raveling was standing just a few feet away from King on the National Mall in Washington D.C. in 1963 as he delivered his famed “I Have A Dream” speech. King actually handed Raveling his copy of the historic speech immediately after he finished.
For decades, Raveling kept it tucked inside of a book, before recounting the story to a journalist. According to Sports Illustrated, a collector later offered Raveling $3 million for his copy of the speech. But he declined and donated it instead to Villanova.
George Raveling was inducted into the Naismith Memorial Basketball Hall of Fame in Springfield, Mass., in 2015.
(Charles Krupa / Associated Press)
Raveling pioneered a path that few Black coaches ever had through his career. He was the first Black coach in the history of the Atlantic Coast Conference when he started as an assistant in 1969. Three years later, at Washington State, he became the first Black coach to lead a Pac-8 (now Pac-12) Conference basketball team.
He coached at Iowa from 1983-86 before being hired at USC. At the time, the Trojans had a roster that included Hank Gathers and Bo Kimble, who were coming off their freshman season. Raveling gave the players a firm deadline to tell him if they planned to remain on the team and when they didn’t he revoked their scholarships. Both went on to star at Loyola Marymount.
Raveling was inducted into the Naismith Basketball Hall of Fame in 2015. But as a “contributor”, not as a coach. Even while he was coaching, Raveling seemed to understand that his role meant more than that.
“Winning basketball games just helps you keep your job,” he told The Times in 1994. “But keeping your job helps you work with these kids about the real challenges of life, which all happen away from the court. I know there’s an enormous demand around here to win. But I don’t want someone to ask me what I accomplished in my life and for me to say that I won this amount of games or took a team to some tournament.
“If all I can say is that I taught a kid how to shoot a jump shot, well, that’s not good enough. These kids come out of underprivileged, inner-city areas, and I’m just wasting my time if I haven’t put something of substance into their lives.”
William Shakespeare was fond of bawdy language so forgive my Elizabethan when I say that Ncuti Gatwa’s preening, prowling Christopher Marlowe basically wants to fight and “seek heaven in the flesh” for most of Liz Duffy Adams’ riotous reinvention of the relationship between that era’s two greatest playwrights.
Period leather has never looked sexier than when the Rwandan-Scottish actor stalks the quivering Shakespeare, brandishing his “throbbing quill.” He crawls sinuously across a huge table, leaps off it and even bicep curls it. I hope the set furnishings had their own intimacy coordinator.
While he declares he wants to throw himself into every earthly pleasure and “devour” it, Bleumel’s coltish, coy Shakespeare wants to dream and reinvent the world and our way of seeing it. Undeterred, Marlowe rips off his shirt, straddles Shakespeare, nips and nuzzles him in endless rounds that Adams suggest are as much about the rake’s notorious libido as his need to dominate.
Unfortunately, much as the 90 minutes with no interval entertains, with two electrifying performances and true moments of delight, rather like the eventual lack of any fornicating, all that fighting and flirting ultimately feels like endless foreplay.
Marlowe’s bad boy reputation has endured, but Adams also wants to highlight his illicit spying activities and somewhat clumsily introduce a well-hidden longing for love. The play impressively makes no concessions to newcomers to the era, bandying around names like Robert Cecil (Marlowe’s patron and implied lover) and the Earl of Southampton (likewise for Shakespeare) and assuming we know Shakespeare’s History Plays and their characters.
This piece is framed around three writing sessions of Henry VI, parts 1, 2 and 3, which many scholars argue was a collaboration between the two men. We start out with Marlowe the arrogant flashy meteor and a diffident, naive Shakespeare still a jobbing actor, then the dynamic shifts with the latter’s swift rise.
There’s fun in this early imbalance of power, but it feels a bit forced that Shakespeare is so extremely unworldly and such a goody goody, wanting to only use his own less impressive quill for it’s intended purposes when Marlowe and his fabulously oversized one offers endless other opportunities. Yes, the Bard was a grafter, but he was also, like every actor and artist in that period, a grifter. However, the two actors rise (ahem) to the challenge and make it (just about) work.
The simple period staging and costumes contrast powerfully with the three surrounding walls of globe (how on the nose) lights and the video screen that fills the front of the stage between each small time jump.
Adam’s writing is fluid, and she works in allusions to her subjects’ own wordsmithery (the title is a quote from Henry VI part 3) and achieves some of her own. But for such a short play with an entertaining premise and two charismatic leads, it sometimes drags, bogged down in the repetitive circling of themes and sexual advances. The rather rushed reaching for true poignancy and emotion at the end isn’t really earned and doesn’t quite convince.
The two stars have crackling chemistry but some of the intimate moments feel a little stagey, while Gatwa’s accent roamed from North of the border to somewhere vaguely Cornish. Much of this will bed in, of course, even if the two chaps never actually do. The show is great fun. Just not a much as it could have been. Perhaps, it simply bites off more than it can chew…
The 2026 Mercedes-Benz GLC350e 4MATIC has landed in local showrooms from $99,900 before on-road costs with a plug-in hybrid (PHEV) powertrain offering a claimed 112km of electric driving range under the WLTP cycle.
The current-generation GLC SUV is the most popular model in Mercedes-Benz Australia showrooms, and the GLC350e gives the popular SUV its first non-AMG plug-in hybrid (PHEV).
Not only is it a belated replacement for the previous-generation GLC300e, but it also gives Mercedes-Benz a direct rival to the BMW X3 30e xDrive – priced at $104,800 before on-roads – and the soon-to-be-replaced Audi Q5 TFSIe, which was priced at $113,984 plus on-roads.
It’s also the third non-AMG PHEV launched by the German automaker here this year.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new Mercedes-Benz. Click here to get a great deal.
The GLA250e PHEV SUV was launched in July with the C350e PHEV sedan two months earlier as the brand moved back towards plug-in hybrids – having previously prioritised electric vehicles (EVs) – given their increasing popularity both here and overseas.
The GLC350e’s $99,900 before-on-roads price is $1700 above the C350e sedan, which uses the same 150kW 2.0-litre engine and nine-speed automatic combo, but the GLC adds a bigger, 25.28kWh battery and more powerful 115kW electric motor.
Despite the more powerful electric motor, Mercedes-Benz says the GLC has the same combined 230kW/550Nm outputs as the C350e sedan, 10kW and 100Nm above the X3 30e, and while short of the Q5 55 TFSI’s 270kW it has more torque than the Audi’s 500Nm.
Mercedes-Benz Australia claims an electric-only driving range of 132km – 28km more than the PHEV C-Class sedan – using the NEDC measure.
Under electric power – prioritised in urban driving conditions – the GLC350e can reach 100km/h in a claimed 6.7 seconds before a top speed of 140km/h.
The GLC350e comes with a pair of charging cables – one for public charging, the other for home – and can be charged at up to 11kW using AC power, enabling a full battery in around two hours.
An optional charging package brings DC charging at up to 55kW, for an 80 per cent charge in 20 minutes.
Standard equipment on the GLC350e includes an Avantgarde exterior package, which includes 19-inch twin five-spoke alloy wheels, LED headlights, metallic paint, and privacy glass.
Aluminum-look side-steps and trim contrast with gloss black details to complete the exterior look.
Other standard equipment includes:
Keyless entry and start
Panoramic sunroof
Artico leatherette upholstery
Power-adjustable front seats with memory and lumbar support
Heated front seats
Head-up display
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
11.9-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Satellite navigation
Ambient lighting
At the rear, standard-fit self-levelling suspension maintains the same ride height regardless of load.
Three option packages are also available for the GLC 350e.
The Sport Package costs $6000 and adds an AMG Line exterior, including AMG 20-inch alloys with larger front brake discs, body-colour wheel arch liners, sports seats and a multifunction sports steering wheel in Nappa leather.
With the Sport Package optioned, buyers can also add the Night Package for an additional $1300. This brings high-gloss black trim, including high-gloss black-painted 20-inch alloy wheels.
Buyers can also add the Plus Package for $7600, which bundles the Driving Assistance Plus Package with MBUX Augmented Reality, a Burmester sound system, Digital Light with adaptive high-beam, as well as acoustic window glass and Guard 360-degree vehicle monitoring.
MORE: Mercedes-Benz ‘has to adapt’ to cooling EV demand
MORE: 2025 Mercedes-Benz C350e priced for Australia: PHEV sedan has 100km of range
Apart from retirement planning and pension, the EPF scheme also offers tax benefits, which are not available under mutual fund equity investments.
For FY 2024-25, the EPF interest rate has been set at 8.25 per cent. (Photo Credit: Instagram)
The Employees’ Provident Fund (EPF) scheme offers an opportunity to salaried workers in the private sector to build a retirement corpus. The government-backed scheme has been designed to offer financial protection to the private sector employees in their retirement years. Under the scheme, an employee contributes 12% of the basic salary and dearness allowance every month. An equal amount is also contributed by the employer.
It offers a secure and fixed interest rate, which has been set at 8.25 per cent per annum for FY 2024-25.
On the other hand, there are equity assets, such as stocks and mutual funds, that come with the potential of delivering much higher long-term returns than most fixed-rate investment options.
However, the question here is, can 8.25% EPF returns beat a potential 16 per cent annual return from equity schemes over a horizon of 5 years?
CA Compares EPF and Equity Returns
In a recent LinkedIn post, Chartered Accountant Nitesh Buddhadev explained how the EPF investments can beat the equity schemes despite lower returns.
He took the example of two employees having a gross income of Rs 26 lakh and a basic pay of Rs 1 lakh each. Both of these individuals began their employment after September 1, 2014, with a base wage and dearness allowance (DA) of more than Rs 15,000 per month. Both have opted for the new tax regime for filing their income tax returns (ITRs).
Adding to this, he shared that if the first employee chooses a 12 per cent EPF limit, the monthly EPF contribution will be Rs 12,000. As the employer matches the amount and pays Rs 12,000, the total monthly contribution to EPF will be Rs 24,000.
For the employees who joined after September 1, 2014, and get a basic salary of more than Rs 15,000, the entire 24 per cent goes to EPF, as they are not eligible for the Employees’ Pension Scheme (EPS).
Contrary to this, the CA uses the example of another employee who decided to opt out of EPF and instead invests Rs 24,000 in equity. New employees who join after September 1, 2014, and have a base salary of more than Rs 15,000 have the option to opt out of the EPF.
Now, according to the CA, since this employee is liable to pay tax on the increased portion of salary of Rs 12,000 (which would have been the employer’s EPF contribution), the effective equity investment will be Rs 20,256 rather than Rs 24,000.
The CA estimated a total of Rs 3,744 per month as tax liability, which included a 30 per cent flat tax rate and a 4 per cent health and education cess.
How Does Taxation Impact Overall Returns
The CA estimated the first employee’s EPF corpus at an interest rate of 8.25 per cent over a five-year period to grow into Rs 17.75 Lakh.
However, at an estimated 11 per cent return on equity investments during the same 5-year period, the corpus for the second employee (after capital gain tax) would grow into Rs 15.75 lakh.
Result? Even though the equity investments provided higher returns of 11 per cent, PF outperformed them with only 8.25 per cent returns due to the tax advantage.
Going by the calculation, the CA suggested that in order to reach a corpus of Rs 17.75 lakh, the equity investor must receive a 16 per cent (post-tax) annualised return over 5 years.
Though it may sound surprising, EPF can help you get higher returns compared to equity investments due to tax benefits.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More
News business 8.25% vs 16% Per Annum: Can Your EPF Returns Beat Equity? CA Explains
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Michael Saylor has continued to accumulate Bitcoin (BTC) quietly amid midterm crypto bull market uncertainty. The highly decorated Bitcoin investors made a move out of the norm by announcing a Bitcoin purchase on Tuesday instead of the previous norm, Monday’s.
Strategy announced a strategic purchase of 4,048 BTC for approximately $449.3 million at an average of about $110,981. The company announced that the latest BTC purchase was facilitated by selling its shares
Strategy has increased its Bitcoin trove to almost surpass Satoshi Nakamoto’s holdings. The company currently holds about 636,505 BTCs, which is valued at over $70 billion. Notably, Strategy has strengthened its BTC holdings despite the fear of further crypto correction in the near term.
What Does Saylor Know?
Impending Fed Rate Cuts
The notable Bitcoin purchases by Strategy are partially influenced by the poor global monetary policy system. According to Saylor, nations are gradually adopting Bitcoin to solve their debt crisis led by the United States.
Moreover, Wall Street experts have cautioned that the potential upcoming Fed rate cut on September 17, 2025, will not be influenced by better economic conditions but instead hope for global expansion to sell national bonds in a bid to sell the ballooning national debt. Bitcoin has been identified as a better hedge against inflation than Gold and the traditional stock indexes.
Fiat Devaluation Amid Gold Adoption
As Coinpedia reported on Monday, Gold has recorded an increase in adoption compared to fiat currencies. As a result, the use of Gold as a global reserve currency has surged to the second largest after the U.S. dollar.
With Bitcoin already defined as a better store of value than Gold, led by JPMorgan and the Federal Reserve, Strategy is well-positioned to purchase more for its reserve.
Global Regulatory Clarity
The mainstream adoption of Bitcoin globally has been facilitated by the clear regulatory clarity, led by major jurisdictions. The United States under President Donald Trump has led in implementing clear crypto regulations, as observed through the GENIUS Act and the Clarity Act.
The Trump family has led in the adoption of crypto assets as observed through the Official Trump (TRUMP) memecoin, World Liberty Financial (WLFI), and USD1 (USD1). China has made strategic moves to enhance the adoption of its national currency through the Stablecoin market.
Fresh on the heels of August’s black moon is September’s full moon, which will be among the most interesting full moons of 2025. It’s coming with a total lunar eclipse, making it a blood moon. Viewers in the US won’t be able to see the upcoming lunar eclipse, but the moon should still appear redder than usual.
The total lunar eclipse, which takes place on Sept. 7, will be visible primarily in Asia, Australia, Eastern Europe and Eastern Africa. Most of the rest of Europe and Africa will see a partial eclipse, while North and South America are left out this time around.
A blood moon only occurs during a total lunar eclipse, when the moon angles behind the Earth in such a way that the Earth blocks much of the sun’s light. What’s left passes through Earth’s atmosphere on its way to the moon, which filters out the blue light. That leaves only the sun’s red light to hit the moon and reflect to Earth, giving it a reddish glow.
This effect lasts roughly two hours and will only happen in the regions that can witness the lunar eclipse.
According to The Old Farmer’s Almanac, September’s full moon, also known as the corn moon, will see peak brightness at around 2:09 p.m. ET on Sept. 7. Since that’s the middle of the day, the best time to view the corn moon will be at night during Sept. 6 or Sept. 7. The moon will remain almost full for a couple of days immediately before and after Sept. 7, giving you several days to view the full moon.
How rare are lunar eclipses?
Total lunar eclipses are less frequent than partial eclipses, making September’s full moon a special occasion for those in the eclipse’s path. Since the Earth and the moon have stable orbits, they are also entirely predictable. The last lunar eclipse occurred in March 2025, with the one before in November 2022.
The next total eclipse is due in March 2026, but it will take place primarily in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean, where virtually no one will be able to see it. The next five will be New Year’s Eve in 2028, June 2029, December 2029 and then two more in 2032. Of those, only the one in 2029 will be visible in the US.
Can I livestream the lunar eclipse?
You can livestream the lunar eclipse! Numerous websites, including Time and Date, FOX Weather and the Royal Observatory in Greenwich will livestream the happenings. Per Time and Date, the eclipse should last an hour and 22 minutes, starting at around 15:28 UTC, or 11:28 a.m. ET on Sept. 7.
Gel manicures are a beauty staple for millions, lasting weeks without chips and staying glossy through work, workouts and everything in between.
But as of Sept. 1, 2025, the European Union has banned a chemical used in many gel polishes, sparking safety concerns and uncertainty for nail salons, according to a press release.
The ingredient in question is Trimethylbenzoyl Diphenylphosphine Oxide (TPO). This compound reacts under UV light to make the polish harden quickly and give it a glass-like finish.
As of Sept. 1, 2025, the European Union has banned a chemical used in many gel polishes, sparking safety concerns and uncertainty for nail salons.(iStock)
The decision appears to stem from several studies linking TPO exposure to fertility issues.
These studies often focused on animal subjects, not humans, but the EU uses a strict “better safe than sorry” approach when it comes to cosmetics.
PLASTIC WATER BOTTLE LEFT IN A HOT CAR? THINK TWICE BEFORE SIPPING FROM IT
Regulators reclassified TPO as a Category 1B CMR substance, meaning it may cause cancer or reproductive harm. Under EU law, that triggered an automatic ban.
As a result, both the marketing and use of cosmetic products containing TPO — including in professional settings like nail salons — are strictly prohibited.
Gel vs. regular polish
The key difference between gel and regular polish is the application process — and it’s not just the compounds people need to watch, according to Cleveland Clinic.
“The two products usually look identical, but while you simply wait for regular nail polish to dry on its own … gel nail polish quick-dries under a specialized UV or LED lamp in 60 to 90 seconds,” the site reads.
The ingredient Trimethylbenzoyl Diphenylphosphine Oxide (TPO) reacts under UV light to make polish harden quickly and give it a glass-like finish.(iStock)
During a manicure, these lamps help to set gel manicures and dry polish. However, they also emit ultraviolet rays, which have been linked to skin cancer and premature aging, the above source stated.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
These rays penetrate deep into the skin and damage collagen. However, studies have shown that the connection between nail salon lamps and cancer appears weak or inconclusive.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Salons in the EU must immediately stop using TPO products, even if they stocked up before the deadline, the release states.
Studies have shown that the connection between nail salon lamps and cancer appears weak or inconclusive.(iStock)
Technically, even old bottles of polish containing TPO aren’t legal after Sept. 1. The ban only applies in the EU for now.
MORE IN HEALTH NEWS
The good news for customers, however, is that gel nails aren’t going away.
Brands are already reformulating with alternative ingredients like TPO-L, BAPO and methyl benzoylformate, according to industry reports.
Khloe Quill is a lifestyle production assistant with Fox News Digital. She and the lifestyle team cover a range of story topics including food and drink, travel, and health.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/want-to-spice-up-your-meals-try-this-authentic-rajasthani-chana-dal-achaar-recipe-9203061” on this server.
Maldivian President Mohamed Muizzu arrived in Beijing on Monday to attend the upcoming events commemorating the 80th anniversary of the victory of the Chinese People’s War of Resistance Against Japanese Aggression and the World Anti-Fascist War.
Housing finance demand remains steady. Shift towards larger homes, loan applications in metros are holding firm.
| Photo Credit:
chanakon laorob
For many in India’s major metros, homeownership still feels out of reach. Rental hikes across cities like Bengaluru, Delhi, Mumbai, and Hyderabad eased to 7-9 per cent in 2025, a sharp correction from the steep 15-25 per cent annual jumps between 2021 and 2024 as fresh housing supply caught up with demand. Yet, buying remains far more expensive than renting.
Take Bengaluru’s Sarjapur Road, a 2BHK rents for about ₹38,000 a month, but buying the same unit for ₹1.2 crore on a 20-year loan pushes the EMI close to ₹75,000, almost double. This widening rent-buy gap has become a major hurdle for first-time buyers and middle-income families. Many are postponing purchases, shifting to peripheral areas, or compromising on size and location to stay within budget.
Why renting makes sense?
“Buying an affordable home in metros feels impractical given the exorbitant prices,” says Taher Ahmed, who works as a consultant in Bengaluru. “High EMIs and an unstable job market make ownership a challenge. Unless you go with reputed builders, delivery delays and quality issues only add to the risk. Prices need correction, or we risk ghost towns like in China.”
For others, renting still makes financial and lifestyle sense. Saurabh Garg, Co-founder & CBO, NoBroker, explains, “Even with higher rents, it offers flexibility. I can choose where to stay without being tied down.” He notes that after the steep post-COVID price surge, where ₹80-90 lakh homes jumped to ₹1.4 crore, buyers are now cautious. “People aren’t expecting those big jumps anymore. End-users are still in the market, but investors have reduced activity.”
Premium Market
The luxury segment tells a different story. With developers adding new supply, buyers have a wider choice and are taking longer to finalise purchases. “Builders have been focused on completing projects, not just launching them,” says Santhosh Kumar, Vice Chairman, ANAROCK Group. “This has stabilised rental demand in most metros, though a few premium societies continue to see pressure.”
The slowdown in IT hiring has also cooled demand in Bengaluru and Hyderabad, where rentals surged during the pandemic return-to-office wave. But demand from other sectors — BFSI and GCCs — is cushioning the impact. Improved transport infrastructure and hybrid work models are further encouraging professionals to move to peripheral areas, Kumar added.
Loan demand
Meanwhile, housing finance demand remains steady. Jatul Anand, Executive Director, PNB Housing Finance, points out that while EMIs have risen due to property price appreciation and the shift towards larger homes, loan applications in metros are holding firm. “Our retail loan book stood at ₹76,923 crore as of June 2025, with the prime metro segment contributing ₹48,478 crore.
For now, however, the EMI-to-rent mismatch remains stark. Renting will not be cheap, but compared to soaring EMIs, it continues to offer breathing space and flexibility, keeping the dream of homeownership just out of reach for many.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JENNA Ortega jedna je od najistaknutijih mladih glumica svoje generacije, posebno nakon uloge u seriji Wednesday. Njezin upečatljiv modni stil i osobnost privlače veliku pažnju, tako da ne čudi što mnoge zanima i kako miriše, a u nedavnom intervjuu za Who What Wear, Ortega je otkrila svoje najdraže saveznike u ljepoti, uključujući i omiljeni parfem.
Na pitanje koji parfem najčešće nosi, Ortega je rekla: “Upravo sam ga promijenila, što je vrlo zastrašujuće. Ne znam hoću li ostati pri novom izboru, ali jako dugo sam stalno nosila Le Labov Santal 33”.
Kakav je to parfem?
Le Labo Santal 33 lansiran je 2011., a ovaj uniseks miris u kratkom je roku postao veliki hit, tako da ga se i danas doživljava kao kultni klasik. Ovaj je parfem kreirao Frank Voelkl, a nadahnuće je pronašao u američkom Zapadu.
Miris otvara svježom začinskom notom kardamoma uz nježne akorde irisa i ljubičice, da bi se u srži razvilo srce od dimne sandalovine i cedra, obogaćeno toplim, kožnim i mošusnim tonovima.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Parfem je dostupan u pakiranjima od 15 ml (90 eura), 50 ml (209 eura), 100 ml (298 eura) i 500 ml (1045 eura).
O brendu
Le Labo je osnovan 2006. u New Yorku, a Fabrice Penot i Edouard (Eddie) Roschi osnovali su ga s ciljem da stvore pravu revoluciju u svijetu parfema, distancirajući se od masovne proizvodnje i uspostavljajući svoj osobni pristup mirisima.
Le Labo je poznat po minimalističkom dizajnu proizvoda. Bočice su jednostavne, a etikete se postavljaju ručno. Nazivi su također jednostavni simbolizirajući dominantnu notu i broj sastojaka u parfemu.
Le Labo predstavlja spoj autentične kreativnosti, ručne izrade, personaliziranog pristupa i minimalističke estetike, što ih čini posebnom i cijenjenom parfemskom kućom u svijetu modernih mirisa.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
All good things come in threes — including reliability.
Anchored by kicker Cameron Dicker, punter JK Scott and long snapper Josh Harris, the Chargers’ specialists have been a bedrock of stability the past three seasons. That steadiness seemed in jeopardy when Scott’s contract expired this offseason.
Like a rock band losing its guitarist, it looked as though the group might have played its final tour together. But for Scott — whose bond with Dicker and Harris runs deeper than football — staying in L.A. felt like divine intervention.
“Truly, it was something me and my wife made a decision together from a place of prayer,” Scott said of re-signing. “We felt like we were supposed to be here. The relationships that we have here, we just felt like this was the right fit.”
Assembled by special teams coordinator Ryan Ficken, the unit thrives on contrast. Dicker is the lively free spirit. Scott brings a reserved, thoughtful presence. Harris, 36, is the seasoned veteran.
“They’re like big brothers,” Dicker, the youngest of the group, said. “It’s been really cool to have them in my life and helping with things on the field, off the field. Leading me through it all, and just going through the journey of life coming out of college, it’s nice to have those guys.”
The three specialists, along with Ficken, are holdovers from the previous regime. Ficken, one of the few coaches retained when Jim Harbaugh was hired as head coach, engineered the transformation.
Before his arrival, the Chargers ranked near the bottom in special teams DVOA, or defense-adjusted value over average — 32nd in 2020 and 28th in 2021. With Harris and Scott’s offseason signing and Dicker’s arrival midseason, the unit rose to sixth by the end of 2022 and second in 2023.
“The way they approach the game and how they respect one another and they understand that each other’s success is going to help all of us,” Ficken said. “Having all three of them back another year just continues to allow us to grow.”
Under Ficken’s guidance, Dicker has become one of the league’s most accurate, converting 89 of 95 kicks since 2022. He had a franchise-record 150 points last season with 39 field goals and 33 extra points.
Chargers special teams coordinator Ryan Ficken, left, works with long snapper Josh Harris before a game against the Buffalo Bills in December 2023.
(Kyusung Gong / Associated Press)
Scott finished top 10 in downed punts inside the 20-yard line and posted the second-highest hang time in the league at 4.65 seconds last season.
“Selfishly, I’m going to say we have the best room in the league,” Harris said. “Getting to come to work with JK, Dick and Fick, we really work well together. … There’s nobody else that I’d rather go out there with.”
When the Jacksonville Jaguars cut Scott early in the 2021 season and he went unsigned for the rest of the year, Ficken advocated bringing him to the Chargers.
“He called me and told me he wanted to have me as his punter for a while,” Scott said. “I attribute a lot of just me being here to him. So I’m grateful for him. Really, really love that guy.”
And when there was a chance the trio could drift apart, Ficken acted as the glue keeping them together. His faith in Scott ultimately factored into Scott’s decision to re-sign.
“He really believes in me, believes in Josh and Cameron,” Scott said. “He always expressed that, and it’s crazy, the power of when you have people believing in you, it helps you believe in yourself more.”
The group is guaranteed to stay together for at least one more year.
Scott signed a two-year, $6-million contract in March. Dicker secured a four-year, $22-million extension last season, making him among the highest-paid kickers. Harris, however, is in the final year of his contract and will miss at least the first four games after being placed on injured reserve with a shoulder injury. Rick Lovato will take over until Harris returns.
While the turnaround of a once-abysmal special teams unit is the measurement of success, the playful off-field moments define their time together.
Sometimes it’s Harris offering Scott smelling salts — a practice Dicker, who is naturally amped, skips. Or it’s Harris snapping a photo of Dicker, Scott and Ficken next to the Dicker’s famous fair-catch kick cleats on display at the Pro Football Hall of Fame.
Then there’s Scott, who asked Harris a loaded question during a recent news conference: “Who do you like more, JK Scott or Cameron Dicker?”
“I can’t answer,” Harris said with a chuckle. “You guys are the best, but you’re sitting in here, so I guess I’ll have to go with my guy right now, showing support.”
Union IT minister Ashwini Vaishnaw on Tuesday presented the first made-in-India chip to Prime Minister Narendra Modi Vaishnaw presented the Vikram 32-bit processor and test chips of four approved projects to PM Modi.
PM Modi inaugurated the Semicon India 2025 in Delhi, CM Rekha Gupta, Union Minister of Commerce and Industry, Jitin Prasada.
“Just a few years ago, we met for the first time to make a new beginning driven by our Prime Minister’s farsighted vision, we launched the India Semiconductor mission…In a short span of 3.5 years, we have the world looking at India with confidence. Today, the construction of five Semiconductor units is going on at a rapid pace…We just presented the first “Made-in-India” chip to PM Modi…” Vaishnaw said.
Add Zee Business as a Preferred Source
“We are living in unprecedented times, global policy turmoil has created huge uncertainty. In these turbulent times, India stands as a lighthouse of stability and growth. In these uncertain times, you should come to India because our policies are stable,” he added.
Developed by ISRO’s Semiconductor Lab, Vikram is India’s first fully indigenous 32-bit microprocessor, qualified for use in harsh launch vehicle conditions.
Semiconductors are at the heart of modern technology. They power essential systems in healthcare, transport, communication, defence, and space. As the world moves toward greater digitalisation and automation, semiconductors have become integral to economic security and strategic independence.In just four years, since the launch of the India Semiconductor Mission (ISM) in 2021, India has transformed its semiconductor journey from vision to reality.
To support this vision, the government announced a Rs 76,000 crore Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, of which nearly Rs 65,000 crore has already been committed.Additionally, on August 28, a major milestone in India’s semiconductor journey was achieved with the launch of one of the country’s first end-to-end Outsourced Semiconductor Assembly and Test (OSAT) Pilot Line Facilities in Sanand, Gujarat.
Semiconductor company CG-Semi is expected to roll out the first ‘Made in India’ chip from this pilot facility. Whether it’s design, packaging, or fabrication, we, as a nation, are giving shape to our dreams in all these foundational aspects to become self-reliant.
Through the Design Linked Incentive (DLI) scheme, 23 chip design projects have been sanctioned to support startups and innovators. Companies like Vervesemi Microelectronics are creating advanced chips for defence, aerospace, electric vehicles, and energy systems, showing that India is no longer just a consumer but a creator. In June 2023, the government approved the first proposal for establishing a semiconductor unit in Sanand.
As of the date, the government has approved 10 semiconductor manufacturing projects with a cumulative investment of more than Rs 1.60 lakh crore in six states: Gujarat, Assam, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Odisha, and Andhra Pradesh.
The Semicon India 2025 is a flagship event aims to catalyse India’s growing semiconductor ecosystem and position the country as a global hub for chip design, manufacturing, and technology development.
The three-day conference will focus on building a robust, resilient, and sustainable semiconductor ecosystem in India.
Small chips made in India will drive biggest change in world: PM Modi
Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Tuesday said that the day is not far when the smallest chips made in India will drive the biggest change in the world. He added that even though India started late in the semiconductor sector but nothing can stop the country now.
Speaking at the inaugural ceremony of India Semicon 2025, the Prime Minister highlighted India’s growing role in the global semiconductor ecosystem.
He said, “The day is not far when the smallest chip made in India will drive the biggest change in the world. And it is also true that even if we started late, nothing can stop us now”.
He said that representation from 40-50 countries at the event reflects the world’s trust in India’s innovation and youth power.
“The world trusts India. The world believes in India. And the world is ready to build a semiconductor future with India,” he said.
PM Modi drew a comparison between the 20th and 21st centuries, stressing that while coal and oil shaped the last century, the true power of the 21st century lies in semiconductors.
“The fate of the world economy was once decided by how much petroleum was extracted from oil wells. But today, the real strength of the world is confined in a tiny chip. This chip may be small in size, but it has the power to accelerate the progress of the entire world,” he remarked.
The Prime Minister also noted that the global semiconductor market has already reached 600 billion dollars and is expected to cross 1 trillion dollars in the coming years. This growth, he said, is why investors are increasingly turning towards India.
“Now India is not limited to the back-end. The country is moving fast towards becoming a full-stack semiconductor nation,” he added.
PM Modi reiterated that India’s progress in this field is unstoppable.
He further shared that India is already working on the second phase of its semiconductor mission and our policy is based on long-term commitment, not short-term gains.
“Design in India and Made in India, this will be the identity of the future,” he concluded.
Train journeys can feel long, but pick the right one and they become the best part of your trip. Sometimes the holiday begins the moment you settle into your seat, not when you reach your destination. With the monsoon here, it’s the perfect time to book a train and soak up the season in style. Vistadome coaches add to the magic, but even the humble sleeper class can be delightful for short rides. Nothing quite matches the charm of open windows, the earthy smell after rain, and a steaming cup of train waali adrak ki chai.
Green hills, misty valleys and rain-drenched tracks make Indian monsoon train journeys an unmatched experience for slow, scenic travel lovers.
For longer routes, side lower berths in an air-conditioned coach are ideal. They give you comfort along with a great view. If you’re particular, check which side of the train has better scenery before booking. The online portals don’t always offer this option, so sometimes a quick trip to the ticket counter helps. If not, wing it on the IRCTC website. These rides cost less than flights and are far more scenic.
Mumbai to Goa on the Konkan railway: Waterfalls, tunnels and endless green
The superstar of monsoon train journeys. This stretch through the Western Ghats is a moving painting of waterfalls, valleys, and thick forests. More than 2,000 bridges and 90 tunnels keep things exciting, as you plunge into the dark and re-emerge to misty cliffs and roaring rivers. The Mandovi Express and Jan Shatabdi are favourites. Get a Vistadome ticket and enjoy the monsoon pouring over the glass ceiling as lush hills and fields drift past your window.
Nilgiri toy train to Ooty: A climb into misty hills and green plantations
A UNESCO World Heritage toy train that feels frozen in time. The climb from Mettupalayam to Ooty takes you past tea-scented hillsides and Shola forests gleaming after the rain. The steam engine still runs on the Mettupalayam–Coonoor stretch, puffing through tunnels and over bridges built more than a century ago. The monsoon adds mist, glistening leaves, and the smell of wet tea estates, turning the slow ride into something magical.
Darjeeling toy train: Clouds, loops and tea estates
This one is less about mountain peaks and more about life in the hills. The train rattles past homes, tea gardens, and hill stations while locals wave from the roadside. The track climbs the slopes with sharp loops and zigzag turns, including the iconic Batasia Loop. On a clear day, you might catch Kanchenjunga, but in the monsoon, the mist and rain make the journey itself the show.
Kalka to Shimla: Endless tunnels, forest trails, deep valleys and more
This UNESCO-listed train winds along a narrow-gauge route, passing through Himachal’s pine forests shrouded in mist. With over a hundred tunnels, including the long Barog stretch, the ride feels like a hillside film playing in slow motion. With more than 800 bridges and heritage stations along the way, this is less about getting to Shimla and more about enjoying the crisp monsoon air as the toy-like coaches inch upward.
Goa to Karnataka: Waterfalls, forests and a dash of drama
If you want drama, this is your route. The train runs straight past Dudhsagar Falls, a four-tiered cascade that roars to life during the rains. Passengers rush to the windows, phones out, as spray from the waterfall soaks the air. The route also offers quieter moments. Villages, forests, and a gradual climb into Karnataka’s hills keep you glued to the view long after the falls fade behind.
Handy monsoon travel tips
Carry a light jacket since the chill sneaks in with the rain.
Keep snacks on hand, though pakoras and chai at stations are a treat.
Expect delays. Monsoon showers tend to slow things down.
Day journeys are best for scenic routes. Sleeping through them is a waste.
Travelling by train during the monsoon is not just about reaching your destination but savouring every moment of the journey. It’s about slowing down, watching the rain wash the countryside clean, and letting Indian Railways show you views flights will never give. This season is the time to swap airports for platforms and book yourself one of these rain-kissed rides.
Similar articles for you
Andaman’s untouched charms: A guide to your mindful island escape
Forget safaris: At Kolkata’s hidden zoo gem, watch exotic wildlife up close!
Tropic of Cancer, one of Bhopal’s underrated gems: Scenic drive you cannot miss
₹2500″>Travel smarter, not harder: Your guide to affordable trolley bags under ₹2500
Netflix has announced a new, feature-length documentary providing unprecedented access to legendary boxer Tyson Fury.
The upcoming film promises to pull back the curtain on Fury’s rise to fame and his unprecedented comeback.
Not only will the man himself be providing in-depth interviews, but director Lucy Wilcox also gained access to his inner circle of family, friends and colleagues to provide an eye-opening account of his story.
A synopsis for the upcoming doc promises to tell “the intimate and remarkable journey of an extraordinary fighter who, against all expectations, battled through impossible odds to achieve one of the greatest comebacks of all time.
“A disruptor in and out of the ring, the film explores his personal battles, controversies, complex relationships, and transformative moments that have made him a defining force in modern boxing.”
Featuring never-seen-before footage and intimate confessionals with the man himself, Fury is being described as the “definitive” documentary on one of the biggest names in boxing history.
The announcement comes shortly after the recent confirmation that Netflix is currently in production on a second season of the boxer’s reality series, At Home With the Furys.
Netflix are keeping further details about the film under wraps, and it currently does not have a release date.
All3Media’s Optomen are producing the doc, the same company behind the reality series as well as last year’s Becoming Madonna.
Director Wilcox is previously known for The Undercover Police Scandal: Love & Lies Exposed & Paddy and Christine McGuinness: Our Family and Autism.
George Waldrum (The Twister: Caught in the Storm) is executive producing, and the film’s creative directors are Nick Hornby and Tina Flintoff.
Fury is scheduled to take on heavyweight champion Oleksandr Usyk in April next year at London’s Wembley Stadium.
However, Fury has suffered back-to-back losses against Usyk and just last month admitted he’s “too old” to return to boxing.
When asked when he’d return to the ring by Sky Sports at the start of August, he said: “Never. Really! Too old, look at my beard, all grey. Boxing’s a young man’s game.”
The sports star was filming a segment for At Home With the Furys at Doncaster Racecourse, watching his racehorse Big Gypsy King run in the Unison Campaigning For Public Services Handicap over seven furlongs.
At Home With the Furys is available to stream on Netflix. Fury does not yet have a release date.
The facelifted Cupra Leon is arriving in Australia soon, and the lineup looks as dramatically different as its unusual new headlights.
The hot Leon Hatch VZx is the only carryover variant in the updated lineup, still packing a turbocharged 2.0-litre four-cylinder petrol engine producing 221kW of power and 400Nm of torque. It’s priced at $64,990 before on-road costs.
It’s now bookended at the bottom end of the range by the much cheaper Leon Hatch S, featuring a new turbocharged 1.5-litre four-cylinder mild-hybrid powertrain producing 110kW and 250Nm. It opens the range at $46,990 before on-roads.
Its 48V starter-generator and lithium-ion battery allows the vehicle to coast with the engine switched off during certain driving conditions, while also recovering energy under braking.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
Sitting at the top of the lineup just above the VZx in terms of price (but not performance) is the Leon Sportstourer VZe at $69,990 before on-roads.
It represents the first time the Leon has been offered as a wagon locally, and also debuts a new longer-range plug-in hybrid powertrain with total outputs of 200kW/400Nm and 121km of electric-only range on the WLTP cycle.
S and VZx versions of the Leon Hatch, as well as the Leon Sportstourer VZe, are available to test drive and order from October ahead of customer deliveries commencing in November 2025.
Cupra has previously confirmed a 245kW all-wheel drive VZx Sportstourer and a 150kW Ve hatchback will join the lineup early in 2026, giving Volkswagen Group Australia a replacement for the defunct Volkswagen Golf R wagon and the outgoing Leon Hatch VZe respectively.
The rollout of the updated Leon lineup was originally set to start in the second quarter of this year.
The facelift brings a ‘shark-nose’ front-end with triangular LED daytime running lights, while down back there’s an illuminated Cupra logo.
Inside, there’s an overhauled centre console and dashboard, as well as new materials and a larger 12.9-inch infotainment touchscreen featuring backlit touch sliders underneath.
The reshuffled lineup locally sees the demise of the turbocharged 2.0-litre four-cylinder petrol-powered V and VZ models, which produced 140kW/320Nm and 180kW/370Nm respectively.
Pricing
Model
Price before on-road costs
2026 Cupra Leon Hatch S
$46,990
2026 Cupra Leon Hatch VZx
$64,990
2026 Cupra Leon Sportstourer VZe
$69,990
Drivetrains and Efficiency
The Leon is offered with varying degrees of electrification, from none (Hatch VZx) to a mild-hybrid system (Hatch S) up to a plug-in hybrid system (Sportstourer VZe).
The Sportstourer VZe can be fast-charged using DC power.
Specifications
Leon Hatch S
Leon Hatch VZx
Leon Sportstourer VZe
Engine
1.5L turbo 4cyl 48V mild-hybrid
2.0L turbo 4cyl
1.5L turbo 4cyl plug-in hybrid
Power
110kW
221kW
200kW
Torque
250Nm
400Nm
400Nm
Battery capacity
–
–
25.8kWh (gross)
Transmission
7-speed dual-clutch auto
7-speed dual-clutch auto
6-speed dual-clutch auto
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
Front-wheel drive
Front-wheel drive
0-100km/h (claimed)
8.7 seconds
5.7 seconds
7.3 seconds
Fuel economy (claimed)
5.4L/100km
7.6L/100km
0.4L/100km
Electric driving range (WLTP)
–
–
121km
Dimensions
Dimensions
Leon Hatch
Leon Sportstourer
Length
4398mm
4656mm
Width
1799mm (1992mm incl. mirrors)
1799mm (1992mm incl. mirrors)
Height
1444mm
1438mm (1466mm incl. roof racks)
Wheelbase
2686mm
2686mm
Cargo capacity
380L
470L
Servicing and Warranty
Cupra Australia backs its vehicles with a five-year, unlimited-kilometre vehicle warranty, plus an eight-year, 160,000km high-voltage battery warranty for plug-in hybrid and electric vehicles.
The company has yet to announce servicing details for the refreshed Leon lineup.
Safety
The Cupra Leon has a five-star safety rating from ANCAP, based on testing conducted in 2020.
Category
Cupra Leon
Adult occupant protection
91 per cent
Child occupant protection
88 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
71 per cent
Safety assist
80 per cent
Standard safety equipment across the range includes:
Adaptive cruise control
Autonomous emergency braking
Blind-spot monitoring
Front cross-traffic assist
Lane-keep assist
Rear cross-traffic alert
Speed sign recognition
Speed limit assist
Travel Assist (adaptive cruise + lane centring)
Reversing camera
Front and rear parking sensors
10 airbags including rear side, front centre airbags
Standard Equipment
There are three members of the 2026 Leon lineup.
The Leon Hatch S comes standard with the following equipment:
18-inch ‘Windstorm’ black and silver alloy wheels
LED headlights
Semi-autonomous parking assist
Proximity entry with push-button start
Paddle shifters
Selectable drive modes
10.25-inch digital instrument cluster
12.9-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Satellite navigation
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Wireless phone charger
Sports front bucket seats
Soul Black Dinamica upholstery
Power-adjustable driver’s seat with memory
Heated front seats
‘Supersport’ heated steering wheel
6-speaker sound system
3-zone climate control
Ambient lighting
Auto-dimming interior mirror
Over the Leon Hatch S, the Leon Hatch VZx adds:
Multi-link independent suspension
DCC adaptive dampers
Electrohydraulic front differential locking
Customisable engine sound modelling
Upgraded brakes
Tyre repair kit (replaces space-saver spare)
Cupra drive mode
Quad exhaust outlets
Side skirts
19-inch ‘Hailstorm’ black and copper alloy wheels
Moonslate leather-appointed seat trim
Power-adjustable front passenger seat with memory
12-speaker Sennheiser sound system
Over the Leon Hatch S, the Leon Sportstourer VZe adds:
19-inch ‘Polar’ black and copper alloy wheels
DCC adaptive dampers
Hands-free power tailgate
Black roof rails
Mode 2 & 3 charging cables
12-speaker Sennheiser sound system
Power-adjustable front passenger seat with memory
Moonslate leather-appointed seat trim
Options
The Leather & Sound Package ($2200, Leon S only) adds:
Moonslate leather-appointed seat trim
Power-adjustable passenger seat with memory
12-speaker Sennheiser sound system
The Extreme Package ($7600, Leon VZx only) ditches the front centre airbag and front seatback pockets but adds:
Copper 6-piston Akebono front brake calipers and larger cross-drilled front rotors
Matrix Ultra ‘cascading high beams’
Enceladus Grey Dinamica seat trim
CUP Bucket front seats
Dark gloss grey interior accents
The following standalone options are also available:
Sunroof: $1800 (Leon Hatch)
Panoramic sunroof: $2000 (Leon Sportstourer)
Colours
The following exterior paint finishes come at no extra cost:
Fiord Blue
Glacial White
Magnetic Tech
Midnight Black
The following premium finishes are available for an additional $620:
Taiga Grey
Graphene Grey
Dark Void
The following matte finishes are available for an additional $2650:
Both the PPF and SIPs are popular investment instruments for long-term wealth accumulation.
PPF offers steady returns, while SIPs come with market-linked growth. (Representative Image)
Long-term wealth creation needs thorough planning and consistent investment. For investors, looking forward to long-term wealth accumulation, mutual fund Systematic Investment Plans (SIPs) and Public Provident Fund (PPF) are the two most popular options. While SIPs offer market-linked returns, government-backed PPF scheme ensures secure growth of your money.
Both investment instruments are popular choices among Indian instruments for long-term goals, but they differ significantly in terms of returns, risks, tenure and other aspects.
Choosing between the two should be based on the investment goal, risk appetite and tenure as per the financial position of the investor. While SIPs allow better flexibility in terms of investment amount and tenure, PPF comes with a fixed lock-in period. Investors can choose the tenure and amount in SIP schemes as per their needs and ability to invest money every month. There is no upper limit to the amount you can invest in an SIP scheme. On the other hand, under PPF, the maximum deposit is capped at Rs 1.5 lakh per annum.
Investors can start their SIP journey with a minimum sum as low as Rs 500. On the other hand, the minimum amount to invest in the Public Provident Fund is Rs 500 per financial year.
The PPF provides a fixed interest rate of 7.1 per cent per annum, whereas market-linked SIPs are subject to risks and fluctuations and therefore come with no fixed returns on investments. However, the recent market trends indicate equity mutual fund SIPs offer an average return of 12-14 per cent per annum.
SIP vs PPF: Investing Rs 1,25,000 Per Annum For 10 Years
If you are planning to invest Rs 1,25,000 per annum for 10 years, choosing between the SIP and PPF for this investment should be decided based on your risk appetite and financial goals.
The government-backed PPF could be a suitable choice for risk-averse investors looking for steady returns through a secure scheme. On the other hand, SIPs could be a suitable choice for investors eyeing high returns from a market-linked instrument despite the risks.
Let’s see how your investment could grow in 10 years under both schemes:
PPF Investment:
Amount: Rs 1,25,000 per annum
Interest Rate: 7.1%
Tenure: 15 Years
Total Investment: Rs 18,75,000
Estimated Returns: Rs 15,15,174
Total Corpus: Rs 33,90,174
Here, the investments and total corpus have been calculated for a tenure of 15 years, as per the lock-in period under the PPF scheme.
SIP Investment:
Amount: Rs 1,25,000 per annum
Interest Rate: 12%
Tenure: 10 Years
Total Investment: Rs 12,50,000
Estimated Returns: Rs 12,06,823
Total Corpus: Rs 24,56,823
Here, mutual fund SIP clearly emerges more rewarding as your corpus fund would grow into more than Rs 24.5 lakh in 10 years, and in 15 years, the amount would grow into more than Rs 52 lakh. On the other hand, the PPF investments would grow into nearly Rs 34 lakh in 15 years. However, choosing an option between PPF and SIPs should depend on your risk appetite and financial objectives.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More
News business PPF vs SIP: Rs 1,25,000 Per Annum For 10 Years, Which Investment Will Deliver A Bigger Corpus
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Bitget has entered an exclusive partnership with the consumer-grade blockchain Morph, officially upgrading its exchange token BGB into the native gas and governance token of the Morph ecosystem. While it takes on new roles in Morph’s infrastructure, BGB will also continue its familiar exchange functions like Launchpool participation and trading fee discounts. Following the news, BGB surged 14%.
BGB Token Burn and Supply Overhaul
220 million BGB tokens have been destroyed in a single transaction, marking one of the largest burns in the exchange’s history. The remaining 220 million tokens governed by Bitget have been transferred to the Morph Foundation and will stay locked, unlocking gradually at 2% per month. These funds will be allocated toward liquidity incentives, ecosystem growth, and user education.
Adding to this supply shift, the Morph Foundation is rolling out a new burn mechanism directly linked to network activity. Over time, this will compress BGB’s total supply to just 100 million, creating scarcity while tying its value closely to usage on the Morph chain.
Morph Blockchain Partnership Expands BGB Utility
BGB’s new role goes far beyond tokenomics. Bitget and Bitget Wallet will integrate Morph as their payment backbone and PayFi settlement layer, paving the way for stablecoin issuers and payment providers to join the ecosystem. This effectively migrates 120 million Bitget users into the Morph network, turning BGB into a practical payment and consumption tool for a massive user base.
Also Read :
Crypto News Today LIVE : Venus Crypto, SEC Crypto News, WLFI Token Price , XRP News and More
,
Community voices have also been quick to weigh in. On-chain watcher 0xshun.eth noted how the 440 million BGB transfer split between burn and lockup reshaped the token’s trajectory. He stressed its shift from a fee discount token into a full-fledged governance and payment asset, while also raising curiosity about the role Morph’s native $MORPH token will play.
A New Era for Bitget BGB Holders
The move hasn’t gone unnoticed by analysts and crypto users alike. Another user, Zh0u, highlighted that BGB’s integration into Morph could explain recent unexpected developments, like the early close of the Zootosis vault with Mitosis.
With one of the biggest burns in its history, a shrinking supply model, and fresh on-chain responsibilities, BGB is stepping into a new era as the backbone of Morph’s blockchain economy.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is the Bitget and Morph partnership?
Bitget partnered with Morph blockchain, upgrading BGB to become Morph’s native gas/governance token while retaining its exchange utility like fee discounts.
How did the token burn impact BGB’s supply?
220M BGB were burned (one of Bitget’s largest burns), and 220M were locked for gradual release. Total supply will eventually reduce to 100M via usage-based burns.
Cooking a thick steak at home can feel intimidating. Get the timing wrong and you risk an undercooked center or a dried-out edge. Traditionally, most people sear the outside first, then finish in the oven to bring the inside up to temp. But chefs have been using a smarter trick for years: flipping that process around.
Reverse searing starts low and slow in the oven, then finishes with a quick, high-heat sear at the end. The result? Perfectly even doneness from edge to center with a beautifully caramelized crust on the outside. Ribeye, filet mignon, or any thick cut benefits from this method because it gives you more control over temperature and locks in flavor without overcooking.
After trying it myself, I can see why professionals swear by it. The texture, flavor, and consistency are hard to beat, and it’s one of those techniques that makes you wonder why you ever cooked steak any other way.
We’ve been testing methods for cooking steak, including the souse vide 137 club and now the reverse sear.
John Carlsen/CNET
Reverse searing involves cooking meat at a low temperature for even, gentle cooking and then finishing on the stovetop or grill for a caramelized crust. Low-and-slow cooking is often favored to deliver tenderness to tough cuts. Imagine what it can do when you start with something that is already tender.
“By cooking at a lower temperature, you let the marbling and collagen of the beef break down slowly, resulting in something that’s extra meaty and juicy,” says Danny Ganem, Culinary Director of Gioia Hospitality Group, which includes the newly-opened Daniel’s Steakhouse in Miami. “It’s great for melding flavors and adding even more tenderness to a thick cut of steak.”
Read more: Reddit Agrees, the ‘137 Club’ Is the Best Way to Make Steak. Here’s How It Works
High heat is reserved for the end of the process after the meat is perfectly relaxed, “to achieve that beautiful mahogany crust,” says Ganem, without it seizing up due to the sudden temperature difference when you put a cold steak on a hot pan. This also keeps the natural moisture content of the meat — its juices — more evenly distributed during the cooking process.
What do you need for a reverse sear?
You’ll need a few pieces of equipment for a reverse sear, but nothing that a well-stocked kitchen doesn’t already have.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
Chefs will often apply a sous vide technique for a reverse sear, but you don’t have to get that technical to accomplish it at home. “The best tools are a temperature-controlled oven that can achieve consistent temperatures of under 180 degrees Fahrenheit, a sheet pan with a wire rack, and a good cast iron (or heavy-duty stainless steel) pan where you can finish your steak at a high temperature,” says Ganem. (Food writer hack: If you don’t think you already have the necessary wire rack — check your toaster oven.)
Pamela Vachon/CNET
An oven-safe thermometer with a temperature alert is also helpful for tracking the internal temperature of the meat in the thickest part while it cooks. I highly recommend this over an instant-read thermometer, which requires you to repeatedly open the oven to check. If you’re relying on timing or other cues rather than precise temperature tracking, you’re potentially losing the accuracy that this method can ensure.
What cuts are best for reverse searing?
Ribeyes make a good candidate for the reverse sear.
Pre
Reverse searing works best with thick cuts of steak. Anything under an inch and you don’t have enough thickness to get an accurate temperature reading in the center of the steak, so look for grocery store steaks that are cut to at least 1.5″ to 2″ thick, or ask your butcher for those dimensions, or even thicker. This method can even apply to thick cuts from pork or lamb.
Certain steak cuts are naturally limited in their thickness, so this method doesn’t apply to every cut. “My personal preferences for reverse searing are big and thick cuts like a Porterhouse, Côte de Boeuf, (bone-in ribeye) or a beautiful Prime Rib,” says Ganem. I tried it with a 1.5-inch thick ribeye from the grocery store. (Spoiler alert: Never has a grocery store cut seen a better outcome.)
This method is tailor-made for a Porterhouse, Côte de Boeuf (bone-in ribeye), or beautiful Prime Rib.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
Reverse searing method
You will need:
Thick cut steaks (at least 1.5-inch thick)
Salt and pepper
High-heat cooking oil and butter (optional)
Sheet tray with wire rack
Oven-safe thermometer
Cast iron or heavy-duty stainless steel pan (nonstick not recommended for this)
Once out of the oven, sear steaks on both sides for about 1 minute per side,
Pamela Vachon/CNET
Directions:
Assemble equipment and preheat oven to 180 to 200 degrees Fahrenheit
Season steaks liberally with salt and pepper on both sides. Place steaks on wire racks over a sheet tray, and insert an oven-safe thermometer into the thickest part of the steak, as centered as possible.
Reverse sear temp chart
Doneness
Oven temp
Rare
105-110 F
Medium rare
115-120 F
Medium
125-130 F
Medium well
135-140 F
Cook until temperature reaches desired doneness. This may take 30 to 40 minutes or more, depending on the consistency of your oven temp and the desired temperature:
If you’re watching the temperature increase with an oven-safe thermometer, you’ll have a sense of when your steaks are about to come out of the oven. In the last minute or two, heat oil (with optional butter) in pan until nearly smoking.
Once out of the oven, sear steaks on both sides for about 1 minute per side, making sure the entire surface of the steak is in contact with the pan.
You may choose to rest the steaks momentarily when done cooking, but with the reverse sear method, this is less important, as the consistency of the lower temperature early in the cooking process helps with the even distribution of juices.
Resting is fine, but it’s less important than with other cooking methods.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
Benefits and drawbacks for reverse searing
Because the reverse sear method takes much more time than simply searing on the stovetop or grill, “the biggest drawback is time consumption and planning,” says Ganem. “You can’t simply pull a steak out of the fridge and cook it fast.”
I found this to be a bonus, however, in terms of preparing the whole meal. While the steak was in the oven I was able to use the stovetop to prepare other components without having to keep a close eye on the meat, which were then ready to go when the steak came out for its last couple minutes of searing and I could give it my full attention.
Not having to rest the meat also means that you get to enjoy it hotter, a bonus which cannot be understated. Regardless of effective “tenting” during the rest period that other methods require, your steak is going to lose some of its heat while it waits to be cut.
Fox News senior medical analyst Dr. Marc Siegel discusses advancements in weight loss drugs, safety concerns surrounding nicotine patches and his interview with FDA Commissioner Dr. Marty Makary on vaccine protocol.
NEWYou can now listen to Fox News articles!
GLP-1 agonists — including semaglutides like Ozempic and Wegovy and tirzepatides like Mounjaro and Zepbound — were originally intended to treat type 2 diabetes and obesity.
But in recent months, studies have shown that these popular medications can have numerous other health benefits.
Some have even claimed that GLP-1s could eventually become the new “everything drug.”
MEDITERRANEAN DIET PAIRED WITH OTHER LIFESTYLE CHANGES SLASHES DIABETES RISK
Dr. Angela Fitch, co-founder and chief medical officer of knownwell, a “weight-inclusive” healthcare company based in Boston, said she would caution against labeling any medication as an “everything drug,” but agrees that GLP-1s show promise.
“GLP-1s are currently approved for treating obesity, type 2 diabetes, secondary prevention of cardiovascular disease, metabolic associated fatty liver disease, chronic kidney disease in patients with diabetes and sleep apnea,” she told Fox News Digital.
GLP-1 agonists — including semaglutides like Ozempic and Wegovy and tirzepatides like Mounjaro and Zepbound — were originally intended to treat type 2 diabetes and obesity.(iStock)
“Further research is necessary to determine their efficacy in treating other chronic conditions.”
However, the drugs have shown “notable promise” in areas such as addiction treatment and the improvement of neurological conditions like Alzheimer’s, Fitch said.
DNA TEST REVEALS WHICH CHILDREN ARE AT HIGHER RISK OF OBESITY IN ADULTHOOD
“They lower blood pressure, lower cholesterol and decrease visceral adiposity,” she said. “They also significantly improve patients’ quality of life. They have many clinical indications today and many more to come.”
Top benefits of GLP-1s
Fitch listed the following primary benefits of GLP-1 medications.
Facilitating effective fat loss and maintenance
Controlling blood sugar and preventing diabetes in patients at risk
Lowering blood pressure
Improving lipids (achieving a healthy blood lipid profile)
Reducing risk of heart disease and kidney disease
“These are not amenities. They are the holy grail of modern medicine.”
Dr. Brett Osborn, a Florida neurosurgeon and longevity expert, believes that GLP-1s are “here to stay.”
“These medications don’t just treat obesity — they’re already showing promise in everything from cardiovascular disease to neurodegenerative disease to addiction,” he told Fox News Digital.
“I’ve said it before, and I’ll say it again: These are not amenities. They are the holy grail of modern medicine.”
Potential risks and drawbacks
The most common side effects of GLP-1 medications are gastrointestinal-related.
Those include nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation and bloating, especially during the initial dose escalation period, according to Fitch.
In recent months, studies have shown that medications like Ozempic and Wegovy could have numerous other health benefits.(iStock)
“These symptoms often improve over time, but can be limiting for some patients,” she said.
Other more serious, though rare, risks include pancreatitis, gallbladder disease and potential kidney injury — particularly if severe dehydration occurs due to vomiting, the expert cautioned.
“Not everyone tolerates them well, and we don’t have a complete handle yet on long-term side effects.”
Dr. Marc Siegel, Fox News senior medical analyst, has previously warned of GLP-1s’ side effects.
“Not everyone tolerates them well, and we don’t have a complete handle yet on long-term side effects,” he told Fox News Digital at the time.
“I certainly think they are useful — and can think of many situations where they decrease risks of heart disease, stroke, diabetes and cancer as well as the need for bariatric surgery — but they are surely not one-size-fits-all and are mostly not first-line therapy.”
Are all GLP-1s created equal?
Not all GLP-1 receptor agonists are the same, Fitch cautioned.
“While they all act on the same basic pathway, their efficacy, side effect profiles and cardiovascular benefits can vary significantly,” she told Fox News Digital.
“These medications don’t just treat obesity — they’re already showing promise in everything from cardiovascular disease to neurodegenerative disease to addiction.”(iStock)
Semaglutide, such as Ozempic and Wegovy, is currently considered the most potent GLP-1 for both weight loss and glycemic control, Fitch said, with evidence for cardiovascular benefit in people with type 2 diabetes and obesity.
Semaglutide was also just approved as a treatment for MASH (Metabolic dysfunction–Associated SteatoHepatitis, a serious type of fatty liver disease).
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Tirzepatide (Mounjaro, Zepbound) is a dual GIP/GLP-1 agonist and has shown even greater weight loss in trials with a similar side effect profile,” Fitch said.
“Tirzepatide is approved for sleep apnea and is undergoing clinical trials for other indications.”
“Tirzepatide (Mounjaro, Zepbound) is a dual GIP/GLP-1 agonist and has shown even greater weight loss in trials with a similar side effect profile,” an expert said.(Getty Images)
Based on his own clinical experience, Osborn reiterated that in many cases, tirzepatide is a “superior agent.”
“It’s a dual incretin, meaning it targets two biochemical pathways,” he told Fox News Digital. “Not surprisingly, therefore, for patients who plateau on Wegovy, Zepbound often jump-starts weight loss.”
What to know before starting a GLP-1
GLP-1s are not a “magic bullet,” Fitch pointed out, noting that diet, exercise, sleep and behavioral changes are still essential to reaping the full benefits.
“Before taking GLP-1s, people should also know that side effects are common, and consistent clinical care and oversight is required to ensure safety and efficacy,” she advised.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“It is not something that people should just access via a form on the internet and treat themselves without good, comprehensive, longitudinal care.”
For chronic conditions like obesity or type 2 diabetes, Fitch recommends long-term or even indefinite use as the best approach.
Diet, exercise, sleep and behavioral changes are essential to reaping the full benefits of GLP-1s, an expert said.(iStock)
“Lowering the dose may become a viable maintenance strategy once a healthy weight is reached, though this approach is still under study,” she said.
“Patients should consult their doctor to determine what course of action is best according to their specific needs.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Anyone who is interested in starting a GLP-1 medication should consult with a doctor to discuss potential benefits and risks.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/onam-2025-make-this-delicious-paal-payasam-for-onam-sadhya-spread-3320605” on this server.
Mongolian President Ukhnaa Khurelsukh arrived in Beijing on Monday to attend the upcoming events commemorating the 80th anniversary of the victory of the Chinese People’s War of Resistance Against Japanese Aggression and the World Anti-Fascist War.
Puravankara’s Mumbai redevelopment portfolio spans 4.25 million sq ft, with a combined gross development value of ₹10,500 crore
| Photo Credit:
VIBHU H
Real estate developer Puravankara Ltd has secured redevelopment rights for a residential society in Malabar Hill, Mumbai, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Purva Blue Agate Pvt Ltd. The redevelopment project is the company’s second major redevelopment in South Mumbai after the Miami Apartments at Breach Candy.
The 1.43-acre Malabar Hill project offers 0.7 million square feet of development potential, with an estimated revenue of ₹2,700 crore. The redevelopment will provide upgraded homes for existing residents, while creating additional inventory for market sale.
“This redevelopment project aligns with our strategy of expanding in key markets across Mumbai,” said Ashish Puravankara, Managing Director, Puravankara Ltd.
Currently, Puravankara’s Mumbai redevelopment portfolio spans 4.25 million square feet, with a combined gross development value (GDV) of ₹10,500 crore. “With this acquisition, our redevelopment portfolio in Mumbai demonstrates significant scale and revenue potential,” said Rajat Rastogi, CEO – West & Commercial Assets, Puravankara Ltd.
In July 2025, Puravankara was selected as the preferred developer for eight residential societies in Chembur, adding over 1.2 million square feet of development potential and an estimated GDV of ₹2,100 crore to its pipeline.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GLUMICA Amanda Seyfried izazvala je pravi modni déjà vu kada se u ponedjeljak pojavila na Venecijanskom filmskom festivalu. Naime, na fotografiranju za svoj nadolazeći film The Testament Of Ann Lee, glumica je odjenula potpuno istu kombinaciju koju je samo 48 sati ranije na istom festivalu nosila Julia Roberts, prenosi Page Six.
Prva ga je nosila Julia
Legendarna Julia Roberts (57) prošli je petak imala čast prva predstaviti kreacije novog umjetničkog direktora Versacea, Darija Vitalea. Za fotografiranje za film Luce Guadagnina After The Hunt odabrala je elegantnu kombinaciju: tamnoplavi vuneni sako, prugastu košulju i traperice ravnog kroja, upotpunjene remenom sa zlatnom kopčom.
“Mogu li i ja?”
Čini se da je kombinacija toliko očarala Amandu Seyfried (39) da ju je poželjela i sama odjenuti. Srećom po nju, obje glumice dijele istu stilisticu, Elizabeth Stewart. Glumica poznata po ulozi u filmu Mean Girls nije skrivala svoje oduševljenje te je na Instagram objavi stilistice, na kojoj je bila Roberts, komentirala: “Molim te, dopusti mi da nosim isti outfit”.
Želja joj se i ostvarila. Samo par dana kasnije, ista odjevna kombinacija doživjela je svoj drugi trenutak pod svjetlima reflektora, ovaj put na Amandi. Stewart je na društvenim mrežama objavila fotografije obiju klijentica uz poruku: “Hvala ti @juliaroberts na tvojoj velikodušnosti i održivosti. Dijeljenje je znak pažnje!”
Održiva moda na crvenom tepihu
Jedina razlika u stylingu bila je u obući. Dok je Roberts nosila Versace salonke od pletene kože, Seyfried se odlučila za sandale s remenčićima istog brenda. Model Vienna 95 u kojima je Julia prošetala zasad nije dostupan, dok se onaj koji je nosila Amanda može pronaći u ponudi.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Stilistici Elizabeth Stewart ovakvi potezi nisu strani. Poznata je po promoviranju održive mode, a jedna od njezinih najpoznatijih klijentica, Cate Blanchett, redovito ponavlja svoje odjevne kombinacije s crvenog tepiha. Tako je Blanchett prošlog tjedna na premijeru filma La Grazia u Veneciji stigla u Armani Privé haljini koju je već nosila na dodjeli nagrada SAG 2022. godine.
Kopirajte njihov look
Iako je riječ o custom izdanju kreiranom po mjeri za glumicu – odnosno, u ovom slučaju, za glumice – kombinacija je savršena za poslovne prilike i dnevne obaveze u kojima je potrebna doza elegancije. Ležerno krojen sako, klasična košulja i traperice čine osnovu koja se lako može rekreirati uz nekoliko ključnih komada. U nastavku donosimo što vam je potrebno.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Running back Najee Harris addressed reporters for the first time since being involved in a Fourth of July fireworks accident — his eyes hidden by Chargers-colored sunglasses.
“It’s a humbling experience,” Harris said about the accident that left him with an eye injury. “It still hasn’t really shaken. I’m still going through it in a way. Just the whole situation [can] show you how things could change at just a snap of a finger.”
Harris declined to describe the accident in detail, but said he feels blessed the incident wasn’t worse. He said his vision wasn’t affected, reiterating that the injury was superficial.
“I’m just happy that everybody’s safe and we’re alive,” Harris said.
Cleared for contact Monday after wearing a non-contact jersey last week, Harris took another step toward suiting up for the season opener in São Paulo, Brazil, against the Kansas City Chiefs on Friday.
Harris has been wearing a tinted visor — a new look compared with his days with the Steelers — and keeping sunglasses on off the field since the accident, which has fueled online speculation about the severity of his injury. However, he brushed off the chatter.
“It’s not my job to care what other people think,” Harris said. “It’s my job to do what I got to do, so they can write what they want to, say what they want to.”
Harris has never missed an NFL game, starting in 68 straight contests over four seasons in Pittsburgh, but that streak could be in jeopardy. He said he expects to play as his workload ramps up.
“We’ll see where it takes us. … I’m just recovering, getting in shape,” Harris said. “Just trying to stay on top of the playbook. I was on [the non-football injury list], so [that] makes things a little more difficult.”
Coach Jim Harbaugh, typically tight-lipped on injuries, said there is “a possibility” Harris will play against the Chiefs. Since being cleared to practice, Harris has looked “really, really good,” Harbaugh said.
Whether Harris is ready before the team boards its 12-hour flight or becomes a game-time decision remains uncertain.
In Harris’ absence, rookie Omarion Hampton has handled most of the carries in camp but welcomed his teammate’s return. The pair is expected to share duties in offensive coordinator Greg Roman’s system.
“It’s been amazing, he’s my guy,” Hampton said. “We talk all the time. He helps me out on reads. I help him out seeing what we see, how we see it.”
Stardew Valley developer ConcernedApe has treated fans to a surprise announcement, and it’s great news.
In a social media post, the Stardew Valley creator confirmed that the game will be getting a big new content update at some point in the future.
While there’s no official release date, Stardew Valley update 1.7 is in development for PlayStation, Xbox and PC.
“Okay, I revealed this at the concert last night and now the cat’s out of the bag, so I will confirm for everyone: There will be a Stardew Valley 1.7 update,” reads a ConcernedApe post.
“No release date, no estimate. But it’s happening.”
In a follow up tweet to a fan, ConcernedApe said that the development of the update shouldn’t interfere with upcoming release Haunted Chocolatier.
If the previous content update is anything to go by, the new download could add a new farm, festival and more.
Update 1.6, for example, added Meadowlands Farm, which contains “chewy blue grass that animals love”. The farm contains a coop and two chickens.
That’s on top of a three-day Desert Festival in spring, as well as two mini fishing festivals and new lines of dialogue.
The news comes as Stardew Valley prepares to join the PlayStation Plus Essentials line-up for September.
Available from September 2, the PS Plus Essentials also include the superb Psychonauts 2, as well as first-person puzzle game Viewfinder.
While Stardew Valley is the pick of the bunch, Psychonauts 2 is a highly-rated game, earning Overwhelmingly Positive reviews on Steam. Fans love the creative level design, the colourful visuals and the game’s unique sense of character.
Viewfinder, meanwhile, tasks players with using a special camera to reshape reality and overcome obstacles.
Hyundai is recalling over 18,000 examples of its i30 Hatch as they could suddenly lose power.
“Due to a manufacturing defect, the fuel pump impeller may become deformed under certain environmental conditions, interrupting the fuel supply,” the company says in its recall notice.
“If this occurs, the engine could stall resulting in a sudden loss of motive power.
“A sudden loss of motive power whilst driving may increase the risk of an accident causing injury or death to vehicle occupants and/or other road users.”
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
A total of 18,634 PD-series i30s are affected, produced from 2020 to 2021
If you own an affected vehicle, you’ll need to schedule an appointment with an authorised Hyundai dealership to have the fuel pump impeller inspected and replaced, free of charge.
If you have any further questions, you can contact the Hyundai Customer Care Team on 1800 186 306.
A Bengaluru man with a Class 10 degree saved over Rs 1 crore through discipline and a simple lifestyle, securing his family’s future without loans or credit cards over 25 years
For 25 years, he has lived in rented accommodation across the city, changing homes only four times. (News18 Hindi)
Financial independence may be a dream for many, but one proofreader from Bengaluru has shown that it does not require a fancy degree or a high-paying job. With nothing more than discipline, patience, and a simple lifestyle, the 53-year-old has built savings of over Rs 1 crore, securing his family’s future.
His journey began in 2000, when he left his small village with just Rs 5,000 in hand and arrived in the city. Armed with only a Class 10 degree, he landed a job as a proofreader with a modest starting salary of Rs 4,200. Over the years, through consistency and dedication, his income gradually rose to Rs 63,000. Remarkably, he stayed in this one profession throughout his career, never seeking alternate ways to earn money.
At a time when most households rely heavily on loans and credit cards, he made a conscious choice to avoid both. He never borrowed from anyone, never owned a credit card, and always lived within his means. This discipline became the foundation of his financial success. By the time of his retirement, he had accumulated about Rs 1.01 crore in fixed deposits and an additional Rs 65,000 in equities. Today, those savings bring him a passive monthly income of Rs 60,000, while his family’s expenses remain limited to around Rs 25,000.
For 25 years, he has lived in rented accommodation across the city, changing homes only four times. He currently resides in a modest 1BHK apartment, paying a rent of Rs 6,500. His reputation as a reliable tenant comes from his habit of paying rent on time. A minimalist at heart, he sold off his scooter years ago and now prefers walking. Despite suffering from high myopia, he maintains good health and is capable of running 5 kms without difficulty.
His wife has never worked, and his daughter has only recently started earning. Yet, his lifestyle choices ensured that the family never felt deprived. He holds a firm belief that the true assets in life are “education, health, time, patience, and discipline”. With retirement on the horizon, he plans to return to his ancestral village, but for now, continues to live in Bengaluru, where his life stands as proof that financial freedom is not about luxury cars or sprawling bungalows, but about living debt-free and content.
News business This Bengaluru Proofreader Is Class 10 Pass, But Managed To Save Rs 1 Crore Despite Low Salary
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
The demand for Gold as a global reserve currency has surged in the past year. The BRICS nations, led by China and Russia, have been accumulating more gold for their reserves amid their ongoing push for dedollarization.
Gold has gradually increased its share as a global reserve currency, whereby its share rose by 3% during the first quarter of 2025 to around 24%, the highest in 30 years. Meanwhile, the U.S. dollar declined its share as the global reserve currency by 2% during the 1st quarter of 2025 to about 42%, the lowest since the 1990s.
Meanwhile, Gold surpassed the Euro in 2024 to become the second-largest global reserve asset. The dam and for Gold as global reserve currency has been bolstered by the ongoing digitization, especially on blockchain technology. According to market data from CoinGecko, tokenized gold has a valuation of about $2.59 billion and a 24 hour average trading volume of around $492 million, led by Tether Gold (XAUT) and PAX Gold (PAXG).
Why Bitcoin Will Follow Gold as an Alternative Global Reserve Currency
The mainstream adoption of Bitcoin by institutional investors, retail traders, and nation-states has helped increase its market value. The Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell has previously admitted that Bitcoin is digital gold as more investors tap into it to hedge against global inflation.
Last week, JPMorgan analysts highlighted that Bitcoin is undervalued relative to Gold. The mainstream bank set a midterm target of around $126k for the BTC price, which will be fueled by corporations implementing strategic BTC reserves.
With more nation-states expected to follow the United States in implementing strategic Bitcoin reserves, the assets’ share as a global reserve currency will organically grow. Furthermore, Bitcoin is much more scarce than Gold and has more real-world utility than the precious metal, especially in facilitating payments.
The Department of Anthropology at the University of Hyderabad will be participating in an international project aimed at addressing the environmental and health impacts of single-use plastics in healthcare.
The “After the Single Use” project, funded by the Wellcome Trust with a £5.9 million Discovery Award, brings together a global team of researchers from eight countries to explore the cultural, social, and environmental dimensions of medical plastics and promote circular healthcare economies.
Led by Nanda Kishore Kannuri, Associate Professor in the Department of Anthropology, UoH, will receive a grant of £422,608 (approximately ₹5 crore) over a five-year period to contribute to this significant initiative.
The project will examine the historical, local, and global factors that have shaped the current healthcare waste crisis, analyze the life cycles of disposable medical technologies, and collaborate with policymakers, activists, engineers, and designers to develop sustainable solutions.
“This collaboration represents a significant opportunity for the University of Hyderabad to contribute to a global initiative at the intersection of anthropology, environmental sustainability, and healthcare,” Nanda Kishore Kannuri.
“We look forward to working with our international partners to develop innovative solutions that can be applied in diverse healthcare settings,’‘ he added.
The “After the Single Use” project involves a global team of collaborators from the University of Edinburgh (UK), University of New South Wales (Australia), University of Geneva (Switzerland), University of Oslo (Norway), National Institute of Medical Research (Tanzania), CRCF (Senegal), PNG Institute of Medical Research (Papua New Guinea), and Johns Hopkins University (USA), as well as key NGO partners Health Care Without Harm and the Norwegian Bioart Arena.
Dealing with slow internet is a frustrating experience, especially if you’re gaming with friends, streaming a show or trying to work from home. When I started experiencing slow Wi-Fi at home, even though I was paying for 1 gigabit speeds, I knew that there had to be something I could do about it.
Sometimes you can blame your internet provider or upgrade your router, but in other cases, there could be minor issues that could be easily resolved in a few simple steps. As someone who writes about broadband daily, I’ve realized the value of a good internet connection and that troubleshooting your speeds doesn’t have to be complicated. Here’s what I learned.
Don’t miss any of our unbiased tech content and lab-based reviews. Add CNET as a preferred Google source on Chrome.
I was on Verizon Fios’ second-fastest plan, but was still getting insufferably slow speeds.
Tharon Green/CNET
‘Enough is enough’
The red flags are there for a reason, so don’t ignore them: the buffering, the slow downloads and the interrupted Zoom calls. I wouldn’t usually have paid attention to these signs, since I had never had a problem with my internet before. A solid internet connection has become vital since I started working from home in 2024.
My family and I also noticed that streaming our favorite shows, like the newest season of Squid Game, had become a pain due to our fluctuating speeds. I finally gave in, said enough is enough and contacted my internet service provider, Verizon Fios. The Fios agent was shocked that I was experiencing internet issues since I was on the company’s second-fastest tier, the gigabit plan.
“You shouldn’t even be experiencing fluctuating speeds with your plan,” the Verizon Fios agent said over the phone. I was stumped.
I didn’t want to make a hasty decision switching out my current provider or buying a new router. So I turned to CNET’s advice for help.
What is gigabit internet?
Your internet speed is measured in megabits per second. In other words, your speed is measured by how much data can be processed over a network in a second. Gigabit internet refers to 1,000 megabits. The more data processed over your network, the better your connection performs.
Top providers that offer gigabit internet
Show more (5 items)
As of June 2024, data from the Federal Communications Commission show that over half of the US population has access to gigabit speeds. Service typically ranges anywhere between $50 to $90 monthly. You can find gigabit service from internet providers such as Frontier Fiber, Google Fiber,Optimum, Verizon Fios, AT&T and more. Though cable providers like Spectrum and Astound Broadband’s gigabit plans are more widely available nationwide than other ISPs, but might be pricier down the line. You could end up paying double your initial price after a year, since most cable providers are notorious for hiking up their prices after a year.
Depending on the connection type available at your address, most fiber ISPs like AT&T and Google Fiber won’t increase your prices after a year and can offer symmetrical download and upload speeds of 1,000Mbps, whereas a cable connection may only top out at 35 to 50Mbps. To learn more about where you can sign up for gigabit service, read our review on gigabit internet and the best fiber internet providers for July 2025.
4 expert tips to boost your internet
At the start of this journey, I felt like a kid riding their first bike. It felt daunting because I didn’t know where to start. Thankfully, one of our pages details how to boost your Wi-Fi connection in four simple steps. Here’s how it went.
1. Take a speed test
These speeds were well below what I expected from my gigabit connection. Something was wrong.
Ookla screenshot by Trisha Jandoc/CNET
Before you do anything else, conduct an internet speed test. I chose Ookla’s speed test because this is the format I am most familiar with. CNET recommends Ookla for its consistency, and it also shows you your speed test history once you create an account. (Disclosure: Ookla is owned by the same parent company as CNET, Ziff Davis.)
This step was fairly easy. I conducted a few speed tests online. The image above is a test I took near my workspace. Speeds of 248 to 275Mbps aren’t bad, being on a gigabit plan supported by a fiber connection makes them surprising (and disappointing). I took it a step further and went to an area of my home where we experienced the most internet trouble.
I found a significant speed drop when I ran a speed test in my basement.
Ookla screenshot by Trisha Jandoc/CNET
I avoid working in the basement most days because the internet is inconsistent. After conducting a speed test, I found our speed dipped to 76Mbps in downloads and 19Mbps in uploads. This area is the farthest from my router, so it only makes sense that the signal is weaker. According to the FCC, the minimum mark for broadband speeds is 100Mbps download and 20Mbps upload. My speeds were missing that mark.
It should be noted that Ookla is not the only speed test you can try. Just recently, CNET broadband expert Cierra Noffke tested out the Orb internet speed test. Noffke writes that it doesn’t just test your download and upload speeds. Orb, which was developed by the same creators of Ookla, measures the overall health of your home network using multiple metrics and continuous speed tests. On the other hand, if your household uses mostly streaming services, Fast.com is a solid option, as it measures your internet’s capacity to stream Netflix. M-Lab is also at the top of my list, as it has an easy-to-use program. You can always keep it simple as well by turning to resources from your provider. My provider (and many other ISPs) also offers its own Verizon Fios speed test.
2. Move your router or your workspace
This next step requires you to experiment a bit with your router’s location or your workspace. It wasn’t easy to uproot my entire workspace, so I moved my router closer to my existing workspace area instead. This step wasn’t a significant change because the router was already placed across the room from my workspace. You should ideally move your router to a central location. Using an Ethernet cable might be helpful, especially if the new location of your router is far from the modem.
In any case, moving your router too far from the modem might prove troublesome. You can try to raise your router instead and mount it to the wall, if possible. That way, you don’t need to jump through all these hoops to install an Ethernet cable.
3. Add a Wi-Fi extender
If moving your router is not an option, try contacting your internet provider for additional equipment. After contacting my ISP, I discovered that a Fios Wi-Fi extender came with my plan at no extra cost to my monthly service bill. The extender came with a small guide, and at first glance, it seemed pretty simple.
Obtaining equipment from your ISP is not the only option — many Wi-Fi extenders currently on the market support Wi-Fi 6. CNET previously named the TP-Link RE605X as the top pick for the best Wi-Fi extender due to its affordability and easy-to-use controls. Note: TP-Link routers could be banned sometime this year due to a recent government investigation. That said, the next best thing is the Linksys RE7310, currently priced at $80, which tied in performance with the TP-Link RE605X when we tested them. Check out our other top picks for the best Wi-Fi Extenders.
Pair your extender to the router
The extender came with a coax cable, a coax splitter and a small set-up guide that outlined four steps: confirm the internet connection, plug it in, pair it and finally move the extender to a designated spot in your home. Seems simple enough, right? I went through the first three steps without running into any issues. I paired my extender to my router using the coax cable.
Placing your extender
Things took a turn with the final step. After pairing, I unplugged my extender and moved it to the basement, where the signal was weaker. The light from the extender wasn’t the solid white it should have been. Instead, it was a yellow color, meaning the extender was disconnected from the router. Solving this problem took some time as I went back through the set-up guide and covered my bases again.
During this process, I also discovered Verizon Fios’ complete Wi-Fi extender set-up guide online. Some ISPs offer customers the option of self-installation.
Here are some of the top internet providers nationwide that have how-to pages and guides dedicated to installing devices that boost your internet:
The complete set-up guide mentioned an Ethernet cable, but I was not provided one, so I wondered if that prevented my extender from connecting to the router. I contacted Verizon Fios to make sure I was not missing any parts. Per our conversation, Verizon Fios confirmed that an Ethernet cable is recommended but not necessary. The coax cable works just as well.
Ethernet offers a wired connection through cables, which you can plug directly into the router, and should provide faster speeds than Wi-Fi. CNET’s own Hallie Seltzer tested this at her home.
After pairing, place your extender in an area not too far from the router.
Trisha Jandoc/CNET
I decided to pivot my approach and placed the extender a bit closer to the router, near my workspace. After a few minutes, I saw a solid white color — the sign of success.
4. Prioritize your traffic
Manage your work traffic at home by tweaking your router settings.
Trisha Jandoc/CNET
After installing the extender, my internet speeds surged, making this step optional for me. If you cannot obtain a Wi-Fi extender, you can try managing how much bandwidth your household consumes through your router settings. For instance, Verizon Fios allows customers to set up parental controls, which can eliminate access to certain websites. Other routers can even schedule access to the network for certain devices. This process will look different depending on your internet provider and your equipment.
How much speed do you need for your home?
High-speed internet may be enticing, but you may not even need it. According to OpenVault’s first quarter 2024 report, over a third of Americans use the internet at gigabit speeds, a 20% increase from 2023. In addition, its fourth quarter 2024 report shows that the average American household uses 569Mbps in downstream speeds and 32Mbps in upstream. In other words, if you can access gigabit speeds, it should be plenty fast for your household. Finding the right speed will also boil down to your household’s activities. Check out our speed recommendations below.
Our speed recommendations
1Mbps: Sending emails
5 to 10Mbps: Web browsing
10Mbps: Using social media
10 to 20Mbps (or 35Mbps in 4K): Streaming in HD
25 to 35Mbps: Online gaming
For more information, read our comprehensive internet speed guide.
Why you might not be seeing the speeds you’re paying for
Even if you are on your provider’s fastest plan, there is no guarantee you will see the exact speeds promised. What’s advertised by your ISP may not be the actual speeds you get. Many conditions can impact your internet speeds. According to AT&T’s website, certain materials, dense walls and even furniture can obstruct your Wi-Fi signal. Other common factors contributing to a weaker signal include outdated equipment, poor router settings, bad weather and extreme cases like hacking or malware. In addition, finding the right Wi-Fi band for your router or investing in a network switch can also help optimize your internet connection at home. To ensure you’re making the most of your internet, read our guides on how to weatherproof your internet and secure your connection from hackers.
My main takeaways
Speeds in my basement increased after installing the extender.
Ookla screenshot by Trisha Jandoc/CNET
Once I successfully installed my extender, I conducted another speed test in my basement and I saw a surge in my internet connection, coming in at 598Mbps in download and 187Mbps in upload.
What I discovered about optimizing my speeds at home
Router and Wi-Fi extender placement are key. The location of your router and extender is directly proportional to optimizing your speeds. Give it a few tries and place your extender in different areas of your home. Ensure you don’t place the extender too far or close to the router.
Conduct a series of speed tests after every step, monitoring any changes in your internet connection.
Seek out self-installation guides. Many ISPs, including AT&T, Cox, Spectrum and Xfinity, offer comprehensive self-installation guides online for devices that boost your signal. Don’t hesitate to seek them out.
Consider buying a Wi-Fi extender. While your ISP might recommend using its equipment, many Wi-Fi extenders support Wi-Fi 6 and should do the trick. Check out our top picks for the best Wi-Fi extenders.
A coax cable works just as well as an ethernet cable. Your ISP might recommend an Ethernet cable for pairing your extender to the router, but a coax cable also works.
When in doubt, contact your ISP for support and discuss your options. You can also try negotiating with your ISP, which might be best if you’re looking to upgrade your plan.
What’s the bottom line?
Since completing this experiment, I’ve seen a drastic change in my internet connection. My family and I can stream our shows without problems and my Zoom calls are running more smoothly than ever. I outlined four steps on this page, but you might need to do a few extra steps to ensure you cover all your bases. Fixing your internet doesn’t have to be complex. This is my first time experimenting with this, and I’ve discovered a new comfort level with my internet connection and how it works.
Our CNET expert tips to help boost your internet speeds outline the four steps I cover on this page: Conduct a few internet speed tests, move your workspace or router, get a Wi-Fi extender (or upgrade your router) and prioritize your work traffic.
It’s worth noting that many factors — such as certain materials, dense walls and even furniture — can affect your internet connection. You can invest in an extender or mesh system to optimize your connection. You may also try experimenting with different Wi-Fi bands or investing in a good-quality network switch. You can contact your provider to explore your options if all else fails.
Ookla’s speed test is known for its consistency and accuracy. Unlike other speed tests, Ookla allows you to access your speed test history when you create an account. In addition, Android and iOS users can conduct speed tests from their mobile devices.
The FCC states that the minimum benchmark for broadband is 100 megabits per second in download and 3Mbps in upload. OpenVault’s first quarter report of 2024 shows that over a third of Americans use the internet at gigabit speeds. Moreover, the trend shows a 20% increase from the previous year. In addition, its latest first quarter 2025 report highlights that the average American household uses 564Mbps downstream and 34Mbps upstream. In other words, if your household can access gigabit speeds, that should be plenty enough. Having faster speeds than that might be overkill for the average home.
Different household activities require different internet speeds. For example, CNET recommends speeds of 25 to 35Mbps for online gaming and at least 35Mbps if you want to stream in 4K. To learn more, check out our internet speed guide for more information.
Beetroot juice, which is rich in nitrates, has been linked to changing the community of bacteria living in the mouth.
Now, a new study has found that drinking this juice could reduce older adults’ blood pressure.
Researchers at the University of Exeter compared the response of both younger and older participants to the juice and published the study in Free Radical Biology and Medicine.
COMMON DAILY VITAMIN SHOWN TO SLOW AGING PROCESS OVER 4-YEAR PERIOD
Thirty-nine participants under age 30, plus 36 individuals in their 60s and 70s, were split into two separate two-week phases.
One group consumed nitrate-rich beetroot juice shots daily, while the other group — a placebo group — received a version without nitrates. Each group had a “wash-out period” between phases to reset their systems.
Research reveals dietary nitrates from beetroot juice could improve certain adults’ vascular health. (iStock)
Researchers practiced bacterial gene sequencing to identify which microbes were present in the participants’ mouths before and after each treatment.
Older adults who drank nitrate-rich beetroot juice had fewer mouth bacteria called Prevotella, which is linked to inflammation, and more helpful bacteria like Neisseria.
“Foods that are high in dietary nitrates such as leafy greens, beets and lettuce can help lower blood pressure.”
Fox News senior medical analyst Dr. Marc Siegel told Fox News Digital that nitrates lead to lower blood pressure by improving flexibility, decreasing resistance in blood vessels and lowering inflammation.
The patients started the study with higher blood pressure, which went down after the beetroot juice — but blood pressure didn’t change with those in the placebo group.
“We know that foods that are high in dietary nitrates such as leafy greens, beets and lettuce can help lower blood pressure,” said Siegel.
Older adults who drank nitrate-rich beetroot juice had fewer mouth bacteria called Prevotella, which is linked to inflammation, and more helpful bacteria like Neisseria.(Natasha Breen/REDA&CO/Universal Images Group via Getty Images)
He added, “Nitrates are converted to nitric oxide by your body. Nitric oxide is a key molecule in vascular health as it promotes the vessels to dilate and thus reduces blood pressure.”
Co-author Andy Jones, a professor at the University of Exeter, said in a press release that the study shows that “nitrate-rich foods alter the oral microbiome in a way that could result in less inflammation, as well as a lowering of blood pressure in older people.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Lee Beniston, an associate director of the Biotechnology and Biological Sciences Research Council, said the “research is a great example of how bioscience can help us better understand the complex links between diet, the microbiome and healthy aging.”
“By uncovering how dietary nitrate affects oral bacteria and blood pressure in older adults, the study opens up new opportunities for improving vascular health through nutrition,” Beniston added.
“As we age, our levels of bioavailable nitric oxide lower, so it makes sense that we see more of a benefit in consuming dietary nitrates in older patients.” (iStock)
Both researchers shared that more research is needed.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Siegel noted that “as we age, our levels of bioavailable nitric oxide lower, so it makes sense that we see more of a benefit in consuming dietary nitrates in older patients.”
He said the study does support the well-established belief that a good diet, high in fresh fruits and vegetables, can help manage many chronic medical conditions.
For more Lifestyle articles, visit foxnews.com/lifestyle
Anyone with high blood pressure or other medical conditions should check with doctors or medical experts before making dietary changes. The same applies to those taking medication.
Ashley J. DiMella is a Lifestyle reporter with Fox News Digital.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/indian-beer-brands-simba-kingfisher-win-recognition-at-world-beer-awards-2025-9196889” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-31/White-House-mulls-plans-for-Department-of-War-says-report-1GhWlYMD6Ug/img/73457df739154877b4b4962e8ac6de59/73457df739154877b4b4962e8ac6de59.png' alt='File picture of the White House in Washington, D.C., the United States. /VCG'
The administration of U.S. President Donald Trump is drawing up plans to rebrand the Department of Defense as the Department of War, the Wall Street Journal reported Saturday, citing a White House official.
The move came after Trump’s recent indication to revive a name last used in 1947.
Restoring the discarded name of the Department of Defense could be done by an act of Congress, but the White House is mulling other methods to make the change, said the report.
The Pentagon started developing legislative proposals to make the change in the early weeks of the second term of Trump, who has floated the idea of a name change repeatedly. “One idea was to ask Congress for authority to restore the former name during a national emergency, while also reviving the title of secretary of war for the department’s top civilian official,” it said.
The old name “had a stronger sound,” Trump said on Monday at the White House. “As Department of War we won everything, we won everything and I think we’re going to have to go back to that.”
The change would be made “over the next week or so,” Trump said.
As many as 45 cities out of 50 registered an increase in property prices during the first quarter of 2025-26, according to data released by the National Housing Bank (NHB).
“Out of the 50 cities covered, 5 cities registered a decline in the property prices on an annual basis. Howrah registered the maximum decline of 6.1 per cent followed by Kochi (5.5 per cent) and Thiruvananthapuram (4.8 per cent),” the latest residential housing price index NHB RESIDEX released on Thursday said.
The 50-city Housing Price Index (HPI), based on valuation prices of properties collected from banks and housing finance companies, recorded an annual increase of 5.7 per cent during the first quarter of the current fiscal compared to 6.6 per cent a year ago, it added.
Seven key primary residential markets witnessed an appreciation in property prices during April-June 2025, it said.
Primary residential properties in Ahmedabad witnessed an increase of 6.8 per cent while those in Bengaluru rose by 9.1 per cent, and in Chennai by 7 per cent.
Hyderabad (2.3 per cent), Kolkata (6.8 per cent), Mumbai (5.2 per cent) and Pune (6 per cent) recorded increase in the index on an annual basis whereas for Delhi, the index was around the same level as Q1 FY25 as per the Housing Price Index published by the National Housing Bank.
On a quarter-on-quarter basis, the 50-city index registered an expansion of 0.5 per cent in April-June period. The index has shown an increasing trend on the Q-o-Q basis since September 2021.
Meanwhile, the interest rate on home loans moderated by 100 basis points in February 2025.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GLUMICA Katie Holmes, najpoznatija kao zvijezda kultne serije “Dawson’s Creek”, uzela je kratki predah od snimanja i režiranja svog novog filma “Happy Hours”, u kojem glumi uz bivšeg kolegu Joshuu Jacksona.
Pauzu je iskoristila za posjet teniskom turniru US Open. Za ovu prigodu odabrala je upečatljivu kombinaciju koja spaja udobnost i visoku modu. Holmes je izgledala vrlo šik u kariranoj svilenoj haljini brenda Silk Laundry. Ležernost je postigla velikom crnom kožnom jaknom prebačenom preko ramena. Cjelokupni dojam zaokružila je A.P.C. Brown Moe sunčanim naočalama i klasičnim Schutz balerinkama.
Pozornost je privukla torbicom koja je još nedostupna u prodaji. U pitanju je torba Tulipea brenda Marni, a prema Marie Claire, ova će torbica biti jedna od najpoželjnijih komada ove jeseni.
Kopirajte njezin stil
Na svojem je Instagramu Katie podijelila fotografiju s US Opena, a ispod objave su se nizali komplimenti: “Prekrasna”, “Tako si kul bez da se trudiš”, “Tako slatko”, “Odlična frizura”.
Ako vam se sviđa njezino izdanje, u nastavku smo izdvojili komade koje je nosila, ali i neke slične, kako biste njezin stil mogli što vjernije rekreirati.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Kami Miner, an All-American volleyball player at Redondo Union and Stanford, dropped by her alma mater’s match last week before heading to Italy to play pro volleyball.
Coach Tommy Chaffins knew what to do.
“Hey, you want to come into the team room?” he asked.
“‘I’d love to,” Miner said.
Redondo Union players got a good pep talk before a win over Long Beach Poly.
“She loves Redondo,” Chaffins said.
Redondo Union is 13-1 heading into a competitive home match on Tuesday against Marymount, followed by a showdown against Mater Dei on the road.
Abby Zimmerman, a four-year starter and captain headed to Cal, has been leading the Sea Hawks.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected].
Students travelling internationally often need luggage that is both practical and durable. A trolley bag set of 3 is the perfect combo, offering versatility for every stage of the trip. The large and medium sizes can be checked in with ease, holding clothes, books, and bulkier essentials, while the small cabin-sized bag can travel with you on board.
Compact luggage sets designed for international students, these trolley bags offer style, durability, and convenience, now available with special Amazon deals.
This combination ensures maximum storage without compromising convenience. Smooth wheels and sturdy handles make travelling from airports simple, while secure zips add an extra layer of confidence during long journeys. Shopping for luggage sets on Amazon, especially during deals, can also help students save significantly while still enjoying style, comfort, and reliability for their travels abroad.
8 best suitcases set of 3 for students
The Safari Pentagon Pro luggage set combines durability with effortless handling, crafted from lightweight polypropylene built for frequent travel. Its 8-wheel system offers smooth 360º mobility, making airport transfers and long walks simpler. With cabin, medium, and large sizes included, this trolley bag set ensures maximum storage flexibility. The stylish dusk green finish and secure lock design bring both function and confidence to every international or domestic trip.
Designed for effortless travel, the Aristocrat Airpro luggage set of 3 combines lightweight construction with durable hard case protection. Each piece is equipped with smooth dual wheels and a sturdy push-button trolley for easy movement through airports. The cabin, medium, and large sizes cover every packing need, while secured zips and a reliable lock system ensure belongings remain safe. A practical choice for both students and frequent travellers.
The Tommy Hilfiger Stanford luggage set of 3 blends premium durability with unmistakable style. Crafted from a lightweight ABS and polycarbonate mix, these hard cases resist impact while carrying a sleek metallic finish. With smooth 360° spinner wheels, telescopic handles, and smart compartments, travel feels both organised and effortless. The signature logo detailing adds a polished touch, making this trolley bag set a refined companion for international and domestic trips.
Built for modern travel, the American Tourister Instavibe trolley bag set combines resilience with sleek design. Its polypropylene shell resists dents while double 360° wheels ensure smooth mobility across busy airports and uneven surfaces. Spacious interiors with Flexi Packing Straps keep essentials secure and organised, while side hooks add practical convenience. The coordinated detailing enhances style, making this luggage set of 3 a smart choice for both students and frequent travellers.
The Mokobara Aisle trunk set of 3 combines spacious design with premium craftsmanship. Made from a sturdy polycarbonate hard shell and fitted with signature YKK zips, it offers both durability and style. With cabin, medium, and large sizes, packing for long trips becomes effortless. Silent wheels and an adjustable telescopic handle ensure smooth mobility, while smart compartments and compression straps keep belongings neatly arranged for stress-free travel.
The Kamiliant Harrier luggage set delivers maximum volume with its boxy design, making packing more efficient. Crafted from durable yet lightweight polypropylene, it balances strength with ease of handling. The set includes small, medium, and large sizes, each equipped with 360° spinner wheels for smooth rolling. With cross ribbons, a U-shaped pocket, and a secure lock, this trolley bag set ensures organised and confident travel across short or long trips.
The uppercase JFK trolley bag set blends sustainability with style, crafted from durable polycarbonate in a striking printed teal blue finish. With small, medium, and large sizes, this luggage set offers versatile packing for every trip. The 8-wheel system ensures effortless movement, while in-built laundry compartments add smart organisation. A push-button adjustable handle and secure combination lock provide comfort and safety, making it a thoughtful choice for modern travellers.
The Nasher Miles Paris collection offers a pastel green luggage set designed for style and resilience. Made from lightweight polypropylene, it provides strength without bulk, perfect for both short trips and longer stays. With small, medium, and large sizes, each trolley bag features 8 smooth spinner wheels for easy movement and practical top and side handles. Inside, smart compartments and straps keep belongings organised, ensuring a stress-free packing experience.
Similar articles for you
Get vacation-ready! Up to 80% off on top picks for trolley bags
₹2500″>Travel smarter, not harder: Your guide to affordable trolley bags under ₹2500
Duffles and backpacks at up to 60% off on Amazon; Top picks to buy now!
Beyond basics: Fun and fashionable backpacks for girls; Top 8 picks
What size trolley bag is best for international student travel?
A set of 3 is ideal. The large and medium bags work well for check-in luggage, while the cabin-sized option keeps essentials handy during the flight.
Are hard shell trolley bags better than soft ones for students?
Hard shell luggage is often preferred as it protects fragile items and handles rough handling during international transit more effectively.
How many trolley bags should a student carry abroad?
Most students carry two check-in bags and one cabin trolley. A luggage set of 3 covers all packing needs without extra expense.
What features should students prioritise in trolley bags?
Look for lightweight yet sturdy construction, smooth spinner wheels, secure locks, and organised interiors with straps or compartments for easy packing and maximum space use.
Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, concerning the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
The Harry Potter TV series, an adaptation of JK Rowling’s iconic fantasy novels, is currently shooting its first season, based on Philosopher’s Stone, in London.
Casting announcements have slowly but surely been released, with the likes of John Lithgow as Dumbledore and Nick Frost as Hagrid.
Paul Whitehouse, who briefly played Sir Cadogan in the third film, has also been cast as Filch.
The latest news is that Warwick Davis, who plays Professor Filius Flitwick in the movies, will reprise the same role in the TV show.
The 55-year-old played the Charms master in seven of the eight Harry Potter movies, but had a radical costume change from the third film onwards.
In the first two movies, Flitwick is old and grey-bearded, while in the third film onwards, he is younger, with brown hair and a moustache. The reason is that he wasn’t in the Prisoner of Azkaban movie, so Davis took a cameo as the choir master. Having preferred this costume, going forward, it was decided that the choir master was Flitwick after all, despite the physical continuity.
Given the original costume was book accurate, it’ll be interesting to see if he returns to the more ancient look. Meanwhile, Davis also voiced Griphook in the first movie and embodied him entirely in Deathly Hallows Part 1. But this time around the Gringotts goblin will be played by Joker and Joker 2’s Leigh Gill in the Harry Potter TV series, which debuts on NOW in 2027.
Just weeks after announcing an Extended Range version of its Sealion 6 mid-size plug-in hybrid SUV, BYD has confirmed another addition to its lineup.
The BYD Sealion 6 Premium Extended Range takes the new, longer-range battery and combines it with all-wheel drive and the top-spec trim level to create a new flagship variant for the Mitsubishi Outlander PHEV rival.
This means you can now get the Standard Range 18.3kWh lithium iron phosphate (LFP) battery in Essential, Dynamic and Premium trims, plus the 26.6kWh Extended Range LFP battery in the Dynamic and Premium.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
Unusually, the Extended Range version of the Premium is priced identically to the Standard Range version at $52,990before on-road costs. That’s despite both having all-wheel drive and the same level of standard equipment.
The larger battery sees electric-only range boosted from 81km to 128km on the NEDC cycle, just 12km behind the less powerful Dynamic Extended Range.
Combined cycle fuel consumption is 1.1L/100km based on a battery state of charge between 20 and 100 per cent, up from 0.8L/100km in the Dynamic Extended Range.
The new range-topper mates the 26.6kWh battery with 150kW/300Nm front and 120kW/250Nm rear electric motors and a 96kW/220Nm 1.5-litre four-cylinder engine.
Total system output is 253kW, up from 160kW in the Dynamic Extended Range and 238kW in the Premium Standard Range. Torque is 550Nm, which is the same as in the Premium Standard Range.
The bump in power means it’s the quickest Sealion 6 too, with a claimed 0-100km/h time of 5.5 seconds, which is 0.4 seconds quicker than the Premium Standard Range.
As with all Sealion 6s, it can be charged at up to 6.6kW on AC power and 18kW using DC power.
Standard equipment for the Premium Extended Range, like its Standard Range sibling, includes:
LED headlights with automatic high-beam
19-inch alloy wheels
Panoramic glass roof
Power tailgate
Rain-sensing wipers
Rear privacy glass
Adaptive cruise control
Blind-spot monitoring
Lane-keep assist
Emergency lane-keep assist
Front cross-traffic assist
Rear cross-traffic assist
Safe exit warning
Leatherette upholstery
Leatherette-wrapped steering wheel
Head-up display
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
15.6-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wired and wireless Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
Satellite navigation
10-speaker Infinity sound system
8-way power driver’s seat
4-way power passenger seat
Heated and ventilated front seats
Dual-zone climate control
With the choice of two different batteries and front- or all-wheel drive, the Sealion 6 has the widest lineup of PHEV configurations of any vehicle in its segment.
That could help keep it in the sales charts. In the first half of this year, the Sealion 6 – which was only launched here in 2024 – was Australia’s best-selling PHEV SUV and the second best-selling PHEV overall, behind only BYD’s Shark 6 ute.
BYD delivered 4375 examples, putting the Sealion 6 ahead of the Outlander PHEV (2961), the recently introduced PHEV versions of the GWM Haval H6 (1172), and the Mazda CX-60 (765).
Pricing
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 BYD Sealion 6 Essential Standard Range FWD
$42,990
2025 BYD Sealion 6 Dynamic Standard Range FWD
$45,990
2025 BYD Sealion 6 Dynamic Extended Range FWD
$46,990
2025 BYD Sealion 6 Premium Standard Range AWD
$52,990
2025 BYD Sealion 6 Premium Extended Range AWD
$52,990
Premium paint is a $900 option across the range, though there are only three options: Stone Grey, Harbour Grey, and Cosmos Black. Arctic White is the standard finish.
Like the Dynamic Extended Range, the Premium Extended Range is offered exclusively with a black interior.
Gold Rates In 2015 Vs 2025: Bullion, which was earlier believed to be a slow mover when it comes to the return on investment, has surprised investors by outperforming markets.
Gold Vs Sensex Returns.
Gold Rates In 2015 Vs 2025: Gold prices have surprised investors this year after they have delivered more than 35% returns in just nine months of 2025. Moreover, the yellow metal has outperformed the Nifty and the Sensex in the past 10 years, with the yellow metal surging from nearly Rs 25,000 a decade ago to above Rs 1,05,000 now.
Gold & Silver Historical Returns
Gold prices had stood at Rs 25,000 per 10 grams a decade ago in 2015. It has surged 320% since then to currently trade at Rs 1,05,000 per 10 grams in India.
Year
Gold Price (per 10 gm)
2005
Rs 7,700
2010
Rs 20,700
2015
Rs 25,000
2020
Rs 50,000
2025 (So Far)
Rs 1,05,000
Silver prices have also given an impressive return of 270% between 2015 and 2025, as its prices have increased from Rs 33,300 a decade ago to Rs 1,23,000 now.
Sensex, Nifty Historical Returns
The Sensex had stood at 25,700 in September 2015. It has risen by 210% till now, as the BSE benchmark currently trades near the 80,000 level.
Also Read: Gold, Silver Prices Hit All-Time Highs On MCX: Why Is Bullion Shining, Is It Right Time To Invest?
Similarly, the Nifty had stood at nearly 7,800 a decade ago, which has increased to 24,500 currently, registering a growth of about 215% during the period.
Gold & Silver Vs Sensex & Nifty: Returns Comparison
The bullion market, which was earlier believed to be a slow mover when it comes to the return on investment, has surprised investors in the past decade by outperforming the equity market. Gold’s 320% and silver’s 270% returns turn out to be way higher than the Sensex’s 210% and the Nifty’s 215% returns over the past decade.
Why Has Gold Outperformed Sensex Over The Decade?
The precious metal prices have surged amid geopolitical and global economic uncertainties, especially the COVID-19 pandemic, the Russia-Ukraine war, the Middle East tussles, and the global economic slowdown amid supply chain disruptions. However, these factors have dragged the equity market returns over the period amid weak economic outlooks.
Analysts also cite a weakening rupee as a key factor behind the continued rise in precious metal prices in India.
Are Gold Prices Expected To Rise Further?
Experts say gold is expected to rise further during the upcoming festive and wedding seasons.
“Gold prices remain near record highs amid ongoing uncertainty surrounding US President Trump’s reciprocal tariffs following a recent court ruling, as well as concerns about the central bank’s independence. With US markets closed for a holiday, global cues are limited, shifting the focus to the Indian rupee. Its continued depreciation has led to elevated domestic gold prices. Meanwhile, domestic buying is expected to pick up ahead of the Shraddh period, which begins on September 7,” said Darshan Desai, chief executive officer of Aspect Bullion & Refinery.
Renisha Chainani, head of research at Augmont, said that if macroeconomic risks remain elevated, gold prices could feasibly target $3700 (Rs 1.10 lakh) in the next few weeks in September and $4000 (Rs 1.20 lakh) in the next few months by the end of 2025.
Gold: A Technical View
“Gold has support at $3420-3395, while resistance at $3465-3480. Silver has support at $39.35-39.10, while resistance is at $40.05-40.35. In rupee terms, gold has support at Rs 1,03,340-1,02,940 while resistance at Rs 1,04,450-1,04,750. Silver has support at Rs 1,19,450-1,18,850, while resistance at Rs 1,20,950-1,21,650,” Rahul Kalantri, vice-president (commodities) of Mehta Equities.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More
Click here to add News18 as your preferred news source on Google, Stay updated with all the latest business news, including market trends, stock updates, tax, IPO, banking finance, real estate, savings and investments. Get in-depth analysis, expert opinions, and real-time updates. Also Download the News18 App to stay updated!
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
#Ethereum is consolidating between $4100 support and $4868 resistance. While its USDT pair shows limited movement, the ETH/BTC pair looks highly promising. A confirmed breakout above $4868 and sustained hold could trigger a clear uptrend, opening the way for higher targets. Traders are closely watching this range as accumulation continues, hinting at a strong move ahead.
September 1, 2025 11:47:40 UTC
Ethereum News Today
Ethereum reserves on centralized exchanges have plunged to just 12%, a sharp decline from 30% a few years ago. This massive supply crunch highlights the impact of growing demand from corporate treasuries and ETH ETFs, intensifying buying pressure. With fewer coins available on exchanges and institutional demand climbing, analysts believe Ethereum’s price could be headed much higher in the coming months.
September 1, 2025 11:35:21 UTC
Bitcoin Whale Swaps $4B BTC for ETH, Still Holds $5.4B in Bitcoin
An OG Bitcoin whale has made a massive shift since August 20, selling 35,991 BTC worth $4.04B and buying 886,371 ETH worth $4.07B on Hyperliquid at a 0.0406 rate, according to Lookonchain. Despite this huge move into Ethereum, the whale still holds 49,634 BTC valued at $5.43B across four wallets, keeping a strong Bitcoin position while diversifying into ETH.
Rising visa refusals, deportation scares and soaring costs are making many students to rethink
For years, the US has been the ultimate dream for Indian students. But that dream is getting complicated.
Rising visa refusals, deportation scares and soaring costs are making many students rethink.
Shreya (name changed), a 25-year-old heading to Spain for her master’s in Sports Marketing, told, “The tension between the nations and the hate towards Indian students in the US is scary. I didn’t want to get caught in the crossfire. And let’s not forget the expense.”
Plan B destinations on the rise
Shreya is not alone. More Indian students are now considering “Plan B” study abroad options as the US tightens visa norms. A recent ruling has restricted the duration foreign students, professors and physicians can stay in the country without additional vetting.
Varun Singh, MD, XIPHIAS Immigration, explained, “The US still hosts a record number of international students, but consular refusals for F-1 visas have climbed sharply.”
According to US State Department data, global F-1 refusal rates touched 41 per cent in FY24 – up from 36 per cent in 2023 and just 15 per cent in 2014, the highest ever. Despite India becoming the top source of international students in 2023/24, F-1 issuances to Indians dropped 34 per cent, from 130,839 in FY23 to 86,110 in FY24.
Where students are going instead
The uncertainty has opened doors for other countries. “Although the US remains a leading study destination, students are spreading their options. Canada, France, the UK, New Zealand and Germany are getting popular for quicker visa processing, a friendly environment, affordable education, and rewarding post-study work opportunities,” shared Mamta Shekhawat, Founder, Gradding.com, a study abroad platform.
The UK issued 98,014 study visas to Indians in the year ending June 2025, nearly a quarter of all UK study visas, despite recent dependency rule changes. Germany, meanwhile, has seen a surge, with 59,419 Indian enrolments in Winter 2024/25, making India its largest source country.
Canada still attracts over 3 lakh Indians, though new caps on study permits and higher proof-of-funds have slowed approvals. Australia has tightened rules with its new “Genuine Student (GS)” test and shorter post-study work durations, tempering growth, as per XIPHIAS Immigration data.
Cost as a big driver
Money is another big driver. Although the US sets the standard for academic excellence, it remains the most expensive option for foreign students when combining tuition (ranging $25,000–$60,000 annually). By contrast, Canada and Australia are moderately priced, with tuition closer to $20,000–$35,000, and offer transparent pathways along with post-study work options. Germany stands out with free state universities and affordable living costs.
“Studying abroad has always been a huge investment, and the US sits at the top end of that scale,” said Sonal Kapoor, Global Chief Business Officer at Prodigy Finance.
Despite the hurdles, the US hasn’t lost its shine. Indian students still flock there for its reputation, cutting-edge research, and the optional practical training (OPT) programme, especially the STEM-OPT extension, which offers career-building opportunities.
But long-term prospects remain a concern. “Ambiguity around the H-1B visa and higher rejection rates make students apprehensive about stability. In contrast, Canada and the UK offer clearer residency pathways,” said Shekhawat.
Aman Singh, Co-Founder of GradRight, framed it differently, “US policies are meant to attract high-calibre international students. Those with weaker academic or professional credentials, often applying to lower-tier universities or hoping to ‘figure it out’ after arrival, are the ones facing greater difficulties.”
For now, the US remains aspirational. But as costs climb and policies tighten, Indian students are diversifying their bets, choosing destinations where the path feels less uncertain, and the dream, more achievable.
Crossing a border is stressful enough — and now your phone adds another layer. According to new figures from US Customs and Border Protection, nearly 15,000 device searches were carried out between April and June — over 1,000 of them using advanced tools that copy or analyze a phone’s contents. The rising numbers raise questions about how much personal data travelers may be handing over without realizing it.
One way people are protecting their privacy is by traveling with a no-frills device. A basic or burner phone can keep you connected for calls and texts while limiting the amount of personal information stored on it. It’s not just about crossing borders either — having a stripped-down device can help cut screen time, reduce distractions and give you a mental break from constant notifications.
Even celebrities have embraced the switch. Conan O’Brien has said that carrying a simpler phone helps him stay focused, proving that sometimes less really is more. If your smartphone feels like it holds too much of your life, scaling back — whether for travel or everyday use — might be worth considering.
Read more: Best Prepaid Phone of 2025
Although carriers have offered prepaid phones since the ’90s, “burner phones” or “burners” became more popular in the 2000s following the celebrated HBO series The Wire, where they helped characters avoid getting caught by the police. Though often portrayed in that light, burners aren’t only used by criminals, but really by anyone concerned with surveillance or privacy infringement.
What is a burner phone, and how does it work? Here’s everything you need to know about burners and how to get one.
A burner phone is a cheap prepaid phone with no commitments. It comes with a set number of prepaid call minutes, text messages or data, and it’s designed to be disposed of after use.
Burners are contract-free, and you can grab them off the counter. They’re called burner phones because you can “burn” them (trash them after use), and the phone can’t be traced back to you, which makes them appealing to criminals. Burner phones are typically used when you need a phone quickly, without intentions of long-term usage.
Burners are different from getting a regular, contract-bound cellphone plans that require your information to be on file.
Why should you use a burner phone?
Diy13/Getty Images
Burner phones are an easy way to avoid cellphone contracts or spam that you get on your primary phone number. Burners aren’t linked to your identity, so you can avoid being tracked down or contacted.
You don’t have to dispose of a burner phone after use. You can add more minutes and continue using it. Burner phones can still function as regular phones, minus the hassle of a contract.
You can also get a burner phone as a secondary phone for a specific purpose, like having a spare phone number for two-factor authentication texts, for business or to avoid roaming charges while traveling. Burner phones are often used by anyone concerned with privacy.
Read more: The Data Privacy Tips Digital Security Experts Wish You Knew
Burner phones, prepaid phones, smartphones and burner SIMs: What’s the difference?
Burner phones are cheap phones with simple designs that lack the bells and whistles of a smartphone. Because they’re designed to be disposable, you only get the essentials, as seen by the most common version, the flip phone.
All burner phones are prepaid phones, but not all prepaid phones are burners. What sets a burner apart is that you won’t have to give away any personal information to get one, and it won’t be traceable back to you. Again, a burner phone is cheap enough to be destroyed after use.
Prepaid smartphones are generally low-end models. You can use any unlocked smartphone with prepaid SIM cards, essentially making it a prepaid phone.
If you want a burner, you don’t necessarily have to buy a new phone. You can get a burner SIM and use it with an existing phone. Burner SIMs are prepaid SIMs you can get without a contract or giving away personal information.
Where can you buy a burner phone?
Burner phones are available at all major retailers.
Shelby Knowles/Bloomberg/Getty Images
Burner phones are available at all major retail outlets, including Best Buy, Target and Walmart. They’re also often available at convenience stores like 7-Eleven, local supermarkets, gas stations and retail phone outlets like Cricket and Metro.
You can get a burner phone with cash, and it should cost between $10 and $50, though it may cost more if you get more minutes and data. If you’re getting a burner phone specifically to avoid having the phone traced back to you, it makes sense to pay with cash instead of a credit card.
If you just want a prepaid secondary phone, you can use a credit card. Just keep in mind that credit cards leave a trail that leads back to you.
There are also many apps that let you get secondary phone numbers, including Google Fi and the Burner app. However, these aren’t burners necessarily because the providers typically have at least some of your personal information.
If you’re just looking to get a solid prepaid phone without anonymity, check out our full guide for the best prepaid phone plans available. We also have a guide for the best cheap phone plans.
Addressing hearing loss early on may significantly reduce the risk of dementia, a recent study found.
Adults with hearing loss who reported wearing hearing aids before they were 70 years old cut their risk of dementia by more than half, compared to those with hearing loss who did not wear hearing devices, according to research recently published in JAMA Neurology.
Participants with hearing loss who wore hearing aids had a 61% lower risk for “incident all-cause dementia,” the researchers wrote.
‘SELECTIVE HEARING’ ISN’T A CHOICE, SCIENTISTS REVEAL — IT’S A REAL NEUROLOGICAL PROCESS
Individuals under 70 years old who did not have hearing loss had a 29% lower risk for dementia in comparison to those with untreated hearing loss, according to the study authors.
However, the same benefit was not seen in those 70 years or older at the time of the hearing tests.
Addressing hearing loss early on may significantly reduce the risk of dementia, a recent study found.(iStock)
Details of the study
Researchers from the University of Texas, University of Pittsburgh, Boston University and several others looked at data from 2,953 participants in the Framingham Heart study, a long-term project that tracked the health of participants and their children.
For two decades, they followed participants aged 60 or older who did not have a diagnosis of dementia when they underwent hearing tests.
6 SIMPLE WAYS TO PROTECT YOUR HEARING NOW BEFORE IT’S TOO LATE, ACCORDING TO EXPERTS
The researchers found that 20% of the participants ultimately developed dementia, and of this group 42% were under the age of 70 when they completed the hearing assessment.
“This finding highlights the importance of early intervention for [hearing loss] for possible prevention of dementia,” the researchers stated.
The researchers noted that only 17% of individuals with moderate to severe hearing loss use hearing devices.
Adults with hearing loss who reported wearing hearing aids before they were 70 years old cut their risk of dementia by more than half, the study found.(iStock)
Dr. Gayatri Devi, M.D., a neurologist at Northwell’s Lenox Hill Hospital in New York City, told Fox News Digital that “40% of dementia cases are preventable with modifiable risk factors, such as correcting hearing loss, which promotes socializing, another separate variable associated with dementia prevention.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The doctor, who was not affiliated with the study, noted that treating hearing loss is “an excellent and simple way” not only to prevent dementia, but also to enable people to engage more fully in conversations and improve their quality of life.
Age-related hearing loss is a known risk factor for developing dementia, according to Devi and other health experts.
“This finding highlights the importance of early intervention for possible prevention of dementia.”
“Maintaining good brain health as we age requires stimulation,” Carolyn Bossinas, director of speech and audiology at Northwell Health Phelps Hospital in Sleepy Hollow, New York, told Fox News Digital.
When someone is not able to hear properly, the brain does not receive adequate information, according to Bossinas, who was also not part of the research.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Compared to those with typical hearing, individuals with hearing loss are 1.9 times more likely to develop dementia and 2.78 times more likely to have a co-occurring cognitive impairment, the expert said.
These co-occurring impairments may include memory loss, reduced problem-solving, reduced awareness of mistakes and slower rate of processing.
Symptoms and intervention
There are signs that a person may be experiencing hearing loss and should see a healthcare professional.
“Generally, when we have trouble hearing in restaurants or in places with loud ambient noise, [it is a] good time to have our hearing checked,” Devi said.
When someone is not able to hear properly, the brain does not receive adequate information, an expert said.(iStock)
Another sign is when someone frequently asks individuals to repeat themselves during conversations.
Early intervention is important, according to Bossinas. People typically adjust more quickly to wearing hearing aids when they have mild hearing loss, she noted, as the change is not as dramatic but can still be very helpful.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Several adjustments may be required, so she recommends working with an audiologist.
When wearing hearing devices, it’s important to keep them dry, change the batteries (or the device) regularly, clean the device according to the audiologist’s instructions, and perform regular listening checks, the expert added.
Amy McGorry is a contributing health writer for Fox News Digital. Follow her on Twitter @amymcgorry.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/top-9-dessert-gifts-that-every-partner-with-a-sweet-tooth-will-adore-9190001” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-31/EU-ministers-urge-U-S-to-reconsider-visa-ban-on-Palestinian-officials-1Gi7EJnorgA/img/38bf7aa72a884b70ab490123a1b2d46c/38bf7aa72a884b70ab490123a1b2d46c.png' alt='An Israeli armored vehicle is seen moving in an area of the Gaza Strip from southern Israel, August 31, 2025. /VCG'
European Union (EU) foreign ministers met in Copenhagen on Saturday and unanimously urged the United States to reconsider its recent decision to deny entry visas to Palestinian officials.
The U.S. Department of State said Friday in a statement that it is “denying and revoking visas from members of the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) and the Palestinian Authority (PA) ahead of the upcoming United Nations General Assembly.”
The meeting also discussed the worsening humanitarian situation in Gaza, but participants were deeply divided over whether to impose further sanctions against Israel.
EU foreign policy chief Kaja Kallas told a press conference that while member states broadly agree on the gravity of the situation, consensus has not been reached on concrete measures.
Danish Foreign Minister Lars Lokke Rasmussen, who chaired the meeting, said an increasing number of member states believe Israel is unlikely to change course without stronger pressure.
Outside the meeting venue, demonstrators gathered to urge Denmark and the EU to take stronger action over the humanitarian crisis in Gaza.
Realty firm Sanjeevini Group on Sunday said it is expecting a revenue of about ₹1,200 crore from its new housing project in Bengaluru.
The company has launched a luxury residential project “The Adwaith”, spread over 8.3 acres and comprising 668 units, at Gunjur in Bengaluru East.
The total sales potential of this project is ₹1,200 crore, the company said in a statement.
The project will be developed under a joint development model with landowner. The total built-up area is about 17 lakh sq ft. The units are priced upwards of ₹1.7 crore.
Umesh Gowda H A, Chairman and Founder of Sanjeevini Group, said the company has launched a new project at Gunjur, which is a growing micromarket in Bengaluru because of its good connectivity with other parts of the city.
The project is expected to be delivered in 30 months.
Sales of residential properties have risen sharply post-Covid pandemic on pent-up demand, growing preference of having home-ownership.
Sanjeevini Group has developed over 15 lakh sq ft of residential, commercial and mixed-use space since it began its operations in Bengaluru in 2010.
The company has in its pipeline over 30 lakh sq ft of upcoming development, including its new project in Gunjur.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
ZARUČNICA Cristiana Ronalda, Georgina Rodríguez, plijenila je poglede na 82. Međunarodnom filmskom festivalu u Veneciji, gdje je ponosno pokazala svoj zapanjujući zaručnički prsten od 30 karata. Ovo je bilo njezino prvo javno pojavljivanje otkako se zaručila za slavnog nogometaša.
Elegantan dolazak u crnom
Georgina je na festival stigla vodenim taksijem, pozirajući fotografima u elegantnoj crnoj midi haljini s čipkastom suknjom brenda Oscar de la Renta, koju je uparila s crnim štiklama La Silla.
Golemi dijamantni prsten bio je u prvom planu, a 31-godišnja manekenka svoj je izgled dodatno naglasila s nekoliko drugih dijamantnih prstenova, naušnicama i sunčanim naočalama. Dugu crnu kosu nosila je u opuštenoj pletenici.
“Savršena je i elegantna”, “Volim ovu divu”, “Tako je lijepa”, “Savršena”, “Prekrasna”, “Wow Georgina”, “Volim je”, “Savršena u crnom”, “Bože, izgleda spektakularno”, “Izgleda prekrasno i zavodljivo”, samo su neki od komentara na njezino izdanje na društvenim mrežama.
Elegantno izdanje koje se lako kopira
Iako na prvi pogled jednostavan, Georginin outfit odiše sofisticiranošću i bezvremenskom elegancijom. Crna haljina s čipkastim detaljima naglašava ženstvenost, dok minimalistički kroj ostavlja dojam lakoće i profinjenosti.
Takva kombinacija izvrsno pristaje različitim prigodama – od večernjih izlazaka i posebnih događanja do svečanijih večera ili koktel zabava. Prednost ovog izgleda je i u tome što se vrlo lako može rekreirati, bez obzira na budžet, jer se temelji na klasičnim modnim komadima koji nikada ne izlaze iz trenda.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Haljina Oscar de la Renta iz kolekcije za jesen 2025., u kojoj se pojavila, još nije dostupna za kupnju na webshopu brenda, no slično izdanje lako se može složiti i s drugim komadima. Umjesto haljine, isti efekt postiže se kombinacijom crne majice i čipkaste suknje, uz decentne, ali upečatljive modne dodatke. Cijeli look najbolje je zaokružiti elegantnim crnim salonkama.
Ležerna elegancija dan ranije
Kako piše Page Six, Georgina je u Veneciju stigla još u subotu, a promatrače ispred zračne luke pozdravila je nasmijana i dobro raspoložena. Za tu je prigodu odabrala šik sivi svileni komplet na točkice, crne potpetice i sunčane naočale. Svoj je dolazak zabilježila i videom na Instagramu, gdje se vidi kako maše i šalje poljupce obožavateljima prije ulaska u vodeni taksi.
Osam godina ljubavi okrunjeno zarukama
Podsjetimo, Georgina i 40-godišnji Ronaldo objavili su zaruke ranije ovog mjeseca nakon osam godina veze. “Da, pristajem. U ovom i u svim mojim životima”, napisala je tada uz fotografiju ruke s blistavim prstenom. Od tada ga ponosno pokazuje na društvenim mrežama, dijeleći fotografije s plaže i iz privatnog aviona.
Par je vezu započeo krajem 2016. godine, nakon što su se upoznali u trgovini Gucci gdje je Georgina tada radila. Ubrzo su postali roditelji kćeri Alane, koja danas ima sedam godina, a 2022. dobili su i kćer Bellu, kojoj su sada tri. Zvijezda serije Ja sam Georgina i portugalski nogometaš tada su proživjeli i veliku tragediju, izgubivši na porodu Bellinog brata blizanca Angela.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
A day where, as a clearly frustrated Dave Roberts put it before the game, the team needed to “not get embarrassed” in the face of a potential three-game sweep by the Arizona Diamondbacks, and play with a level of “pride” that had been missing the previous two nights.
“Whatever it is, we’ve got to do it right now,” the manager said. “We’ve got to win today. We’ve got to play better baseball. … There’s more in there. There just is.”
Whatever Roberts was looking for, the Dodgers provided just enough Sunday.
Despite blowing a three-run lead that tied the game going into the ninth, the Dodgers prevailed on Will Smith’s pinch-hit, walk-off home run, beating the Diamondbacks 5-4 to move two games up in the National League West standings after the San Diego Padres’ rubber-match loss to the Minnesota Twins earlier in the day.
The win should have been simpler.
Yoshinobu Yamamoto delivered a seven-inning, one-run gem, tying his career-high with 10 strikeouts while also not allowing a walk. The Dodgers lineup, meanwhile, wore down Arizona starter Brandon Pfaadt, scoring twice in the first and again in the fourth and fifth to chase him from the game early.
Tanner Scott almost wasted those efforts. In the eighth, he gave up a pair of two-out singles before Corbin Carroll took him deep for a tying three-run blast. Scott was booed off the mound, his earned-run average rising to 4.44 in a disastrous debut season in Los Angeles.
Dodgers pitcher Yoshinobu Yamamoto delivers during the fourth inning Sunday against the Diamondbacks.
(Carlin Stiehl / Los Angeles Times)
Smith, however, saved the day, coming off the bench and hitting the second pitch he saw into the left-field pavilion to ensure the Dodgers didn’t come out of this weekend empty-handed.
Of course, any feeling of progress from the Dodgers will remain tempered for now.
Friday and Saturday, after all, produced the kind of maddening performances from the club that have dogged them throughout the second half of the season.
The team looked lifeless at the plate both nights, scoring one run off Arizona’s beleaguered pitching staff in 18 total innings. They committed fundamental miscues on the bases and on defense, lapses Roberts boiled down to a simple lack of focus. And, as has become a recurring theme during their 22-27 rut since the Fourth of July, they once again played down to a level their $400-million roster simply shouldn’t.
“There has to be a point where that has to be sharpened,” Roberts said. “And that’s where, I feel, the time is now.”
Given the roller-coaster nature of the season, it’s impossible to know if — and when — the next drop is coming.
The Dodgers (78-59) have shown flashes of improvement at times in the last two months — like when they swept the Reds to start this homestand, or swept the Padres at the end of the previous one — only to quickly revert to a lesser version of themselves again.
1
2
3
1.Dodgers catcher Will Smith celebrates after hitting a walk-off home run in the ninth inning Sunday.2.Freddie Freeman, left, and Alex Call, center, and other Dodgers players celebrate with Will Smith, right, as he crosses home plate.3.Will Smith, left, celebrates with Alex Call, right, and his Dodgers teammates.(Carlin Stiehl / Los Angeles Times)
Asked why that has been the case pregame, Roberts struggled to find an answer.
He alluded to a potential World Series hangover, noting that “when you’re playing a long season, you’re defending champions, people are coming after you — which we know and understand — it’s just hard to keep that dialed-in focus every single night. That’s just reality.”
He highlighted the lack of consistent production from veteran players — coinciding with his decision Sunday to leave Teoscar Hernández on the bench, in favor of Alex Call in right field, amid a recent three-for-27 slump that has been compounded by persistently shaky defense.
“He’s an everyday guy,” Roberts said of Hernández, whom the team hopes will benefit from a “two-day reset” between Sunday’s day off and Monday’s travel day. “But I do think that where we’re at, you’ve got to perform too, to warrant being out there every single day.”
Dodgers reliever Tanner Scott pitches in the eighth inning Sunday.
(Carlin Stiehl / Los Angeles Times)
Roberts said that mindset applies to the rest of the roster as a whole, from left field (where Michael Conforto has been better of late, but is still batting under .200) to other superstars at the top of the lineup.
“No one is going to be exempt,” Roberts said. “We’ve got to ramp it up and we’ve got to be better. If some other guys deserve more opportunities, then they’re going to get them. That’s just the way it should be.”
It all reflected what Roberts hopes will be a switch-flipping moment from his club; that disaster-averting wins like Sunday outnumber the kind of clunkers they had on Friday and Saturday.
“I do think that a flip can be switched,” Roberts said. “Each day should be equally important. Every little play, pitch, should be equally important. ‘How you do anything is how you do everything,’ that kind of adage, I believe in that. When you’re playing a long season, it’s hard to be that locked in every single pitch. But I’m not going to not try to ask our guys to do that, though.”
Squid Game star Lee Byung-hun is the leading man in a forthcoming dark comedy that film enthusiasts simply cannot afford to overlook.
The production is not only directed by celebrated filmmaker Park Chan-wook (The Handmaiden), but has also garnered glowing critiques following its recent debut at the Venice International Film Festival.
The picture has even secured a perfect 100 percent rating on Rotten Tomatoes from an impressive 17 reviews, suggesting one of this year’s finest films is about to grace cinemas.
No Other Choice features Lee as Man-soo, a recently redundant paper industry specialist whose existence alongside his spouse Mi-ri (portrayed by Son Ye-jin) and their two youngsters is destroyed when he’s abruptly dismissed.
Following another humiliation when he’s turned down by another firm, Man-soo determines to eradicate his rivals by whatever means necessary, reports the Mirror.
Whilst the picture regrettably lacks a confirmed date for its global debut as yet, No Other Choice is undoubtedly one for admirers of Squid Game and other South Korean thrillers to monitor closely.
Lee has also recently provided his voice to Netflix’s most successful film to date, KPop Demon Hunters, depicting the malevolent demon monarch.
Time Out made the audacious assertion that the film could surpass Bong Joon-ho’s Best Picture-winning masterpiece Parasite in their five-star assessment.
“With humour blacker than black bean noodles, the film is a masterful work of cinema which might well be Chan-wook’s masterpiece,” they penned.
“And given this is the man who directed The Handmaiden that’s saying a lot.”
Loud and Clear Reviews raved: “Lee Byung-hun is superb in Park Chan-wook’s dark comedy-thriller No Other Choice, which smartly warns us against our impending loss of humanity.”
The BBC said: “No Other Choice isn’t just Park’s funniest film, but his most humane, too – and that’s quite something for a comedy as violent as this one.”
Meanwhile, Variety branded the film a “masterclass in controlled chaos” and “deliriously entertaining” in their glowing critique.
They added: “[No Other Choice is] the latest exhibit in the mounting body of evidence suggesting Park Chan-wook may be the most elegant filmmaker alive.”
Finally, Next Best Picture said: “No Other Choice blends mismatched tones and genre hallmarks in a way that’s typical for Park and yet remains invigorating, leading to a ridiculous look at what happens when the system pushes a person to the very edge of desperation.”
Have a look at the freshly dropped trailer if you need further convincing, and watch this space for an official release date which should hopefully be revealed shortly.
Tesla is recalling over 7000 examples of its top-selling Model Y but, as with most recalls from the brand, this is being resolved with an over-the-air update.
“Due to a software issue, the driver side window’s automatic protection system may not operate as intended and result in the window closing with excessive force on any obstruction such as a body part,” the company says in its recall notice.
“If a body part is in the window space when the driver’s side window is closing, it can increase the risk of injury to a vehicle occupant.”
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
A total of 7301 vehicles are affected, produced in 2025
The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) list is attached here
The issue doesn’t affect vehicles running software version 2025.26.6 or later.
Tesla is contacting owners of affected vehicles, and no service appointment needs to be made, as the issue can be addressed via an over-the-air software update.
Tata Capital plans a USD 2 billion IPO in late September, with Tata Sons and International Finance Corporation selling stakes, marking the Tata Group’s second major listing.
Tata Capital IPO is expected to open in the last week of September.
Tata Capital IPO: The wait is finally over. Tata Capital, an NBFC, is set to launch its much-awaited USD 2 billion (Rs 17,200 crore) IPO in the last week of September, with a likely market debut on September 30, according to a report of PTI citing people familiar with the matter.
The proposed IPO of 47.58 crore shares comprises a fresh issue of 21 crore equity shares and an offer for sale (OFS) of 26.58 crore shares, according to the updated draft red herring prospectus (DRHP) filed in August.
Under the OFS component, Tata Sons will offload 23 crore shares, while the International Finance Corporation (IFC) will divest 3.58 crore shares.
Currently, Tata Sons holds an 88.6 per cent stake in Tata Capital, while IFC owns 1.8 per cent holding, the PTI report said.
Proceeds from the IPO will be used to strengthen the company’s Tier-1 capital base, supporting future capital requirements, including onward lending.
If successful, this IPO will become the largest public issue in India’s financial sector. It will also mark the Tata Group’s second public listing in recent years, following the debut of Tata Technologies in November 2023.
Earlier, IPO-bound Tata Capital launched a series of institutional roadshows to engage both global and domestic investors.
Investor sentiment turned bullish amid optimism that the Tata Capital IPO could unlock value and strengthen the Tata Group’s presence in the listed financial services segment.
The move is in line with the Reserve Bank of India’s directive requiring all ‘upper layer’ non-banking financial companies (NBFCs) to go public by September 2025.
Tata Group’s financial services firm Tata Capital has reported strong financial performance ahead of the listing. In the March 2025 quarter, the company’s consolidated profit after tax (PAT) surged 31% year-on-year to Rs 1,000 crore, while revenue from operations jumped nearly 50% to Rs 7,478 crore. For the full FY25, PAT rose to Rs 3,655 crore from Rs 3,327 crore in FY24, and total revenues climbed to Rs 28,313 crore from Rs 18,175 crore.
In April 2025, Tata Capital filed draft papers with markets regulator Sebi to launch its initial public offering. The draft papers for the $2-billion IPO was filed through a confidential pre-filing route.
Tata Capital’s decision to opt for the confidential pre-filing route is part of a growing trend among Indian companies. This route allows companies to withhold public disclosure of details under the draft red herring prospectus (DRHP) until later stages.
Varun Yadav
Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More
Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More
News business » ipo Tata Capital To Launch Rs 17,200 Crore IPO, Market Debut Likely On Sept 30
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Crypto markets are buzzing with bold predictions as the bull cycle continues to unfold, and two names that are capturing investor attention are XRP and Ozak AI (OZ). XRP, one of the most established altcoins in the market, is aiming for a $5 target that could solidify its position as a top digital asset, especially after gaining legal clarity in the U.S.
On the other hand, Ozak AI, currently in its presale phase, is setting its sights on a $1 launch goal, which analysts believe could deliver 100x returns for investors. With XRP trading at $2.80 and Ozak AI priced at just $0.01 in its 5th presale stage, both projects present unique opportunities, but the upside potential for Ozak AI appears to outshine XRP’s more measured growth.
XRP Overview – From $2.80 to $5
XRP has been one of the most resilient cryptocurrencies over the past decade. Backed via Ripple Labs, it’s designed for cross-border payments and liquidity answers, imparting banks and financial establishments with a faster and inexpensive alternative to conventional systems like SWIFT. Currently priced at $2.80, XRP has regained sturdy momentum after years of felony challenges with the SEC, which had created uncertainty inside the U.S. market.
With clearer regulatory status, XRP is now located to scale its adoption globally, especially in regions where remittance solutions are in high demand. If momentum is maintained, XRP’s price goal of $5 seems increasingly more conceivable in the coming bull cycle. Analysts highlight 3 key resistance stages to look at: $3.20, $4.00, and $5.00, at the same time as support zones sit at $2.50, $2.20, and $1.90. If XRP can maintain above $2.50, the path to better valuations seems sustainable.
However, despite its potential to nearly double from current levels, XRP is unlikely to deliver the kind of life-changing returns investors saw in its early years. That’s where presale projects like Ozak AI enter the spotlight.
Ozak AI is a next-generation blockchain project that merges the power of artificial intelligence with decentralized applications, offering AI-driven tools for predictive analytics, automated trading, and intelligent investment strategies. Currently priced at $0.01 in its 5th OZ presale stage, Ozak AI has already raised millions of dollars and secured listings on CoinGecko and CoinMarketCap before even launching—a strong indication of early adoption and credibility.
The project has also undergone a CertiK audit, boosting investor confidence, while forming partnerships with DEX3, HIVE, and SINT to accelerate ecosystem growth. With a clear roadmap that includes upcoming DEX and CEX listings, Ozak AI’s presale momentum suggests strong demand ahead of its official launch.
Analysts believe Ozak AI could reach $1 within its first year of trading, representing a 100x increase from the current presale price. This projection stems not only from presale traction but also from the rising global demand for AI integration within blockchain applications. The convergence of these two high-growth industries could give Ozak AI an edge over many established altcoins.
XRP vs. Ozak AI
When comparing XRP and Ozak AI, the risk/reward dynamics become clear. XRP, trading at $2.80 with a $5 target, offers stability and strong utility backed by institutional adoption. It is a relatively safe play for investors seeking steady, long-term growth. Ozak AI, however, is a high-risk, high-reward presale. Its upside potential is far greater, with early investors positioned to gain 100x returns if the project executes its roadmap and gains mainstream traction.
Both assets benefit from strong narratives—XRP from being a proven leader in cross-border payments, and Ozak AI from its position at the forefront of AI-powered blockchain innovation. Investors may see value in diversifying into both, with XRP providing security and Ozak AI offering the chance at exponential returns.
XRP’s climb toward $5 is generating well-deserved attention, particularly as the project cements its role in global finance with institutional adoption and regulatory clarity. Yet, for investors chasing massive upside, Ozak AI’s $1 launch goal could prove far more transformative, potentially delivering 100x gains from its $0.01 presale price. With AI and crypto being two of the hottest sectors of the decade, Ozak AI stands out as one of the most ambitious and rewarding opportunities of 2025.
About Ozak AI
Ozak AI is a blockchain-based crypto project that provides an innovative platform that focuses on predictive AI and advanced data analytics for financial markets. Through machine learning algorithms and decentralized community technologies, Ozak AI enables real-time, accurate, and actionable insights to help crypto lovers and corporations make the perfect choices.
Educate Girls was awarded “Changemaker: Social Transformation Award” for 2023 from Hindu Businessline. Since receiving the HBL Changemaker award, Educate Girls has continued its impactful work and made history. The organisation has become the first NGO dedicated to girls’ education to be listed on the Social Stock Exchange (SSE).
“Being the first Indian nonprofit to receive the Ramon Magsaysay Award is a historic moment for Educate Girls and for the country. This recognition places a global spotlight on India’s people-powered movement for girls’ education, one that began with a single girl in the remotest village and grew to reshape entire communities, challenging traditions and shifting mindsets” said Safeena Husain, Founder, Educate Girls.
She added, “ This Award honours our dedicated Team Balika volunteers, valued partners, passionate gender champions, and supporters, and acknowledges the millions of girls who reclaimed their right to education. As we work to reach 10 million learners in the next decade and share this blueprint beyond India, we carry forward a simple truth that when one girl is educated, she takes others with her, multiplying change across families, generations, and nations,”
Founded in 2007, Educate Girls has been working for nearly two decades to break cycles of poverty and illiteracy by empowering girls through education. It has worked across 30,000+ villages with the support of 55,000+ community volunteers, bringing over 2 million girls back to education and supporting over 2.4 million children in remedial learning. Educate Girls aims to impact over 10 million learners over the next decade, driving systemic change alongside government partnerships, while ensuring last-mile access for those girls and young women who are most at risk of being left behind. Educate Girls’ recognition highlights the global urgency of investing in girls’ education as a catalyst for social and economic transformation.
The Ramon Magsaysay Award celebrates greatness of spirit and transformative leadership across Asia. Awardees are chosen annually by the Ramon Magsaysay Award Foundation from nominations submitted through a confidential, global pool of experts, undergoing a rigorous and independent evaluation process. Educate Girls’ selection reflects the maturity, innovation and impact of India’s development sector, which has long been at the forefront of people-powered solutions to complex social challenges.
The 2025 Ramon Magsaysay Awardees will formally receive their medallions and certificates during the 67th Ramon Magsaysay Awards Presentation Ceremonies on 7 November 2025 at the Metropolitan Theatre in Manila, Philippines.
Earlier this week, I received an email from the communications team at Netflix announcing the debut of a new astrology hub on the streaming platform. According to the release, these curated playlists include show and movie recommendations that “reflect the character traits and themes most associated with that sign.” They don’t include this week’s horoscope. At least for now.
Lots of people feel strongly about their zodiac sign and how it affects their lives. While I don’t normally give much thought to being a Sagittarius, it seems like Netflix astrologers have me figured out.
Netflix has determined that “Sagittarians bring adventure,” so my recommendation list is populated with action movies and shows like Lost, The Outer Banks, Fast & Furious and Ghostbusters: Frozen Empire. While I don’t exclusively like action and adventure titles, they’re absolutely my go-to when I’m looking for something to throw on and pass the time.
(I admit I’m a little jealous of Scorpios, who are classified as folks who “revel in mystery.” Their recommendations include personal favorites of mine like Dept. Q, The Residence, Black Doves and Knives Out. Maybe my ascendant, or rising sign, is in Scorpio.)
My willingness to take chances on action, no matter how outlandish or wild it seems, is also why I started watching the wildly fun series In the Mud, an Argentinian crime drama about five inmates in a women’s prison who bond after a failed breakout attempt. The show has sat at the top of the Global Top 10 for a few weeks now. The first 15 minutes of the first episode, which features a violent, life-and-death prison van escape, will easily hook you in.
As each month of the zodiac calendar approaches, Netflix’s Tudum page will release a more detailed recommendation list, complete with breakdowns of why certain shows and films should, in theory, appeal to your sign.
Things kick off with Virgo season, where you can find titles like The Queen’s Gambit, Bet and Tidying Up With Marie Kondo, all of which appeal to the methodical, detail-oriented brain. Maybe this is you, maybe it’s not. My editor, a Libra, joked that she felt attacked when she saw the titles in her recommended list (it hit a little too close to home).
This could just the algorithm appealing to what it already knows about us. Either way, scrolling through this new zodiac hub to see what the stars predict has proven to be a fun game, and I found a new series to watch as a result.
A new trend has emerged that is taking self-care to the next level – for those who can afford it.
“Boat-tox” has people ordering Botox injectables and other personal care services and treatments directly to their locations aboard yachts or private boats.
New York-based Dr. Alexander Golberg, who specializes in functional and aesthetic medicine, told Fox News Digital that “boat-tox” is part of a larger concierge aesthetic trend.
NOT DRINKING ENOUGH WATER FLOODS YOUR BODY WITH HARMFUL STRESS HORMONES
It’s “luxury care that meets patients wherever they are,” he said. “If someone is planning a boat day with friends, they can also fit in their Botox treatment at the same time.”
Golberg said he started “Dr. Hamptons,” a service that delivers treatments directly to patients’ homes. It caters to celebrities, CEOs, frequent travelers and younger professionals.
“Boat-tox” allows wealthy clients to receive Botox injections on their yachts and private boats when they need them or want them. (iStock)
Other treatments such as lip enhancements, IV and wellness drips are also available.
As a result of the coronavirus, when many doctors’ offices were closed, on-demand medical and cosmetic services grew. “People [were] still want[ing] to look good and feel their best,” said Golberg.
For more Lifestyle articles, visit foxnews.com/lifestyle
His concierge members pay a yearly fee to have access to house and yacht calls; the service handles “every visit with complete discretion.”
Sheila Nazarian, a California board-certified plastic surgeon and the star of Netflix’s “Skin Decision: Before and After,” told Fox News Digital the trend embraces “house-call exclusivity.”
Dr. Alexander Golberg, shown at right, said he started a concierge service that brings treatments directly to patients’ homes. It caters to celebrities, CEOs, frequent travelers and younger professionals.(Dr. Alexander Golberg)
“Pricing reflects the VIP nature of the service,” she said. “Patients are paying not just for a treatment, but for the privacy, the house-call exclusivity, and the peace of mind of having an expert show up wherever they are.”
Nazarian added, “In Los Angeles, that might mean a penthouse, a private jet, or yes, even the deck of a yacht.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR LIFESTYLE NEWSLETTER
She said administering injectables to people on yachts does pose extra considerations such as lighting, sterility, and the movement of the vessel.
Golberg said injections are only done when the boat is docked and anchored.
On-demand medical and cosmetic services have grown ever since COVID-19, according to experts. (iStock)
“That way, patients get the same safety and precision as they would in the office,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Only very experienced providers should attempt it, said Nazarian.
“Patients should understand that complications, though rare, can be more difficult to address in a non-clinical setting.”
Ashley J. DiMella is a Lifestyle reporter with Fox News Digital.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/where-to-eat-the-best-pizza-in-hyderabad-top-7-spots-to-try-9189571” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-30/Chinese-president-meets-with-Kazakh-president-1Ggi8VpEdsk/img/0b809f8d92c1457c92bdc31e8385583c/0b809f8d92c1457c92bdc31e8385583c.png' alt='The national flags of China and Kazakhstan are displayed in a hotel, north China's Tianjin Municipality, August 30, 2025. /China Media Group'
Chinese President Xi Jinping met with Kazakh President Kassym-Jomart Tokayev on Saturday in the northern Chinese city of Tianjin.
On his “States of Elevation” project, Kilian Jornet intends to summit the 60-plus so-called 14ers in the contiguous United States, connecting each by bike or foot.
Realty firm Signature Global Ltd has purchased 33.47 acre land parcels at Sohna, Gurugram, for around ₹450 crore to develop housing projects, a top company official said.
Gurugram-based Signature Global is one of the leading real estate developers in the country. The company became the fifth largest player in the last fiscal year in terms of pre-sales, selling properties worth ₹10,290 crore.
“We have recently purchased a total of 33.47 acre land in Sohna Gurugram,” Signature Global Chairman Pradeep Kumar Aggarwal told PTI on the sidelines of NAREDCO’s convention on Saturday.
He said the cost of acquisitions stood around ₹450 crore.
These land parcels were bought through three separate sale deeds. The total development potential is around 18 lakh sq ft.
“We are always looking for land parcels to expand our business. In Delhi-NCR, we are evaluating multiple deals in Gurugram, Noida, Greater Noida, and Delhi,” he said.
Land acquisitions in any financial year should be equivalent to the total projects launched in that fiscal year, Aggarwal said, when asked about the land bank strategy of the company for future development.
Signature Global had invested ₹1,070 crore last fiscal year to purchase 48 acres of land in Gurugram, Haryana.
The company plans to invest 1,200-1,500 crore during 2025-26 to acquire land parcels.
On launches, Aggarwal said the company has launched ₹4,000 crore worth projects in the first quarter of FY26 and another ₹13,000 crore worth projects would come into the market by March next.
“In the second quarter, we have not launched any project so far. But, we have inventories in our existing projects for sales,” he added.
Aggrawal remains confident of achieving the sales bookings or pre-sales guidance of ₹12,500 crore for the current fiscal year.
About market scenario of Gurugram, he said, “Demand is slow and steady for luxury homes priced above Rs 5 crore per unit. There is not much supply in ₹2-5 crore price bracket.”
However, he said there has been no price correction in the market, although the pace of increase in rates would be moderate going forward.
“The frenzy seen in the last few years, with entire projects getting sold in few hours or few days, is missing now,” Aggarwal said.
During the April-June period of 2025-26, the company reported a fivefold surge in consolidated net profit to ₹34.43 crore.
Its net profit stood at ₹6.79 crore in the year-ago period.
Total income rose to ₹898.35 crore, from ₹427.98 crore during the period under review.
The company reported a 15 per cent decline in sales bookings to ₹2,640 crore in the first quarter of this fiscal year from ₹3,120 crore in the year-ago period.
Since inception, Signature Global has delivered nearly 15 million sq ft of real estate projects.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
POZNATI kanadski modni e-trgovac Ssense našao se u ozbiljnim problemima nakon što ga je glavni vjerovnik stavio pod stečajnu zaštitu, navodno bez pristanka same tvrtke. Kako navode iz Ssensea, vjerovnik ovim potezom pokušava iznuditi prodaju tvrtke prema kanadskom Zakonu o nagodbi s vjerovnicima (CCAA), piše Fashionista.
Ssense uzvraća udarac
Iz tvrtke sa sjedištem u Montrealu izrazili su duboko razočaranje ovakvim razvojem događaja. “Tijekom proteklih nekoliko mjeseci, neumorno smo i u dobroj vjeri radili s našim financijskim partnerima kako bismo osigurali sporazum koji bi rekapitalizirao i restrukturirao poslovanje s obzirom na značajne ekonomske poteškoće s kojima se suočava maloprodajni sektor, uključujući ukidanje američkog de minimis izuzeća”, stoji u priopćenju Ssensea.
“Iako smo tražili suradnički put naprijed, naš primarni vjerovnik je umjesto toga odlučio staviti tvrtku pod CCAA zaštitu i pokrenuti proces prodaje bez našeg pristanka. Duboko smo razočarani ovom odlukom, za koju vjerujemo da ne služi dugoročnim interesima naših više od 1000 zaposlenika, dobavljača i partnera.”
Kao odgovor, glasnogovornik je najavio da će Ssense podnijeti vlastiti zahtjev za zaštitu kako bi “zaštitio tvrtku, zadržao kontrolu nad imovinom i poslovanjem te se borio za budućnost ovog posla.”
Uzroci financijskih poteškoća
Ova dramatična situacija posljedica je teške ekonomske godine za Ssense. Tvrtka kao glavne krivce navodi trgovinske politike Trumpove administracije, koje su uključivale carinske poremećaje i ukidanje američkog de minimis izuzeća. Uz to, tvrtka je pogođena i općim usporavanjem u industriji luksuzne robe, što je rezultiralo dosljednim dvoznamenkastim padom prodaje.
Problemi nisu od jučer. Još u svibnju ove godine, trgovac je navodno otpustio 8% svojih zaposlenika, smanjio naknade za rodiljni dopust i zamrznuo bonuse kako bi ublažio pad novčanog toka.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Nada u oporavak
Unatoč izazovima, tvrtka ostaje optimistična glede oporavka. “Naša misija je relevantnija nego ikad: otkrivati i podržavati nadolazeće kreativne talente”, rekao je glasnogovornik.
“S lojalnom globalnom bazom kupaca, snažnom prepoznatljivošću brenda i otpornošću digitalnog modela, vjerujemo u temeljnu snagu našeg poslovanja. Ovaj proces će nam dati vrijeme i stabilnost potrebnu za restrukturiranje pod našim uvjetima, zaštitu interesa naših zaposlenika i partnera te da izađemo snažniji za budućnost.”
Turbulencije u luksuznoj maloprodaji
Vijest o Ssenseu stiže u turbulentnom razdoblju za multibrand luksuznu maloprodaju. Podsjetimo, prošle godine s radom je prestao Matches, dok je južnokorejski e-commerce div Coupang preuzeo Farfetch. Ove godine, talijanski trgovac Luisaviaroma podnio je zahtjev za sudsku zaštitu, a Mytheresa je zaključila akviziciju Yoox Net-a-Portera.
O Ssenseu
Ssense je kanadski online trgovac iz Montreala koji se pozicionirao kao jedno od važnijih mjesta za kupnju luksuzne i streetwear mode. U njegovoj ponudi nalazi se više od 700 brendova, od poznatih modnih kuća do manjih, manje zastupljenih dizajnera, a web stranica funkcionira i kao magazin s člancima o modi, glazbi i umjetnosti.
Kupci su većinom mlađi odrasli, od 18 do 35 godina, koji prate trendove i traže odjeću i dodatke koje nije lako pronaći drugdje. Popularnost Ssensea temelji se na kombinaciji raznolikog izbora, ekskluzivnih suradnji i globalne dostupnosti, što ga čini prepoznatljivim u svijetu online luksuzne trgovine.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
E.C. Robinson turned 80 earlier this month. He was head coach at Locke High when Darian Hagen and Sirr Parker were standout City Section football players in the 1980s and 1990s. Then he went to coach at University.
Now one of his sons, Bryan, is head coach at University, with another son, Jason, the offensive coordinator, and he’s serving as a proud “consultant.”
Together, they’re trying to resurrect a University program that was down to less than 25 players three years ago. The roster has increased to more than 70, with the return of a junior varsity team, and the Robinsons are committed to “restoring pride” in the program.
University coach Bryan Robinson (left) and brother Jason Robinson, an assistant, with their father, 80-year-old EC Robinson, a former Locke and University coach.
(Eric Sondheimer / Los Angeles Times)
It’s a true Los Angeles story, with Bryan calling it “about homecoming, mentorship and generational impact.”
Like his father, Bryan became a teacher. He has been making frequent visits to Emerson Middle School, the feeder school for University, trying to convince students to come out for football.
When he was playing some 20 years ago, most of his classmates started in youth football. These days he must teach from scratch, showing kids how to put on shoulder pads, block and tackle.
“It’s not a lot of guys who’ve played,” he said. “It’s fun but also challenging. I get to instill all our football knowledge while they are raw.”
Bruce Davis, a former UCLA All-American linebacker who went on to win the Super Bowl with the Pittsburgh Steelers, is also on the coaching staff.
“My brother, coach Davis and I are big on development,” Bryan said. “We’re not just herding them out there. We’re really spending time fine-tuning these athletes, really developing them so they can compete on a higher level.
University quarterback Jeremy Pacheco (left) and defensive back Tareq Abdul.
(Eric Sondheimer / Los Angeles Times)
The team won its opening game against Lincoln 21-19, with junior Tareq Abdul making two interceptions and sophomore linebacker D’Elliott Jones contributing 12 tackles. Quarterback Jeremy Pacheco returned from a knee injury in 2024 to throw a touchdown pass.
This past week, University improved to 2-0 with a 19-8 win over Fremont. Abdul had another interception, returning it for a touchdown.
EC Robinson said the game has changed since the 1980s, when the focus was on running the football. Now passing is prominent, even in youth football.
He largely stays in the background, observing and offering advice when needed.
“I did a lot when they first got the job a couple years ago,” he said. “I wanted to make sure they were doing the right things with the kids. Paperwork is a big issue, making sure the kids are cleared. During the game, I monitor when you call a timeout. I’m trying to make sure they learn practice structure.”
It’s pretty fun when your father is serving as a mentor and is close by to answer questions about a game he has taught for decades.
As Bryan said, “We’re not just building a team — we’re restoring pride in a program with deep roots in Los Angeles football history.”
On that 11-hour drive from home to Kumbhargaon (Maharashtra), I began with a rejig. No, not a space shuffle in my lily white car with a chauffeur, a Man Friday, and a friend. I was trying to adjust vowels within imprudent consonants in a 16-letter unpronounceable word. Why would anyone name a pretty leggy wading bird’s family Phoenicopteridae? The glamorous flamingo with pink plumage deserves a better family name and at least an utterable order. Poor pink thing! It mostly stands on one feet and is burdened with Phoenicopteridae as family name in the order Phoenicopteriformes.
Hundreds of Godwits gather near the lake shore. Photo by Vijayalakshmi Nidugondi on Unsplash.
But in Kumbhargaon, a pint-sized village that sits languorously by the backwaters of Ujjani Dam, I had dropped the family, order and the vowels to take the boat to see the flamingos that flock in thousands to eat, mate, sleep. And repeat. For months. On the placid water, men and women were fishing on styrofoam boats stitched together with twine, some ingeniously using rubber slippers as blades for their paddles. I was utterly intrigued by the ingenuity but Sachin Bhoi, the boatman, was in a hurry. He switched off the boat motor and used wooden paddles to quietly sneak near the flamingo flamboyance (this is no alliteration, a flock of flamingos are called flamboyance). The morning air was crisp, the silver terns raucous and flirtatious but Sachin wasn’t ready to stop for any tern-mating voyeurism.
Take a boat to tiny rock island where silver terns gather during the winter months. Photo by Paul Crook on Unsplash
Far away, strokes of pink bobbed up in the blue waters. Not a dinky stroke of pink but an entire stretch speckled with desaturated shades of reds, roses and magentas and anomalous hints of grey of the juvenile flamingos. The flamingos are dainty but they are noisy like wanton idlers – growling, grunting and their nasal honking shattering the morning quietude. The flamingo men were libidinous- head flagging, bowing and extending their necks in S-curves to attract the leggy females beautiful in their pretty plumage. The oldest and tallest male were initiating a courtship dance – they certainly can shake a leg; flamingos have 136 different combination of dance moves. The flamingos were so busy wooing that they stood oblivious five pairs of eyes staring at them in utter astonishment. Then, in a sudden magical moment, hundreds of flamingos fluttered their feathers and flew in tandem. The sky turned pink, the afterglow of the morning sun melding with flamboyance.
In the quaint Kumbhargaon village, no one had ever heard of Pliny the Elder (24-79 AD), the Roman savant and author of the celebrated Natural History. But in the middle of the lake, I was thinking of the man with tousled hair, gimlet eyes and sharp nose, who talked of the wide, flat, serrated tongue of the flamingo as a delicacy. The flamingo tongue as food? Really? But the savant was convinced; he wrote: “Apicius, the most gluttonous gorger of all spendthrifts, established the view that the flamingo’s tongue has a specially fine flavour.” Really, Mr Pliny! Continue being the savant but spare the pretty leggy wading bird with Phoenicopteridae as its family name.
Kranti Flamingo Point, a five-minute walk from the lake shore, is the most convenient place to stay.
That morning, I forgave Pliny the Elder for his epicurean musings, for there lay a delicious spread in the dining hall of Kranti Flamingo Point, a homely hotel that is barely a five-minute walk from the lake shore. Supriya Dole and Shobha Nagare, wives of the cofounders Nitin Dole and Datta Nagare, sedulously make local dishes for the guests. And if you are lucky, Ganpat Popat Pansare on whose land the hotel sits, will pull an onion fresh from his fertile land and handover with utmost love.
Evenings in Kumbhargaon are equally mesmerising. Godwits, kestrels, terns and painted storks laze around, egrets meticulously pick worms from the tilled land, locals sit around a mound of fish to sort and sell, and shepherds walk their sheep and cattle home. And when darkness blankets the sky, Kumbhargaon and its flamingos, terns, godwits and storks sleep in silence. Except a rowdy jackal’s downslurrred wailing howls.
Kumbhargaon is an ideal mooring for water birds, it is in Kadbanwadi grasslands that vultures, hyenas, owls, foxes, jackals chinkaras and the elusive Indian grey wolf roam around fearlessly. Flat and barren, this grassland is a 30-km track which can only be accessed along with a designated guide of the Forest Department. In Kadbanwadi, you are not allowed to step out of the vehicle in the core grassland area, so I stuck my neck out of the Bolero to watch baby hyenas frolicking in the sun and stout vultures feeding on poultry waste.
When I returned, the wrinkled Ganpat Popat Pansare was standing with bunches of garlic from his land, Sachin Bhoi brought dried moringa, Datta Nagare extended a warm invitation for the annual village festival, Payal Pansare became a friend and little Komal had a handful of dead shrimp as a parting gift. I had driven to Kumbhargaon to see flamingos but it was the kindness of the village folk that pulled at my heartstrings. In The Dharma Bums, Jack Kerouac lauds that ‘One man practicing kindness in the wilderness is worth all the temples this world pulls’. In Kumbhargaon, there are so many practicing kindness in the wilderness. And there are flamingos, too.
Getting there: Kumbhargaon is a two-hour drive from Pune International airport. Kranti Flamingo Point charges ₹8,000 for both pick/drop from Pune airport; ₹4,000 for pick/drop from Daund railway station.
Stay: Kranti Flamingo Point (5-minute walk from the lake). Tariff per night: ₹1,500 for AC room, ₹1,200 for non-AC room. Group discounts available. All meals are chargeable.
For booking, contact Datta Nagare (phone: 8087767691, 9665913842).
Cost: Boat ride: ₹1,000 per hour (up to 6 individuals). Scorpio ride to the Kadbanwadi grasslands ( ₹5,000 for half day).
Best time to visit: For water birds: December to May. For grassland birds: August to November.
Hollywood scream queen Vera Farmiga has admitted that the horrors of The Conjuring series don’t just stay on screen; they follow her home. The 52-year-old actress, who has starred in the billion-dollar ghost-hunting franchise since 2013, revealed she’s been left with bizarre cross-shaped bruises “every time” she steps into her character, Lorraine Warren’s shoes.
“Yeah, I get battered,” Vera told E!News, dismissing questions about her mysterious injuries. “It depends whether it’s upside down or not, whether they’re crosses or upside-down crosses. I guess it depends on how I show you my leg.” Farmiga, who is about to reprise her role for the fourth and final spine-chiller, The Conjuring: Last Rites, admitted she doesn’t usually discuss the bruises, fearing she’ll “sensationalise” the stories. But in the past, she has shared chilling images of cross-shaped marks on her thigh, sparking speculation about a supernatural cause.
Her co-star Patrick Wilson also strives to avoid sensationalising the story out of respect for the people the film is based on. “I’ve said this in response to even what Vera’s talking about, with stuff that’s happened on set. I think anytime something happens in real life, I never sensationalise it. There’s a lot of unexplained things and anytime you’re dealing with real people, real families, real friends, that’s much bigger than any of this sort of stuff.'”
Whether paranormal or just a coincidence, the eerie events are only fuelling excitement for the franchise’s grand finale, which opens in cinemas and IMAX on 5 September 2025. The final film, directed by Michael Chaves, will reunite Farmiga with co-star Patrick Wilson for one last ghostly investigation as real-life experts Ed and Lorraine Warren.
And for fans eager for big-screen scares, Warner Bros. Discovery is turning London into a horror hub. Starting Monday, The Conjuring Occult Museum will take over White Rabbit Studios in Shoreditch. The 10,000 sq ft immersive pop-up will transport visitors into the Warrens’ infamous artefact room, the real inspiration for the films, showcasing over 50 props from the movies, including the cursed Annabelle doll and relics from The Nun.
Specially recorded content from Wilson and Farmiga will feature throughout the experience, creating the ultimate fright-fest for horror enthusiasts.
The Conjuring Occult Museum is open from Monday 1st to Wednesday 3rd September 2025, located at White Rabbit Studios, The Arches, 471-473 Dereham Place, EC2A 3hj. It is just five minutes from Shoreditch High Street and a short walk from Old Street and Liverpool Street stations.
The third-generation Audi Q5 has landed in Australia, boasting exclusively 48V mild-hybrid powertrains at launch with plug-in hybrid power on the way.
Cost of entry is up by nearly $7600 over the outgoing model to $81,000 before on-road costs, though Audi says the base model alone has “over $10,000 of extra value” without accounting for the updated powertrains.
The high-performance SQ5 returns as a petrol-only go-fast SUV, available with a ‘purist’ edition one to go with the full-fat spec – the former priced $16,000 less in exchange for fewer features on the spec sheet.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
All launch versions of the Audi Q5 and SQ5 in Australia feature the company’s ‘MHEV plus’ technology, which extends the 48V system’s capability by allowing the vehicle to drive and roll at low speeds in EV mode.
It claims to save up to 0.75L/100km on the combined cycle (more in urban settings) while contributing an 18kW/230Nm boost under load.
Audi Australia has all but confirmed the Q5 e-hybrid PHEV, which is expected in the new year and offers up to 100km of zero-emissions driving range according to global specs.
The new, swoopier Audi Q5 Sportback is also expected to arrive before the end of this year.
Pricing
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Audi Q5 TFSI
$81,000
2025 Audi Q5 TDI quattro
$87,600
2025 Audi Q5 TDI quattro sport
$94,100
2025 Audi SQ5 edition one
$106,400
2025 Audi SQ5
$122,400
Powertrains and Efficiency
Specifications
Q5 TFSI
Q5 TDI quattro
SQ5 TFSI
Engine
2.0L 4cyl turbo-petrol 48V MHEV
2.0L 4cyl turbo-diesel 48V MHEV
3.0L V6 turbo-petrol 48V MHEV
Engine outputs
150kW + 340Nm
150kW + 400Nm
270kW + 550Nm
Electric motor outputs
18kW + 230Nm
18kW + 230Nm
18kW + 230Nm
Battery
1.7kWh LFP
1.7kWh LFP
1.7kWh LFP
Transmission
7-speed dual-clutch
7-speed dual-clutch
7-speed dual-clutch
Drive type
Front-wheel drive
All-wheel drive
All-whee drive
Weight
1910kg
2030kg
2115kg
0-100km/h (claimed)
8.6s
7.4s
4.5 seconds
Fuel economy (claimed)
5.7L/100km
5.4L/100km
7.6L/100km
Fuel tank capacity
65L
65L
65L
Fuel requirement
95-octane
Diesel
98-octane
CO2 emissions
129g/km
141g/km
172g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Euro 6
Euro 6
Braked tow capacity
2000kg
2000kg
2000kg
Dimensions
*Overseas model pictured
Dimensions
Audi Q5
Length
4717mm
Width
1900mm
Height
1647mm
Wheelbase
2820mm
Cargo capacity
520-1473L
Servicing and Warranty
Both the Q5 and SQ5 are covered by Audi Australia’s five year, unlimited kilometre warranty.
Servicing and Warranty
Audi Q5
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
5 years
Service intervals
12 months or 15,000 kilometres
Capped-price servicing
5 year Service Plan
Total capped-price service cost
$3520
Safety
The new-gen Audi Q5 is yet to receive an ANCAP safety rating at the time of launch, though it already has a five-star rating from sister authority Euro NCAP.
Category
Audi Q5*
Adult occupant protection
85 per cent
Child occupant protection
86 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
79 per cent
Safety assist
77 per cent
*Euro NCAP scores only
Standard safety features include:
9 airbags incl. front-centre
Active front assist – AEB
Autonomous emergency braking – forward
Front cross-traffic assist
Front turn assist
Swerve assist
Adaptive cruise control with stop/go
Driver attention and fatigue monitor
Emergency lane-keep assist
Lane departure warning
Side assist
Blind-spot monitoring
Safe exit warning
Rear cross-traffic assist
Rear turn assist
360-degree cameras incl. kerb view
Park assist plus
Parking sensors – front, rear
Semi-autonomous parking
Speed sign recognition
Tyre pressure loss indicator
Audi has also allowed for quick access to certain assistance feature settings by way of a favourites menu, allowing you to select up to five features that you might want to quickly switch on or off.
Further, the German marque has said quite openly it spent a bit of time pre-launch calibrating the Q5’s assistance systems locally, which it does for most of its new models.
Standard Equipment
2025 Audi Q5 equipment highlights – TFSI 150kW + TDI quattro 150kW
S line exterior
19-inch alloy wheels
Matrix LED headlights
incl. selectable light signatures
LED tail lights with rear projection light
11.9-inch ‘virtual cockpit’ OLED digital instrument cluster
Inlays in matte brushed aluminium with linear embossing
Pedals in stainless steel
Black headlining
SQ5 edition one adds:
20-inch Audi Sport alloy wheels – black metallic
S sport suspension
Red brake calipers
Privacy glass
Black exterior package
Singleframe grille
Front and rear bumper trims
Window trims
Lower door trims
Roof rails
Exterior mirror housings
Dark tailpipe trims
Audi rings in anthracite
SQ5 adds:
Metallic paint
21-inch Audi Sport alloy wheels
S exterior aluminium styling
Acoustic glazing – front-side windows
Premium leather upholstery incl. diamond stitch
Interior elements in Dinamica suede
Ventilated front seats
Massaging front seats
Interior dynamic interaction light
Head-up display
16-speaker Bang & Olufsen sound system
Higher charging capacity for USB-C interfaces
Options
Premium package: $5400 – Q5 + Q5 sport
Head-up display
Bang & Olufsen 3D premium sound system
Colour interior ambient lighting
incl. dynamic intersection light
USB interfaces with higher charging capacity
Acoustic glazing for front door windows
Style package: $3400 (Q5 sport) $4900 (Q5)
20-inch Audi Sport alloy wheels
Black exterior package
Privacy glass
Tech pro package: $5700 – Q5 sport + SQ5
Heated steering wheel
MMI front passenger display
Electric steering column
Heated outboard rear seats
Digital OLED tail lights
Carbon style package: $9200 – SQ5 + SQ5 edition one
Carbon exterior mirrors
Carbon door inlays
Carbon roof spoiler
A range of standalone options are also available depending on variant, including premium paints, alternate alloy wheel designs, interior upholsteries and trim inlays, and rear window sun-blinds.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new Audi Q5. Click here to get a great deal.
The Income Tax Department extended the ITR filing deadline for FY2024-25 to September 15, 2025, for non-audited taxpayers. Audited accounts must file by October 31, 2025.
Income Tax Filing Deadline 2025
ITR 2025 Deadline: Individual taxpayers who don’t require audit must hurry up to file their income tax return (ITR) filing for FY2024-25 (Assessment year 2025-26) as only 15 days are left for the deadline, September 15, 2025. Once it’s over, they need to pay a penalty and can’t avail some benefits like offset of losses or carry forward.
The Excel utility for ITR forms from 1 to 7 is now available. Moreover, taxpayers can choose ITR forms depending on requirements and eligibility to complete their tax duties on the income tax portal.
The income tax department has extended the deadline for the ITR filing for FY2024-25 (Assessment Year 2025-26) for 45 days to September 15, 2025, from July 30, 2025. This new due date applies to individuals, Hindu Undivided Families (HUFs) and other taxpayers whose accounts don’t require auditing.
The CBDT ascribed the extension to the extensive changes implemented in the notified ITRs, citing the time needed for system readiness and the rollout of Income Tax Return (ITR) utilities for Assessment Year (AY) 2025–26.
Why Taxpayers Shouldn’t Wait For Last Date/Week?
It is prudent to file ITR before the last date. Near the end of the deadline, the portal may witness a surge in filing by taxpayers, as those who have been delaying the filing will turn to do so before the deadline.
During that time, the portal may face technical glitches, outages, and longer buffering due to overload. Thus, it’s better to complete your tax duties as soon as possible.
September 15 Deadline For Those Who Don’t Require Audit
The tax department has extended the deadline for those taxpayers who don’t require audit to file the taxes. The changes in income tax forms, new slabs under new income tax and capital gain taxes have prompted the department to extend the dates.
Who Can File ITR By October 31, 2025?
Taxpayers whose accounts need to be audited—such as companies, proprietorships, and working partners in firms—have until October 31, 2025, to file their income tax returns (ITR) for the financial year 2024-25 (assessment year 2025-26).
Before they can do that, they must ensure their audit report is submitted by September 30, 2025. As of now, the Income Tax Department has not announced any extension to this deadline.
Varun Yadav
Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst…Read More
Varun Yadav is a Sub Editor at News18 Business Digital. He writes articles on markets, personal finance, technology, and more. He completed his post-graduation diploma in English Journalism from the Indian Inst… Read More
News business » tax ITR Filing 2025 Deadline: Only 15 Days Left; Why You Shouldn’t Wait Anymore To File It
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
California Governor Gavin Newsom has grabbed headlines after teasing a memecoin aimed directly at former President Donald Trump. Named the “Trump Corruption Coin,” this project is not just about crypto, it’s a political statement.
Newsom says it is designed to mock Trump’s growing involvement in the memecoin market and expose what he sees as the stupidity of it all.
Newsom To Launch Trump Corruption Coin
Newsom revealed the coin on the “Pivot” podcast, describing it as part of his “Campaign for Democracy” initiative.” He said the coin is more than a joke. He wants it to highlight how Trump is using memecoins and crypto to boost his political image.
“We’re just trying to turn up the heat and tune people into the absurdity.” When asked if it would be named after himself, he replied with a laugh: “No, it’s Trump Corruption Coin,” directly referencing Trump’s alleged scandals.
Gavin Newsom: “We’re about to put a meme coin out.”
Kara Swisher: “Is it going to be gold Gavin Coin?”
Newsom: “No, it’s Trump Corruption Coin… this is one of the great grifters of our time… His family is sent out before these foreign trips doing deals.The crony capitalism… pic.twitter.com/HNknqlm9Gi
The move shows how satire and politics are increasingly merging, with digital assets as a new stage for commentary.
Political Message in the Form of a Coin
If launched, the Trump Corruption Coin would mark another example of digital tokens being used as political statements rather than just investments. While many politically themed tokens fade quickly, like the Official Trump coin, which is already down by 90% from its all-time high price.
Trump’s Crypto Dominance
Donald Trump has been openly backing crypto post-presidency, reportedly making millions through memecoins, NFTs, and other crypto ventures. In June, he disclosed earning $57.4 million from World Liberty Financial, holding 15.75 billion WLFI governance tokens.
His company, Trump Media and Technology Group, claims over $2 billion in Bitcoin and other digital assets, with reports estimating $2.4 billion earned from crypto since 2022. These ventures now represent nearly 44% of his political-era wealth, raising concerns over conflicts of interest.
The number of jobs in the management sector is going to rise with the advent of Artificial Intelligence (AI), but they will require a different skill set from the present prerequisites, according to Goa Institute of Management Director Ajit Parulekar.
Contrary to the popular concern about AI causing a reduction in job opportunities, the veteran business school academician said the challenge before management institutions is to prepare new graduates for the new set of jobs that are going to be created in the near future.
“As far as management is concerned, I do think that the number of jobs that are going to be created is going to go far up and outnumber the number of jobs that are getting kind of closed up.
“Having said that, it’s not the same set of people who will be able to fit in the roles. So the jobs lost will not be going to the same people as they may not have the skill set to be able to get the job,” he told PTI in an interview.
Parulekar said there would be organisations looking for talent, and they will have a lot of unfilled positions because they cannot find the right kind of skill set in candidates.
He said technology is playing a big role in management education.
“Whichever aspect of business you take within whichever sector, I think tech cycles are really the ones that are making a big difference.
“So, in big technology, you have two types of technologies — one is going to be sector-specific, which is something that doesn’t affect business schools as much. And then there is data analytics, IoT, blockchain, and the digital overall space that are making a difference.” Underlining that technologies change really fast, Parulekar said, “We started a big data analytics programme in 2018. Seven years later, we realise that we need a complete revamp.”
“You don’t need data scientists as much today as you required seven or eight years back… So, what is really needed is more managerial implications of analytics and of AI and machine learning and a variety of things like that,” he said.
Parulekar, who joined the Goa Institute of Management 25 years ago, said that while technology cuts across different disciplines and sectors, application to each is different.
“Marketing analytics is very different. Within marketing, retail analytics versus Google analytics is very different from healthcare analytics, from financial analytics, and HR analytics.
“The second part is bringing agility in students, and agility is a lifelong learning… And unless they have this ability to learn on the job, they are not going to be able to have long careers. That’s something that gets embedded into the programme and is a significant part from a pedagogical standpoint, experiential learning and autonomous learning,” he said.
Now that the weather’s cooling down, I’ve traded most of my outdoor grill time for cozier meals made indoors. The cast-iron skillet and air fryer have been getting plenty of use, and I’ve found that some recipes transition perfectly between all three. Cornell chicken is one of those dishes. This 75-year-old classic has stood the test of time, and it’s still one of the best ways to enjoy flavorful, juicy chicken.
The recipe has unlikely roots. It was created by Robert Baker, a Cornell University food science professor known for his love of poultry and knack for creating simple, reliable flavor. His vinegar-based marinade uses a handful of pantry staples, yet it transforms chicken into something truly special – crisp on the outside, tender inside, and tangy in every bite.
Whether you’re cooking it in a skillet, crisping it up in the air fryer, or saving the recipe for the next warm day on the grill, Cornell chicken is versatile enough to work year-round. It’s comfort food with a little history behind it, and it proves that simple recipes often last the longest.
The beauty of Cornell chicken is its simplicity. No bottled sauces, no fancy tools — just a time-tested formula that works whether you’re grilling over charcoal, gas, or even using your oven’s broiler. It’s one of the earliest recorded barbecue chicken recipes in the U.S., and it’s still a favorite in upstate New York for good reason. One bite and it’s clear: this Ivy League bird has serious backyard cred.
Whether you like to cook your summer bird in an air fryer, over a cast-iron skillet or directly on the grates of your gas or pellet smoker — I made this recipe on all three and it worked each time — this simple and straightforward marinade is easy to make in large batches and worth adding to your rotation.
What’s special about Cornell chicken?
Baker is a Northeast barbecue legend.
Cornell.edu
Baker wrote the proverbial book on barbecue chicken, according to many, after extensive recipe testing in the 1950s. He was unhappy with the bland state of American cuisine and created this recipe to help serve tasty food en masse at large cookouts.
“Cornell chicken,” as it’s known, is beautifully simple and remains one of the most lauded chicken marinades and summer cookout recipes. You’ll find Cornell chicken served at restaurants, particularly in upstate New York, where the university is located, family picnics, food fairs and festivals across the country.
What’s different about Cornell chicken?
Cornell chicken uses one unusual element, a beaten egg, to add a creamy coating and let the chicken skin get crispy without burning. There’s also poultry seasoning for depth of flavor and vinegar to add tang and help the marinade penetrate.
If you’re wondering how to make Cornell chicken, it’s easy — use just five ingredients and a similar cooking method to traditional barbecue chicken. This chicken marinade is vinegar-based so it’s akin more to a Carolina style than the sweet Kansas City or St. Louis styles. Baker suggests using a charcoal grill to keep unwieldy flames from cooking the skin unevenly.
The barbecue chicken recipe is about as simple as it gets. Baker’s cooking technique is a little more meticulous.
Cornell.edu
How to make perfect Cornell chicken
Ingredients
Bone-in chicken pieces
1/2 cup vegetable cooking oil
1 cup apple cider vinegar
1.5 teaspoons poultry seasoning
1 beaten egg
Salt and pepper to taste
Let the marinade do its thing for at least three hours.
David Watsky/CNET
Directions
Step 1: Beat the egg. Add oil and beat again.
Step 2: Whisk together all the ingredients in a bowl.
Step 3: Add chicken pieces and toss to coat. Refrigerate for at least three hours and up to 24 hours.
Step 4: Place coated chicken on a medium-high grill (Baker suggests charcoal) or hot cast-iron skillet and reserve any leftover marinade.
Step 5: Cook for 15 to 20 minutes, flipping and basting the chicken with leftover sauce every five minutes. The basting should be light at first and grow heavier toward the end of cooking.
Step 6: Cook until internal temperature reaches 160 degrees F.
Baker recommends a charcoal grill but gas works fine, too.
David Watsky/CNET
Can you make Cornell chicken in an air fryer?
Yes and I did. I put half of my batch in the air fryer and the other half over a hot flame the way Baker intended. Both methods worked well. The grill gave me a slightly more caramelized char while the air fryer was faster and there was less to clean up.
Baker included instructions on how to build a fire pit but you can choose a charcoal or gas grill and get similar results.
Cornell.edu
Can you use any chicken for Cornell chicken?
Baker’s original recipe calls for broilers (small whole chickens), but this recipe can be applied to any bone-in, skin-on chicken. You can use boneless, skinless chicken, but you won’t get that coveted crispy skin that Baker’s Cornell chicken recipe aces.
As it turns out, some forum users have even experimented with using the Cornell chicken cooking recipe on wings — to pretty immediate success. One person from the r/Wings subreddit shared their successful Cornell chicken wings, after using the same basic six-step process included in Baker’s original recipe.
If you don’t feel like making this sauce, these are the best bottled barbecue sauces we’ve tried.
Watch this: Best Air Fryers: Cheap vs. Expensive
Cornell chicken FAQs
What is the most important ingredient for Cornell chicken?
Aside from the obvious — the bone-in chicken — the apple cider vinegar is perhaps the most important part of the Cornell chicken marinade. It adds a unique “tang” and a depth of flavor that defines Baker’s BBQ recipe. Adding the egg also allows the skin to crisp over, adding a great texture to bite into.
In a deep dive into online discussions on Cornell chicken, I found multiple testimonies in a thread on the r/Wings subreddit that Chiavetta’s Barbecue Marinade is based on the Cornell chicken recipe and is a fantastic store-bought alternative marinade to provide similar results.
A fresh fitness craze is once again sweeping social media, though the practice borrows from time-tested military training methods, and experts urge caution before strapping in.
On social media, influencers are hyping weighted vests as one of the “best-kept secrets” in fitness, claiming they can help you lose 30 pounds and become “unrecognizable” when used during walks and workouts. TikTok searches for #weightedvest have garnered more than 30 million views.
But the vests are far from new, according to Dr. Mark Kovacs, a sports scientist and longevity expert based in Atlanta.
“They’ve been used for decades in athletic and military training, but social media has helped reintroduce them to mainstream fitness,” he told Fox News Digital.
SIMPLE JAPANESE FITNESS TREND COULD ADD 7 YEARS TO LIFE EXPECTANCY, EXPERTS SAY
“The appeal is simple: You turn everyday walking into a slightly more demanding workout without changing the movement,” Kovacs said.
While soldiers have marched with heavy backpacks for more than a century — a practice known as rucking — to build stamina and toughness, weighted vests have also long been used by athletes and firefighters. Now, the gear is available on Amazon for as little as $30 and from Equinox, which also incorporates it into classes, for as much as $375. Kovacs said the sleeker, more comfortable modern vests are likely to fuel a longer-lasting trend.
Weighted vests are the latest social media fitness craze, touted for boosting everyday walks.(Chris Pedota/NorthJersey.com/USA Today Network)
Part of the appeal is that the vests look “hardcore” but are simple to use, said Sarah Fuhrmann, a certified trainer and functional aging specialist in Michigan.
PEOPLE ARE USING VIBRATION PLATES FOR WEIGHT LOSS: DO THEY WORK?
“Just strap on and walk, and fitness ensues,” she told Fox News Digital, adding that social media often “makes old tools look new.”
In a recent episode of Andrew Huberman’s “Huberman Lab” podcast, Michael Easter, a Las Vegas-based researcher and author of “The Comfort Crisis,” argued that humans are built to carry heavy things long distances.
“Humans are the only mammals that can pick up weight and carry it long distances,” Easter said. “For most of human history, we carried everything — food, tools, even babies. Technology has stripped carrying out of our lives, but we were literally born to do it.”
SPORTS DOCTOR WEIGHS IN ON MAMDANI’S VIRAL 135-POUND BENCH PRESS FAIL: ‘TRUMP COULD LIFT MORE’
He praised rucking as a “two-in-one workout” that combines cardio through long-distance walking and strength training by loading the skeletal and muscular systems.
Rucking has been used in military training for over a century, including by the U.S. Navy.(Alex Wong/Getty Images)
Experts caution, however, that more research is needed to fully understand the benefits of weighted vests.
While studies show that weighted vests can increase calorie burn, cardiovascular demand and even help with certain strength exercises like squats, the science remains inconclusive on long-term outcomes such as bone density. One recent study found that obese adults who wore weighted vests lost about 10% of their body weight but saw no reduction in hip bone loss.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“This study’s findings are counter to some research and consistent with others,” Dr. Colin Haines, a board-certified spine surgeon and director of research at the Virginia Spine Institute, told Health.com. “What’s clear is that the broader body of evidence includes both neutral and positive results.”
Research dating back to the 1990s has shown more promising signs of improved bone growth, particularly in postmenopausal women. A 2015 study similarly showed improvements in quadriceps strength and femur bone density.
Women in this stage of life may benefit most from the trend, Kovacs said, while people with joint or back issues should be cautious and consult a medical professional before starting.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
For people interested in trying weighted walks or hikes, experts recommend starting with the lightest option available — about 5 to 10 pounds, or less than 10% of your body weight — and choosing a vest with evenly distributed weight and adjustable straps. Start at 15 to 30 minutes, two to three times a week, they add.
Weighted vests can add resistance to strength moves as well as cardio sessions.(iStock)
“Focus on posture and slowly add weight over time,” Kovacs advised. “Always listen to your body. Discomfort is a sign to back off.”
He added that weighted-vest walking should not replace heavier strength training or higher-intensity cardio entirely but can be an “excellent supplement.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“It offers a low-impact way to increase training volume, especially for individuals who may not tolerate running or high-intensity workouts,” he added.
Fuhrmann agreed that traditional strength training is the “proven gold standard” for protecting bones and muscle, and noted that weighted vests can intensify traditional exercises like squatting.
“Weighted vests can add a little spice to your walks, but they’re not a shortcut to fitness,” she added. “If they help you get more daily movement in, that’s great. But if the choice is between a vest and a solid strength program, choose the weights in the gym every time.”
Deirdre Bardolf is a lifestyle writer with Fox News Digital.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/the-many-avatars-of-poori-across-india-a-culinary-journey-through-culture-and-crunch-9181995” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-30/Russia-makes-massive-raids-on-Ukraine-s-military-sites-1GguGBaqF2M/img/e81a637820414fb5a7f749cc5446a9bf/e81a637820414fb5a7f749cc5446a9bf.png' alt='People clean up debris after Russian drone and missile attack in Zaporizhzhia, Ukraine, August 30, 2025. /VCG '
Russia said on Saturday that it conducted a massive overnight strike on Ukraine’s military enterprises and airbases.
“The targets of the strike were achieved, and all designated objectives were hit,” Russia’s defense ministry said in a statement, adding that the raids involved high-precision weapons fired from land, air and sea.
On the same day, Kyiv said Russia launched 537 drones and 45 missiles targeting seven locations overnight, with 510 drones and 38 missiles intercepted.
Indian REITs continue to pick pace, especially in the office sector, supported by new listings, broadening of occupier base and growing institutionalisation in the segment
A decade-old alternative investment product real-estate investment trust, widely known as REIT, is slowly gaining investors’ interest.
When market regulator Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) introduced REITs in 2014, the rules were stringent and restrictive for both sponsors and investors. The stringent norms were mainly to protect retail investors. But since then, SEBI has been relaxing rules to accommodate more sponsors and investors.
REITs are investment vehicles that allow individuals to own a share in income-generating commercial properties, such as office spaces, malls and warehouses.
Just 5 REITs
The most recent one to enter the field was Knowledge Realty Trust REIT, and it was well received. The REITs offer saw tremendous response, receiving bids at a healthy 12.48 times. The qualified institutional buyers’ (QIB) portion was subscribed a little over nine times, while the non-institutional investors’ bloc was booked 16.57 times. The public REIT hit the primary market after a gap of four years. The last IPO on REIT was launched by Brookfield India Real Estate Trust in 2021.
Despite SEBI and sponsors’ interests, only five REITs – Embassy Office Parks, Mindspace Business Parks, Nexus Select Trust, Brookfield India Real Estate Trust and the latest entrant Knowledge Realty Trust – hit the market. This is a abysmally poor number when compared with developed markets such as the US that has nearly 70 such products.
Ideally, REITs should have emerged as a strong investment alternative or diversification for investors who wish to stay away from market volatility.
Lack of awareness
One of the major reasons for the lackadaisical interest was the lack of awareness about the product. Both the industry and market intermediary institutions, including exchanges and SEBI, failed to popularise the product.
However, a recent report from Colliers India is heartening to read. According to Colliers, a global diversified professional services and investment management company, India’s REIT market is steadily progressing from a “Nascent” to “Early Growth” stage, with close to 140 million sq ft of real estate assets including office and retail spaces already getting listed.
In its latest report: “REITs Unlocked: Accelerating India’s Real Estate Maturity”, it said, the four listed office REITs currently encompass close to 133 million sq ft of Grade A office space. Additionally, about 371 million sq ft of office assets, accounting for about 46 per cent of the existing Grade A stock, can potentially come under future REITs. (The report was published ahead of the listing of Knowledge REIT.)
Furthermore, existing REITs have around 34 million sq ft of under construction supply and this is likely to become operational in the next 1-2 years.
Overall, Indian REITs continue to pick pace, especially in the office sector, supported by new listings, broadening of occupier base and growing institutionalisation in the segment. However, REITs market in India is relatively smaller in scale and have listed office, retail and warehousing portfolios within the trusts. The regulatory environment in India is strong and REITs can ultimately expand to newer asset classes. Interestingly, SEBI has been championing the case for Small and Medium Real Estate Investment Trusts (SM-REITs) in recent years, it said.
SEBI recently suggested a significant amendment to the definition of “Strategic Investor” within the SEBI (Real Estate Investment Trusts) Regulations, 2014, and the SEBI (Infrastructure Investment Trusts) Regulations, 2014. The move is intended to widen the pool of eligible investors, thereby enhancing capital access for both REITs and Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvITs) in India.
As a product, REITs offer an ideal blend of stability and growth. Hopefully, going ahead, REITs should get their due respect from investors, that will benefit both the economy and investors.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
VENECIJANSKI filmski festival traje, što znači da su se neka od najvećih imena iz filmske industrije uputila u Veneciju i pokazala kreativne modne kombinacije. Iako su Julia Roberts i Leni Klum privukle puno pozornosti svojim odjevnim kombinacijama, i muškarci su pokazali da imaju stila, a posebno nam se svidjelo odijelo kakvo je nosio glumac Andrew Garfield.
Na festivalu se pojavio povodom promocije svojeg novog filma “After the Hunt”, a na premijeri ga je podržala njegova djevojka, glumica Monica Barbaro.
Pronašli smo slične komade
Za ovu je priliku odabrao plavo odijelo s prugastom košuljom. Sako je širok, a hlače su ravnog kroja. Košulju nosi djelomično otkopčanu, što cijeloj kombinaciji daje ležerniji dojam. Na nogama ima tamnosmeđe mokasinke, a od modnih je detalja odabrao sat i diskretnu ogrlicu.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Izdvojili smo slične komade uz koje i sami možete rekreirati njegov outfit.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Don’t let last-minute trip emergencies spoil your fun. Take control of your vacation’s joy by adding smart travel hacks.
The ebullient joy of looking forward to the upcoming trip makes the gloomiest day brightest (talk about that giddy anticipation!) But sometimes your trip may even surprise (or more like shock) you with last-minute emergencies, mishaps and anxiety. To ensure that your pre-trip anticipation and your actual trip are equally joyful, a few smart travel hacks can actually save your time, money and even reduce stress, keeping the excitement intact from start to finish- so that when you return, you can enjoy the moments spent, not sulk over unexpected hiccups on the trip.
Make your trip worry-free with a few smart hacks up your sleeve.(Shutterstock)
ALSO READ: Money-saving travel hacks to know: Best day, month to book air tickets and more tips
Tips that reduce stress on trips
Packing cubes prevent you from turning your suitcase upside down in search of one dress. You can label these cubes too,(Shutterstock)
On a Reddit travel subreddit, users shared their travel hacks that save time, money, and stress. Here are some of the tips that Reddit users chimed in on the subreddit that you too can use to keep your trips hassle-free:
Keep packing cubes in your suitcase: Keep the suitcase organised, and you can find what you need easily. The rolling method of packing clothes is also said to be efficient.
Booking hotel: Book those places that come with free cancellations and don’t ask for advanced payment. Can also directly contact the hotel or B&B instead of third-party booking websites to confirm the budget, availability and final booking. Also, check the location on Google Maps, looking up the nearby police station or hospital for safety reasons.
Booking flight tickets, airport check-in and more: If your travel dates are flexible, you can score better deals on flights and accommodations. Avoid travelling on a tight schedule to be able to save. On the day of the flight, check in online to skip the lines.
Documentation: Take screenshots or compile all essentials, from hotel bookings to flight tickets, into one Google Doc or Drive, so they can be checked anytime on your phone. Physical copies further add another layer of protection, just in case you lose the originals.
Universal charger with ports: Charging the devices is essential so that you stay connected. Carry a universal charger with multiple ports, especially if you are travelling abroad.
Emergency cash: While the world is going digital with payment, it is vital to keep some cash just in case any emergency pops up, like getting your wallet pickpocketed at a tourist hotspot. Cash can be kept in the safe in the accommodation as well.
Local SIM: Get a local SIM card to prevent excessive international roaming charges.
Takeaway from Reddit’s tips: Always have a Plan B
So what is the biggest takeaway? Anticipate, prepare and plan backup! Ensure you have a Plan B, always. Solely relying on one single approach can leave you scrambling if something goes wrong. Keep a fallback plan. Anticipation is what makes your trip a smooth sailing, whether it is online check-in to reduce the chances of delay in security checks or calling up the hotel directly to see if your booking is confirmed. Likewise, digitally storing all the documents in one place also helps prevent the last-minute frustration of searching for documents.
Preparing in advance may make you wonder why you are going through all the hassle, maybe you are overthinking, but just as the saying ‘prevention is better than cure’ goes, the stress of any mishap is much worse than the stress of keeping a Plan B ready.
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Reddit discusses travel hacks for hassle-free trips: Buy local SIM card, take screenshots of tickets and more
A new series drawing inspiration from the K-Pop craze is essential viewing for devotees of Netflix’s most successful film of all time.
KPop Demon Hunters is an animated marvel that chronicles a trio of Korean pop performers who covertly employ their vocal talents and fighting prowess to shield the globe from demonic forces.
Following its achievement as the most-watched original movie in the platform’s history, surpassing the benchmark previously set by the Dwayne Johnson blockbuster Red Notice, audiences will be keen to uncover additional programmes that capitalise on this musical phenomenon.
Fortunately, competing streaming service Apple TV+ provides the solution through a celebrity-packed competition programme showcasing some of the world’s most prominent performers.
KPopped launched this Friday (29th August) and guarantees supporters a musical battle unlike any other, reports <a href=”https://www.mirror.co.uk/tv/tv-news/shows-like-kpop-demon-hunters-35820515″ rel=”Follow” target=”_self”>the Mirror</a>.
A description for the programme states: “East meets West when the biggest K-pop groups on the planet split into two teams and join forces with Western music superstars.
“Against a ticking clock, they must prepare and perform unique covers of iconic mega-hits, delivering spectacular collab performances, with a winning team crowned every episode.”
Should that fail to entice sufficiently, the eight-part series is brimming with superstars from the K-Pop universe, featuring ITZY, Billie, ATEEZ, STAYC, Kiss of Life and BLACKSWAN.
They’re set to compete against renowned artists including Kylie Minogue, Patti LaBelle, Kesha, Boyz II Men, Spice Girls’ Mel B, J Balvin and Culture Club’s Boy George in a series of song battles held in Seoul and judged by a live audience.
The show also features Gangnam Style icon Psy and Megan Thee Stallion, with hosting duties undertaken by Soojeong Son.
Just a day after the first eight episodes premiered on Apple TV+, fans are already singing the praises of the new show, hinting that a second season could be imminent.
One viewer posted on X: “the blackswan episode of kpopped was so good omg.”
Another enthused: “That Kpopped show is so cutieeeee. Meg was the perfect choice.”
A third couldn’t contain their excitement: “KPOPPED WAS SO GOOD I SCREAMED AND CHOKED MYSELF GOODNESS. I CANT BELIEVE THIS IS A REAL THING THAT EXISTS.”
And a final fan demanded: “we need KPOPPED season 2, i love this show already.”
Still craving a K-Pop fix after being captivated by KPop Demon Hunters?
Sign up for Apple TV+ – or try their free trial – to stream this revolutionary musical competition show.
The Skyline GT-R had earned its place in performance car legend with its giant-killing tech after the arrival of the 1989 R32 which, for many Australians, was their first taste of the devastating capability of the almighty GT-R – so much so that our media coined the term ‘Godzilla’ – a moniker that still sticks decades later.
But the fifth-generation R35 GT-R was different.
The 2001 Tokyo motor show concept revealed it was to be purpose-built coupe – not a two-door based on a four-door sedan, but a sports car built from the ground up, even if skeptics thought it would have more in common with the 350Z of the time, whose lineage goes back to the Datsun brand’s successful attempt to crack the US sports car market with the S30-series 240Z (called the Fairlady Z in Japan) in 1969.
It would be unlike the legendary Skyline GT-R which had its roots in the original PCG10 2000 GT-R of 1969; ahead of its 2007 unveiling, fans knew it would have a four-wheel drive system amid a web of electric and mechanical wizardry comprising not one but two driveshafts and a rear transaxle, making it a quite portly 1800kg – 200kg more than the heaviest V-Spec R34 GT-R.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
As well as being heavier, the R35’s dimensions of 4655/1985/1370mm meant it was wider, longer, taller and sat on a longer wheelbase (2780mm) than any GT-R before it.
There wasn’t going to be a turbocharged straight-six either, but a new twin-turbo V6 under the bonnet. Nor would there be a manual gearbox, and it wasn’t even going to be called a Skyline.
Had Nissan simply gone too far? Did Nissan have the right – nay, the stupidity – to put those famous three letters, which to that point had been feared by both street and track rivals, on something completely different?
Yes, the R35 was going to be something else altogether. And it truly was something else.
The production version’s design was true to the 2001 concept car’s “function over form look”, although it was finessed and honed into a much more sophisticated shape that would barely change over a staggering 18-year production run.
Nissan described the R35’s design as practical: “Every styling aspect, from the overall design to the smallest details, is created to maximise the vehicle’s driving experience – as well as suggest GT-R’s ‘supercar’ level of performance”.
Its ‘super wide beam headlights’, muscular surfacing and angry front-end commanded serious road presence, and this was backed up it steel, aluminium and carbon-fibre construction.
The muscular haunches – with ‘aero blades’ on the guards – were unapologetically aggressive, making the beautiful and seductive lines of a Porsche 911 look restrained, humble and even soft by comparison.
This car was the Voltron of supercars, like something bursting out of the pages of Japanese manga comic books. Its flat, almost cam-back rear-end paid homage to the stove-top quad tail-lights of its predecessors, with a carbon-fibre rear diffuser capping off a slippery 0.27Cd drag coefficient.
If a 911 was a sculpted work of art, the GT-R was a chiselled athlete with muscles bursting at the seams. It looked like nothing else.
The GT-R was not a poseur’s car: it was a blur, a memory – a car so focused on shifting itself off the face of the planet that it didn’t care for bling and instead opted for gigabytes of tech and kiloWatts to pump through its extravagant powertrain.
Nissan’s VR36DETT – a 3.8-litre 60-degree petrol V6 with two turbos – had a lot to live up to. The truly iconic RB26DETT inline six that powered the R32 through R34 Skyline GT-Rs was as legendary among performance tuners as the GT-R itself.
Launched with 357kW of power and 588Nm of torque over 3200-5200rpm, the R35’s engine was a masterpiece: hand-made by designated ‘Takumi’ – master crafts folk – at Nissan’s Yokohama engine plant.
Its outputs (and price) would later peak at 441kW/652Nm with NISMO versions, before a run of 19 limited-edition GT-R 50 cars bumped that up further to 530kW. The final ‘standard’ R35 GT-Rs sold in Australia in 2022 made 419kW/652Nm.
The engine itself comprised a closed-deck aluminium block with plasma-coated cylinder bores to reduce friction and increase strength, plus a race-ready forged crankshaft, conrods and pistons. It was fed by a pair of parallel (as opposed to sequential) IHI RHF55 turbochargers (one for each bank) and quad-cam aluminium cylinder-heads with iridium-tipped spark plugs and direct fuel-injection.
While the 997 Series II 911 Turbo launched in late 2009 also used a twin-turbo 3.8-litre six-cylinder, it was of course a flat boxer six mounted in the rear of the car – and it delivered higher 368kW/650Nm outputs than the GT-R.
Yet the front-engined R35 pipped the (faster) PDK 911’s rapid 3.6-second claimed 0-100km/h acceleration time by a single tenth of a second – the manual 911 Turbo was 0.2 seconds slower than the GT-R. It backed that up with an 11.5 second quarter-mile (standing 402m).
The best part? The R35 launched in Australia in 2009 at $155,900 before on-road costs, with the GT-R Premium commanding an extra $4000 for an upgraded sound system and leather trim.
The slower 911 Turbo PDK of the day was priced at a cool $368,000, and the even slower manual at $360,100.
The Porsche also had all-wheel drive, so on paper these two rivals had a similar mechanical makeup. The key difference was how the Nissan delivered its energy to its four 20-inch alloy wheels.
While the engine’s mission was to launch the GT-R into the stratosphere, every other part of the driveline was hell-bent on keeping the car on the ground to convert that fury into speed – both in a straight line and around corners.
That included the latest evolution of Nissan’s computer-controlled ATTESA ETS four-wheel drive system, which was developed for the R32 Skyline GT-R. The acronym stands for (breathe in) Advanced Total Traction Engineering System All-terrain and Electric Torque Split.
Put simply, the R35 had a rear transaxle and the ATTESA ETS system was able to split torque both side-to-side and front-to-rear via a second driveshaft, which, combined with electronic adaptive dampers with a choice of modes, put all of the RB38DETT’s power down.
Pulled up by six-piston Brembo front brakes, the combo endowed the R35 with immense controllability, mind-blowing agility, physics-defying cornering capability and point-to-point pace unlike anything before it – even in the wet.
When it launched the R35, Nissan said it aimed to deliver “the ultimate supercar that can be driven by anyone, anytime, anywhere.” It did.
The six-speed Borg Warner dual-clutch transmission easily kept up, even if it was a bit clunky at low speeds, and even if this author lacked the processing speed – mentally – required to keep up with the GT-R’s sheer ability.
It made long roads short and devoured its destination. It had a firm and focussed ride, but it took no prisoners when it came to bumps, holes, ruts and camber changes – it just did it. It was almost too fast to enjoy – easy to drive quickly, but its ability to generate serious straightline and cornering speed required the mental and physical agility to match the immense engineering effort that enabled it.
Over 18 years, the GT-R contended with three different generations of its target rival, the 911 Turbo, and it didn’t bat an eyelid.
The initial gauntlet was thrown down when Nissan confirmed a lap time of seven minutes and 38 seconds around the legendary Nurburgring Nordschleife in September 2007, marking the start of a ‘Ring battle’ between the two brands.
The R35’s time was cut to 7:27.56 on April 15, 2009 – just as the Nissan landed in Australia. That compared to the 997 Series II 911 Turbo’s time of 7:39.00, set the same year.
Nissan didn’t stop there, though. Power increased annually, with a minor 2011 facelift barely changing the look, while a significant upgrade to the six-speed gearbox in 2017 kept the GT-R well-honed, delicately balanced and sharp enough to maintain its edge in the supercar game.
Its official 0-100km/h time was skimmed down to an electric car-like 2.7 seconds by the time fast-tracked side-impact crash test regs ended its run prematurely in Australia in 2022, while the final Nurburgring time for a factory R35 was 7:08.679 seconds, achieved by a NISMO version in 2013, although it controversially had minor modifications.
The R35 won Bathurst, too – the 12 Hour in 2015 against a field of Ferraris, McLarens and Lamborghinis – in far less controversial circumstances than the final R32 victory at the 1992 Bathurst 1000, where winner Jim Richards unloaded Australian motorsport’s most iconic swear words to the angry mob below the podium as co-driver Mark Skaife looked on in disbelief.
Multiple Japanese racing titles also made it seem like everywhere the GT-R went, legends were unfolded, triumphs came from tragedy and the absolute determination of a group of engineers to topple the world’s best came to the fore.
Nissan says the final R35, the last of 48,000 examples made globally including 997 sold in Australia, isn’t the end of the GT-R story – and for tuners, enthusiasts and fanatics, in a way, that’s not really up to Nissan.
The car will continue to represent the pinnacle of Japanese automotive engineering on roads, tracks and in garages, and will forever remain part of the performance car psyche.
But the R35 may be the last-hurrah for pure petrol-powered GT-Rs, the final example of the breed sending a guttural, deep timbre – as distinct from a 911’s flat-six cackle – that struck fear into pretenders, players and Porsche owners for decades.
Something else may be coming in the GT-R story, but the R35 was – is – something else.
MORE: Sayonara Godzilla: Final R35 Nissan GT-R rolls off the line
Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal had reaffirmed that India is open to trade talks with the United States but will never succumb to pressure amid a tariff hike.
Union Minister Piyush Goyal. (File Photo: PTI)
Union Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal on Saturday assured that the Indian government is committed towards sustainable economic growth, after India’s GDP grew at 7.8% in the first quarter ending on June 30, 2025, as per official data.
“We are committed to working with all of you, and we would like to ensure that this GDP growth of 7.8% is sustainable,” he was quoted as saying by NDTV at an event organised by the Confederation of Indian Industry in Mumbai.
“It can happen, as in adversity, we Indians shine out. We all have the ability to put that little extra,” Goyal said. His remarks came after US President Donald Trump imposed 50% tariffs on Indian imports as a penalty for purchasing Russian oil, impacting key trade sectors such as textiles and shrimp.
India has condemned the tariffs as “unfair and unreasonable”, citing the US and Europe’s own imports from Russia. The Finance Ministry has said that the immediate impact of recent US tariffs on Indian exports may appear limited but their secondary and tertiary effects on the economy pose challenges that must be addressed.
‘India Will Never Back Down’
On Friday, Goyal said India was open to trade talks with the US, but would never succumb to pressure or appear weak in the face of punitive tariffs. “We are always ready if anyone wants to have a free trade agreement with us,” he said at the curtain raiser event of Bharat Buildcon in Delhi.
“However, any form of discrimination affects the self-respect of India’s 140 crore Indians, and we will neither bow down nor ever appear weak. We will continue to move together and capture new markets,” he added.
Goyal also expressed confidence that the recent trade agreements with various countries will help the Indian economy to grow. He also assured that the government will soon introduce various measures to expand the domestic outreach and boost exports.
He also said there was “no need to fear”, citing India’s management of nuclear sanctions and the Covid-19 pandemic. “The government is committed to make sure that all of you do not face any stress or difficulties in managing the current situation emanating from some unilateral actions,” he said.
Aveek Banerjee
Aveek Banerjee is a Senior Sub Editor at News18. Based in Noida with a Master’s in Global Studies, Aveek has more than three years of experience in digital media and news curation, specialising in international…Read More
Aveek Banerjee is a Senior Sub Editor at News18. Based in Noida with a Master’s in Global Studies, Aveek has more than three years of experience in digital media and news curation, specialising in international… Read More
News business ‘We Shine Out’: Piyush Goyal Says India Committed To Economic Growth Amid Trump Tariffs
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Recently, breaking news has shaken the entire market, and even the CRO price has seen a significant surge following the announcement of a $6.4 billion partnership between Trump Media and Crypto.com.
The integration is taken as a strategic partnership, and that changed its technical indicators on the green side, and bullish chart patterns have positioned Cronos crypto as a major contender for further price growth by year-end.
As per the news the recent partnership is known as the Trump Media Group CRO Strategy, this has brought the CRO price into the spotlight.
As this deal involves a huge pile of money, this has increased CRO trading volume and network activity, driving the token’s price upwards.
Following the announcement, the surge in CRO price today has gained attention from both retail and institutional investors, alike.
With this major partnership, the CRO price chart strongly reflects a renewed bullish sentiment as traders look to capitalize on the expected benefits of the collaboration.
Technical Indicators Point to Continued Bullishness
From a technical analysis standpoint, CRO price USD has been retreating from key resistance levels after spiking large this week, despite the retreat the analysts are still eyeing $0.50 by the end of the year.
This optimism is further supported by the formation of a Golden Cross pattern, where the 20-week EMA crosses above the 50-week EMA, on the weekly chart that shows a classic bullish signal that has a history of displaying gigantic price moves.
In addition to this, a bullish pattern, an ascending broadening wedge has also formed on the weekly CRO price chart, indicating increasing momentum in favor of bulls.
This pattern suggests that the CRO price could push past key resistance zones, by paving the way in higher high structure. If this happens then potential targets are present near $0.50 to $0.60 in the upcoming weeks.
With CRO crypto continuing to form higher highs, weekly bullish signals, combined with strategic partnership are all great signs for the token’s breakout that could lead to higher valuations.
That said, the growing market sentiment around CRO has only strengthened the outlook for a continued bullish trend.
Parabolic Rally and Ethereum Comparisons
A separate analysis suggests a more ambitious outlook, as it focuses on the CRO price forecast based on historic moves of ETH and his forecast suggests a move could be much more explosive.
On deeply assessing the analyst chart, it points to a potential mega parabolic rally similar to Ethereum’s past performance observed after 2020. This comparison, based on CRO price’s current behavior, showed a spike with profit booking by weak hands.
The analyst further suggests that CRO may experience significant upward momentum, similar to ETH that would possibly push CRO price around $1.50. While this prediction may seem ambitious, it underscores the potential for CRO price to mirror the price action seen with other top altcoins in their early stages of growth.
This type of CRO price prediction aligns with the growing momentum and the bullish technical signals from the CRO chart, suggesting the possibility of a parabolic rise.
A view of the Cochin Shipyard
| Photo Credit:
MUSTAFAH KK
Cochin University of Science and Technology (CUSAT) and Cochin Shipyard Limited (CSL) have signed an MoU to establish a Centre of Excellence in Sustainable Shipbuilding Technology, officials said.
According to CUSAT authorities, CSL will provide ₹3.53 crore for the establishment of the centre at the university campus.
“Aimed at bridging the gap between the shipbuilding industry and academia, the Centre of Excellence (CoE) set up through CSL-CUSAT collaboration will focus on software development, skill development, upskilling, and digitisation,” the university said in a press release.
“The Centre will provide state-of-the-art computing facilities and advanced marine software for research in Naval Architecture, CFD, FEA, and related areas, thereby promoting innovation in ship design, shipbuilding, and advanced ship analysis,” the release added.
CSL Managing Director Madhu S Nair handed over the MoU to the university Vice Chancellor Dr M Junaid Bushiri at a function held here on Friday.
The MoU was signed by the varsity Registrar Dr Arun A U, the release said.
For the management and implementation of CSR funding, the Vice Chancellor nominated Dr Satheesh Babu P K, Associate Professor, Department of Ship Technology, as coordinator, and Assistant Professors Dr Manoj T Issac and Dr Rajesh P Nair as assistant coordinators.
CSL and CUSAT officials attended the ceremony, the release said.
Looking for the most recent Strands answer? Click here for our daily Strands hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Mini Crossword, Wordle, Connections and Connections: Sports Edition puzzles.
Today’s NYT Strands puzzle might be the easiest the Times has ever offered. I hardly needed any clue words to unlock in-game hints. If you need hints and answers, read on.
I go into depth about the rules for Strands in this story.
If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections and Mini Crossword answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: NYT Connections Turns 1: These Are the 5 Toughest Puzzles So Far
Hint for today’s Strands puzzle
Today’s Strands theme is: Up the hill
If that doesn’t help you, here’s a clue: Nursery rhyme time.
Clue words to unlock in-game hints
Your goal is to find hidden words that fit the puzzle’s theme. If you’re stuck, find any words you can. Every time you find three words of four letters or more, Strands will reveal one of the theme words. These are the words I used to get those hints but any words of four or more letters that you find will work:
ROAN, CRACK RACK, ROTE, CANE, FIRE, FINE, FAIL
Answers for today’s Strands puzzle
These are the answers that tie into the theme. The goal of the puzzle is to find them all, including the spangram, a theme word that reaches from one side of the puzzle to the other. When you have all of them (I originally thought there were always eight but learned that the number can vary), every letter on the board will be used. Here are the nonspangram answers:
PAIL, CROWN, BROKE, AFTER, TUMBLING, WATER, FETCH
Today’s Strands spangram
The completed NYT Strands puzzle for Aug. 31, 2025, #546.
NYT/Screenshot by CNET
Today’s Strands spangram is JACKANDJILL. To find it, look for the J that’s seven letters down on the far-right row, and wind up.
Protein is popping up in everything from popcorn and tortilla chips to coffee and ice cream, and now a new form is flexing for attention.
High-protein grocery items have surged in popularity over the past year, with shoppers seeking products that support muscle repair, immune function and metabolism. Long a staple in fitness circles, protein shakes — typically made from whey concentrate and coming in flavors like chocolate, vanilla and peanut butter — offer a creamy, milkshake-like way to pack in the nutrients.
Now muscling its way into the supplement spotlight is clear protein, which is made from whey protein isolate and comes in ready-to-drink bottles or powders that turn water into brightly colored, juice-like beverages.
TRYING TO EAT MORE PROTEIN? DON’T OVERLOOK THIS SWEET SURPRISE
Searches for “clear protein” on The Vitamin Shoppe’s website were up 11% in July, according to the company, marking the seventh straight month it has been ranked as a top search term.
Some people prefer clear protein because it’s a lighter, refreshing alternative to creamy shakes.(iStock)
Ready-to-drink brands like Isopure Protein Water, Premier Protein Clear and Ryse already line store shelves, and flavored isolate powders from Alani Nu, Ghost and Transparent Labs offer mix options in lemonade, tropical punch and other fruit-forward varieties.
CUTTING OUT ONE FOOD TYPE COULD NEARLY DOUBLE WEIGHT LOSS, NEW STUDY SUGGESTS
“It addresses a gap in the market for consumers who want high protein without the heaviness,” registered dietitian-nutritionist Lauren Manaker recently told Vogue magazine. “It’s also visually appealing … and fits well with the push for lighter, on-the-go health products.”
Whey protein isolate tends to be lower in fat, carbohydrates, calories and lactose compared to concentrate, making it a strong option for those with digestive issues. It also boasts a higher concentration of protein by weight.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR LIFESTYLE NEWSLETTER
Yet both isolate and concentrate typically deliver 20 to 25 grams of protein per serving, according to Lena Beal, a cardiovascular dietitian and spokesperson for the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics.
Whey isolate has more protein with less fat, carbs and lactose, while concentrate is creamier and less processed.(iStock)
Both forms are quickly absorbed compared to slower-digesting proteins like casein or plant-based blends, though some experts say isolate offers a slight edge in post-workout absorption due to its purity.
“Clear protein isn’t necessarily healthier by default,” Beal told Today.com. “It’s the same protein just in a lighter format.”
For more Lifestyle articles, visit foxnews.com/lifestyle
And the product itself isn’t new, she said. Isolate-based clear protein has been used in hospitals for years, especially to help patients meet their nutritional needs when food intake is limited.
Despite the trend, experts warn that clear protein often contains added artificial flavorings and sweeteners, since it lacks the fats and sugars that help flavor traditional powders. It can also be more expensive.
Protein shakes can play a big role in recovery and muscle building after a workout.(iStock)
“Until we have more data to prove otherwise, neither is inherently better,” Manaker said. “It’s all about what fits your goals and lifestyle.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The recommended dietary allowance for protein is 0.8 grams per kilogram of body weight for healthy adults. Many experts, however, recommend more for athletes, older adults and pregnant or breastfeeding women.
Because both provide essential amino acids, Manaker said they can be great options for those looking to increase their protein intake.
“It’s all about what fits your goals and lifestyle,” she said.
Deirdre Bardolf is a lifestyle writer with Fox News Digital.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/sarsatia-this-odisha-based-sweet-savoured-in-nuakhai-festival-is-made-from-this-tree-9185399” on this server.
Britain has barred Israeli officials from its biggest defense trade show over its escalation of the war against Hamas in Gaza, its latest effort to pressure a historically close ally over the conflict.
Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s government said in July it would recognize a Palestinian state unless Israel took steps to relieve suffering in the enclave and met other conditions, enraging the Israeli government.
Israel’s Ministry of Defense said that as a result of the trade fair ban it would not run its national pavilion as it has done previously at London’s Defence & Security Equipment International (DSEI) event.
Israeli defense companies, such as Elbit Systems, Rafael, IAI and Uvision, will still be able to attend.
Britain’s move had echoes of a dispute at the Paris Air Show three months ago, when France blocked off with black partitions the stands of Israeli defense companies after they refused to remove attack weapons from display, sparking a furious response from Israel.
A British government spokesperson said on Friday that the Israeli government’s decision to further escalate its military operation in Gaza was wrong.
“As a result, we can confirm that no Israeli government delegation will be invited to attend DSEI UK 2025.”
“There must be a diplomatic solution to end this war now, with an immediate ceasefire, the return of the hostages and a surge in humanitarian aid to the people of Gaza,” the spokesperson added.
Israel said Britain’s decision was a “regrettable act of discrimination” and “introduces political considerations wholly inappropriate for a professional defense industry exhibition.”
The four-day show, due to open on September 9, features national delegations and private companies, who showcase military kit and weapons at London’s Excel center. The event takes place every other year.
DSEI is organized by a private company, Clarion Defence and Security, but with backing from the British government and the military.
(Cover: An F35 jet is launched from the flight deck of HMS Prince of Wales, February 20, 2024. /VCG)
A small company in Missouri is struggling to keep up with orders for its “Fall of Rome” candle, and it is already working on its next social media hit.
At its annual convention, NAREDCO President G. Hari Babu said stamp duty should be cut to 1% for women and 3% for men, compared to the current 5–10% across states.
Realtors body NAREDCO has urged state governments to reduce stamp duty on registration of affordable homes priced up to Rs 45 lakh per unit to boost demand and supply of low-cost apartments.
Addressing NAREDCO’s annual convention here, the association’s president G Hari Babu pointed out that sales and launches of apartments, each costing up to Rs 45 lakh, have declined because of rising costs of land and construction.
“States should bring down the stamp duty on registration of affordable homes to 1 per cent for women and 3 per cent for men,” he told PTI.
The president said that the stamp duty at present is between 5 per cent and 10 per cent across states.
Hari Babu also suggested that states should focus on slum redevelopment to boost the supply of affordable housing.
Hiranandani flags decline in affordable housing launches
NAREDCO Chairman Niranjan Hiranandani too expressed concern over the decline in launches and sales in the affordable housing category.
NAREDCO and real estate consultant Knight Frank India released a report, ‘Affordable Housing: Tackling Urban Housing Deficit Through Supply-Side Reforms’, which pointed out critical supply challenges in India’s affordable housing sector.
Report shows sharp drop in launch-to-sales ratio since 2019
The report mentioned that the ratio of launches of affordable homes to sales of housing units costing up to Rs 50 lakh across the top eight cities has plummeted to 0.36 in 2025 (until June), from 1.05 in 2019 and 1.30 in 2020.
These eight cities are Bengaluru, Delhi-NCR, Mumbai Metropolitan Region (MMR), Pune, Kolkata, Hyderabad, Chennai and Ahmedabad.
Hari Babu said the report has underlined the scale of India’s affordable housing challenge – a deficit of 9.4 million units that could rise to 30 million units by 2030.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
MANEKENKA Leni Klum, najpoznatija kao kći Heidi Klum i Flavia Briatorea, pojavila se na filmskom festivalu u Veneciji u društvu svoje majke. Mlada je Leni privukla pozornost svojim odvažnim, a elegantnim izdanjem za koje se pobrinuo Intimissimi.
Nosila je crni korzet, dugu suknju i raskošnu ogrlicu sa smaragdima. Kosu je nosila raspuštenu kako bi dojam bio opušten i mladenački. Šminka i manikura bili su jednostavni i minimalistički kako ne bi skretali pogled s odjeće.
Njezino je izdanje privuklo pozornost i na TikToku, a mnogima se njezino izdanje svidjelo: “Lijepa”, “Prekrasna, baš kao majka”, “Prekrasna je”, “Jako lijepa”, “Kraljica”, “Baš poput majke”.
Donje rublje u službi svečane haljine
Haljinu je za nju sastavio brend donjeg rublja Intimissimi. Na svojoj su stranici otkrili da su kombinirali grudnjak i steznik: “Grudnjak Anna pridružuje se ekskluzivnom stezniku iz La Collezione. Silueta oživljava zahvaljujući dekolteu u obliku srca i krojevima koji naglašavaju struk. Haljina postiže ravnotežu između senzualnosti i stilističke strogoće”.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kolekcija u ovom trenutku nije dostupna, a na stranici brenda stoji da će biti dostupna uskoro. Ipak, njihov model Sofia je vrlo sličan, a možete ga pogledati ispod.
U nastavku smo izdvojili komade uz koje i sami možete sastaviti izdanje poput onog koje je nosila Leni.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Moyo Odebunmi, a junior running back at Cleveland High and native of Nigeria who had never played varsity football until this season, is quickly adjusting to the speed of the game.
On Thursday night against Arleta, his first three carries resulted in touchdown runs of 68, 85 and 59 yards. He also caught a touchdown and had a 99-yard kickoff return in Cleveland’s 70-37 win. He finished with 303 yards rushing.
Odebunmi, who is 5-foot-7 and 155 pounds, didn’t play football as a freshman, came out last season and learned the game on junior varsity. Now coach Mario Guzman can’t find enough spots to use him.
“We had him all over the field,” Guzman said. “He’s just an athlete we have to have out there.”
Another big contributor for Cleveland was soccer athlete Samael Cerritos, who was 10 for 10 on PATs.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected].
Union Minister for Information and Technology Ashwini Vaishnaw on Thursday inaugurated the advanced Outsourced Semiconductor Assembly and Test (OSAT) facility of CG Semi Private Limited in Sanand, Gujarat.
Vaishnaw also announced that Prime Minister Narendra Modi will “soon” dedicate the country’s first chip produced at this facility.”CG Power’s pilot line was inaugurated here today, and very soon, the chip produced from this pilot line will be dedicated to the nation by the Prime Minister,” Vaishnaw said.
CG Power and Industrial Solutions Ltd set up its semiconductor OSAT unit in Sanand in partnership with Renesas Electronics America Inc. and Stars Microelectronics (Thailand) Public Co. Ltd., with a total investment of approximately Rs 7,600 crore.
Add Zee Business as a Preferred Source
Speaking at the inauguration event, Union Minister Vaishnaw said, “This is a major milestone in our country’s semiconductor journey.”
About the progress in other chip plants, he said, “I also visited the nearby Micron’s plant, and the construction is going on at a very good pace. The Kaynes plant and construction are going on at a very good pace. And few months ago I visited Dholera, there also the construction is going on with very good pace.”
“Overall, out of the 10 projects that we have approved in the semiconductor mission. Very happy to report to all that this is a dream getting fulfilled,” the Union Minister said.
Vaishnaw highlighted a key achievement of India’s Semiconductor Mission, emphasising its focus on developing talent to meet a looming global workforce shortage in the semiconductor sector.
Speaking about the initiative, Vaishnaw noted that while the mission’s goals may seem ambitious, they are rooted in a clear global need as experts estimate a shortfall of nearly one million semiconductor professionals by 2032.
To bridge this gap, India has partnered with approximately 270 universities, providing them with access to some of the world’s most advanced chip design tools used by leading companies. These tools cover nearly every critical aspect of chip design, he added.
Vaishnaw said that the impact is already visible, as in 2025 alone, students clocked approximately 1.2 million design hours using these tools. As a result, 17 institutions have successfully designed chips, which are now in the final stages of production.
The CG Power’s Project will benefit from 50 per cent fiscal support on a pari-passu basis for the eligible CAPEX from India Semiconductor Mission, reflecting the commitment of the Government of India to strengthen India’s position as a key player in the global semiconductor value chain.
In January, a Fiscal Support Agreement (FSA) was signed by India Semiconductor Mission, CG Power and Industrial Solutions Ltd. and CG Semi Pvt. Ltd, which highlights the government’s commitment.
The Programme for Development of Semiconductors and Display Manufacturing Ecosystem in India was notified in December 2021 with a total outlay of Rs 76,000 crore under the India Semiconductor Mission (ISM).
In June 2023, the government approved the first proposal for setting up the semiconductor unit in Sanand. In February 2024, three more semiconductor units were approved. Tata Electronics is setting up a semiconductor fab in Dholera, Gujarat and one semiconductor unit in Morigaon, Assam.
Construction of all four semiconductor units is progressing at a rapid pace, and a robust semiconductor ecosystem is emerging near the units. These four units will bring an investment of almost Rs 1.5 lakh crore. The cumulative capacity of these units will be about seven crore chips per day.
Earlier this month, the government approved four more semiconductor projects under the India Semiconductor Mission (ISM), two in Odisha and one each in Andhra Pradesh and Punjab.
These four approved proposals will set up semiconductor manufacturing facilities with a cumulative investment of around Rs 4,600 crore and are expected to generate a cumulative employment of 2034 skilled professionals, which would catalyse the electronic manufacturing ecosystem, resulting in the creation of many indirect jobs.
With these four plants, the total approved projects under the India Semiconductor Mission (ISM) reach 10, with cumulative investments of around Rs 1.60 lakh crore in 6 states.
If anyone says monsoon travel in India is difficult, don’t believe it entirely. True, each year we face challenges—Mumbai’s flooding rains, cloudbursts and landslides in Himachal Pradesh or Uttarakhand. Yet, that does not deter a true travel enthusiast. The magic of rain across India has to be seen to be believed, and monsoon travel offers beauty that is unmatched. The Western Ghats and the northeast come alive in monsoons. Green hills, countless waterfalls, thriving flora and fauna. Lonavala, Goa, Coorg, Munnar, Darjeeling, Shimla, Udaipur—all bloom with irresistible beauty and charm.
Native travel experiences: Nothing should prevent you from enjoying the beauty of monsoon in India.(Pexels)
Travel once meant venturing to distant lands, far from our own city or region. While that allure remains, a new awakening is dawning—native travel experiences. For some, this means returning home to their roots; for others, reconnecting with traditions, cuisine, and communities within their own country. Native travel is about immersing in what’s ours, discovering culture and adventure close at hand.
To make the most of India’s monsoon journeys, one needs to follow essential travel hacks. They ensure safety. They add comfort. They make your adventure smooth and worry-free.
1. Waterproof gear, anti-slip footwear and other essentials
Waterproof gear and anti-slip footwear are absolute essentials for monsoon travel in India. Pack quick-dry clothing like polyester, nylon, or microfibre and always carry a clothes line. Umbrella and raincoat are must-haves. Choose sturdy shoes with studs if possible, plus gum boots, rubber flip-flops or sandals. A hair dryer can be handy in damp conditions. Don’t forget extra socks and undergarments. These simple items keep you dry, comfortable, and ready to enjoy the rains without unnecessary hassles.
2. Health and safety in the rains: Mosquito protection, first-aid kit, medicines
Monsoons in India bring a surge in mosquitoes, with risks of malaria and dengue. Mosquito nets and repellents are non-negotiable. Be alert for snakes and scorpions, as their habitats flood too. Carry first aid kits that include bandages and plasters, antiseptic cream etc. Trekkers must guard against leech bites with protective clothing, footwear, and medicines. Salt can help remove them, though fire also helps but is not advised. You may keep lighters and match boxes for extreme conditions. Drink only boiled or bottled water (think portable water purifiers), and minimise street food. Always carry essential medicines for cold, cough, fever, leech bites, stomach aches, and loose motions.
3. Smart planning for monsoon travel: Travel insurance, offline maps
Accidents and uncertain conditions can ruin your trip. Protect yourself with travel insurance. Google Maps is helpful, but can be unreliable in heavy rains. Offline maps are a must. Always track weather forecasts through phones, smartwatches, radios, newspapers, or local contacts. Never leave without checking conditions. Keep a reliable emergency contact list handy. Stay prepared with multiple payment options—cash, UPI, and cards. Flexibility matters when connectivity fails.
4. Protecting your gadgets
Travel without gadgets is unthinkable today. Phones, laptops, cameras, torches and chargers are constant companions. But monsoon rains can easily damage them. Keep gadgets safe with waterproof covers and dry pouches. Carry a reliable power bank and adaptor for emergencies. Protecting your electronics ensures they stay in working condition throughout your journey.
5. Be local, travel better
Travelling is richer when you embrace local life. Learn a few important or popular words and phrases. It helps you connect instantly with people. Familiarise yourself with local customs and traditions. Respect goes a long way in building trust. Use local transport where possible. It offers both savings and authentic experiences. Don’t miss trying local cuisine—it is often the heart of culture.
Similar articles for you
Travelling with your pets this monsoon? Vet shares essential checklist to keep them safe and comfortable on the trip
Udaipur in the monsoon: A travel guide with Club Mahindra stay
Monsoon travel guide: 7 safe and beautiful places you can visit without stress this rainy season
Goa for monsoon trip: 8 hidden places to visit during the rainy season
Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
Netflix is now streaming an Oscar-winning period drama hailed as one of the best book adaptations of all time.
Little Women, based on a renowned 19th-century novel, was directed by Greta Gerwig and features an all-star cast. Saoirse Ronan leads the ensemble, with Oscar-nominated actors Timothee Chalamet and Florence Pugh in supporting roles.
Adapted from Louisa May Alcott’s classic novel, it tells the tale of four sisters – Meg, Jo, Beth, and Amy – as they navigate their way through adolescence in Massachusetts, reports the Mirror.
Set during and after the American Civil War, the story has inspired numerous film and television adaptations. These include a 1933 version featuring Katharine Hepburn, a 1949 film with Elizabeth Taylor and a popular nineties version starring Winona Ryder.
However, many critics regard Gerwig’s interpretation of the Christmas story as the most faithful to its original source.
Following its premiere, the Academy Awards praised the adaptation and nominated Gerwig for the Best Adapted Screenplay of 2020. Little Women also earned Ronan, who stars as Jo, a nomination for the Best Actress award.
Pugh was also recognised in the Best Supporting Actress category. The film was further nominated for the Best Costume Design, Best Music and Best Picture awards. It ultimately clinched the award for Best Costume Design.
Since its premiere over half a decade ago, the adaptation from book to screen has been met with rave reviews from audiences.
One reviewer on Rotten Tomatoes enthused: “This is one of the best movie adaptations of a book I have ever seen. I absolutely adore the book, and I was slightly apprehensive about the movie, but my expectations were absolutely blown away!”
Meanwhile, critics on the platform, who gave the film a 95% score, penned: “With a stellar cast and a smart, sensitive retelling of its classic source material, Greta Gerwig’s Little Women proves some stories truly are timeless.”
Another admirer reviewed: “An utterly warm and cosy picture. Remakes or renditions of classic stories can oftentimes fall short on the mark- by either changing too much and taking away from the original story or trying to replicate too much.
“Greta, however, mastered creating such a beautiful rendition of this story that is close to perfection.”
Yet another cinema-goer quipped: “Love this telling. Would watch it over and over again, adore the cast so much.”
Someone else declared: “What a gorgeous movie, one of my all time favs. The actors are amazing performers and the way they express their emotions is very touching. This movie is a must watch.”
Porsche has built a Cayenne EV prototype with fake engine sounds and gear shifts, and it’s winning over skeptics inside the company.
Sascha Niesen, manager of Porsche’s prototype fleet, told The Drive the prototype has eight virtual gear and uses sounds sampled from a Cayenne V8. The company’s engineers recorded the V8’s exterior exhaust note, as well as the sounds that could be heard from inside the cabin.
Before driving the prototype back in March, Mr Niesen said he “wanted to hate it because it’s artificial and it’s fake and everything”. His fears were allayed as the team developing the system typically work on the company’s torque converter and dual-clutch automatic transmissions, and in the end he “could not tell the difference” as they “were able to make it feel like a proper torque converter gearbox”.
Porsche is still evaluating whether it will add the fake engine noise and gear shift system to its upcoming EVs. If it does get the green light, the storied German marque will be follow in the footsteps of Hyundai.
The critically acclaimed Ioniq 5 N is equipped with fake gear changes, as well as three fake engine noises, one of which is 2.0-litre turbocharged four-cylinder from the i30 N.
While fake engine sounds and gear changes may not be for everyone, they could address a complaints about the lack of aural drama with fast electric cars.
Importantly, Porsche’s system can be switched on and off as desired. Mr Niesen notes that while its important to “give the customer the option to be more engaged, but in an EV, it cannot be mandatory”.
He went on to say: “From an engineering perspective, it doesn’t make any sense to introduce a gear shift. But then again, you have continuously variable transmissions that did introduce gear shifts because it felt more natural. You didn’t need it.”
Porsche has two EVs in development right now: the Cayenne EV (above), and a replacement for the 718 Boxster/Cayman. While electric sales continue to trend upwards, they haven’t taken off as many automakers had initially envisaged.
This has caused many brands to drop their EV-only deadlines, and Porsche has backed away from plans to make its entire range, apart from the 911, electric only. Earlier this month it confirmed it will develop a petrol successor to now discontinued first-generation Macan.
For most people, the dream of buying a house goes hand in hand with the fear of overwhelming debt. Home loans may have made ownership easier, but many buyers still struggle with questions of affordability: How expensive should the house be? How much down payment is enough? How big should the loan be? To answer this, financial experts point to a simple but effective calculation: the 5-20-3-40 formula. (News18 Hindi)
This four-part rule lays out the balance between income, down payment, loan amount, and monthly installments in clear terms. It begins with the 5 percent cushion, which suggests that a buyer should always keep at least five percent of the property’s value in cash. On a Rs 50 lakh house, that comes to Rs 2.5 lakh readily available to manage initial costs or emergencies. (News18 Hindi)
The second component is the 20 percent principle, which emphasizes that a buyer should ideally cover one-fifth of the home’s cost upfront, keeping the loan capped at 80 percent of the property’s price. Financial planners say this step is crucial because it reduces the interest burden and shortens the repayment period. (News18 Hindi)
The third measure, known as the 3X rule, links the value of the house to the buyer’s income. The advice is straightforward: never buy a house priced at more than three times your annual earnings. So, someone making Rs 15 lakh a year would be safe purchasing a home worth Rs 45 lakh, but stretching beyond that amount risks straining long-term finances. (News18 Hindi)
Finally comes the 40 percent ceiling, which applies to EMIs. The formula warns against committing more than 40 percent of monthly income to loan repayment. For a buyer earning Rs 1 lakh a month, the EMI should not exceed Rs 40,000. Staying within this limit ensures there is still room to manage daily expenses, savings, and unexpected costs. (News18 Hindi)
Taken together, the formula provides a realistic picture of what a person can afford. Consider an example: a professional earning Rs 15 lakh annually wishes to buy a house worth Rs 45 lakh. According to the formula, they should have Rs 2.25 lakh in cash for the initial cushion, make a down payment of Rs 9 lakh, borrow no more than Rs 36 lakh, and limit their EMI to around Rs 30,000 a month. In this case, the purchase falls comfortably within all the recommended limits, leaving the buyer financially secure while pursuing home ownership. (News18 Hindi)
Experts stress, however, that while the 5-20-3-40 formula offers a valuable framework, it should not be treated as an unbreakable law. Each household has its own financial realities, whether that includes children’s education, health care needs, or investment goals. The formula is best used as a guide, a way to set boundaries that prevent overextension, while still allowing flexibility depending on individual circumstances. (News18 Hindi)
Cardano is advancing its long-planned upgrade aimed at increasing network throughput and is inviting the community to weigh in.
The “Ouroboros Leios” Cardano Improvement Proposal (CIP) is now publicly available in the Cardano Foundation’s repository.
On August 27, Input Output’s Director of Software Architecture, Nicolas “BeRewt” Biri, announced the public release of the Leios CIP. Although too early to celebrate the upgrade, he notes that this submission is a significant milestone, and the team wants to ensure the community agrees with it first.
So, here it is, we know have a public and submitted CIP for Leios. More than ever, it’s now time for feedback.https://t.co/s3aCAHBfyK It may be too early to celebrate, as we want to be sure that the community agrees on it first, but it’s a huge milestone.
Biri said that the team is reviewing the design choices and trade-offs. The coverage areas include the detailed Leios variant, implementation materials (formal specifications and mini-protocols), trade-offs, potential positive effects on script budgets, and resistance to attacks.
He added that the team had planned to submit the PR by the end of August. The draft now includes feedback on failed transactions and aims to have minimal impact on dApps.
Community Debates Security, Speed, and Decentralization
Not all community members are convinced that Cardano can achieve higher throughput without compromise.
One user questioned whether the network would need to make the same trade-offs as Solana to achieve speed. Biri responded that Cardano deliberately avoided that path, opting for a balance that does not sacrifice decentralization or security.
Compromising anything how it would be different from Solana? All these days finger was pointed on them now we also saying we need to compromise. Is Solana understood and solve this problem best way possible much ahead of time?
He added that Cardano’s security model limits certain speed optimizations, meaning that matching Solana’s speed would require reducing decentralization, reliability, or cost efficiency. So far, the Cardano community has not been willing to take that approach.
Also Read :
Elon Musk’s Lawyer Fuels $200M Dogecoin Treasury Plan
,
Earlier this month, the Cardano community approved 96 million ADA (around $71 million) to fund a year-long series of core upgrades.
The proposal passed with 74% approval, marking the first time treasury funds have been directly allocated to core development.
With these moves, Cardano is taking a major step toward high-throughput, scalable, and community-driven development.
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What is Cardano’s Ouroboros Leios upgrade?
It’s a Cardano Improvement Proposal (CIP) designed to significantly increase network throughput while maintaining decentralization and security, now open for community review.
How will Leios improve Cardano’s performance?
The upgrade aims to boost transaction throughput and scalability while minimizing impact on dApps and maintaining the network’s security model and decentralization.
What areas does the Leios proposal cover?
It includes formal specifications, implementation details, script budget improvements, attack resistance measures, and handling of failed transactions.
The Indian Institute of Technology Hyderabad (IITH) has signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) with the Shimla-based Army Training Command to establish a Centre of Excellence (CoE) called VIGRAHA (Virtual, Intelligent, Ground-breaking Research in AR/VR and High-tech Applications for the Indian Army).
The agreement would help promote research and development in augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR), artificial intelligence (AI), robotics, unmanned systems, and other emerging technologies for the Army.
“This partnership exemplifies the synergy between academia and the armed forces in promoting innovation and advancing the nation’s technological capabilities. The CoE will help the country achieve self-reliance in Defence technologies,” IIT-H Director B.S. Murty said.
The MoU will work on creating joint academic programmes, research and development projects, and capacity-building exercises. It will also launch training and certification programmes in emerging technologies and internship opportunities for IIT-H students at the Army’s Simulator Development Division (SDD) in Secunderabad.
I’d estimate that I cook at home about 90% of the time. That means I’ve run through a ton of kitchen appliances, ranging from revolutionary to downright useless. Luckily, the Chefman Everything Maker is pretty dang clever — and it’s become my go-to appliance that I use almost daily.
Right now for Labor Day, you can get a sweet 25% discount on the Everything Maker. The normal list price of $60 on the Chefman website already feels like a good deal for what this appliance can accomplish — which is, well, everything. Currently the Midnight color is just $45 on Amazon, which is a steal. The Concrete-hued version is also on sale for a few bucks less at just over $40. Here’s why it’s earned a permanent spot on my counter.
How I use my Everything Maker
Macy Meyer/CNET
I’ve made crispy hash browns, gooey grilled cheese, breakfast sandwiches and perfectly golden pancakes — all in one compact machine. And it’s not just a breakfast tool. I’ve used it for late-night quesadillas and quick lunches more times than I can count in the past few weeks.
The design is intuitive, easy to store upright (although I rarely put it away) and surprisingly durable. No extra bells and whistles here. It’s just a well-made, easy-to-use appliance that works every time.
The Chefman Everything Maker lives up to its name by offering a versatile, all-in-one cooking solution that fits easily on a countertop. With a 12-inch nonstick cooking surface and a slim, compact design, it’s well-suited for small kitchens or anyone looking to simplify meal prep. I’ve found it particularly convenient for cooking breakfast foods like eggs and pancakes with the lid open, then switching to grilled sandwiches or quesadillas with the lid closed.
It also heats quickly and evenly, reaching up to 428 degrees Fahrenheit (220 degrees Celsius), which is enough for searing, sautéing or even light grilling. I made a summer flatbread (with burrata, pesto and prosciutto) over the weekend and used the Everything Maker to lightly sear some peaches to add as a topping. They came out perfectly.
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
Cleanup is another strong point. The nonstick surface wipes down easily after use — no scrubbing or soaking required — which has made it a reliable go-to for quick weekday meals.
The Everything Maker also comes with a digital cookbook featuring 16 chef-crafted recipes, which I’ve used as inspiration for trying new dishes beyond my usual routine. While it doesn’t replace every kitchen tool, the Everything Maker handles a surprising variety of tasks in a compact footprint.
My buying advice
Whether you’re shopping for a gift or just want to level up your own cuisine game, the Chefman Everything Maker is a surprisingly versatile little appliance. Even at full price, it offers solid value and delivers big on convenience, but for just $45, you really can’t beat the value.
While the Everything Maker isn’t on sale on the Chefman website currently, it’s still worth checking Chefman’s website from time to time. They run promotions regularly (in fact, my favorite blender is discounted right now).
If you’re looking for other useful, fun gifts for your favorite hostess or the chef in your life, here are our favorite kitchen gifts under $50.
Could the mosquito-borne virus in China spread to the US?
Fox News senior medical analyst Dr. Marc Siegel shares his perspective on whether the mosquito-borne virus in China will spread to the United States and how AI can be detrimental to children’s and young adults’ mental health on ‘Fox Report.’
NEWYou can now listen to Fox News articles!
The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is warning that travelers to China face an “enhanced” risk of contracting a virus spread by mosquitoes.
There has been an outbreak of chikungunya in Guangdong Province, which can cause fever, joint pain, headache, muscle pain, joint swelling, and rash.
Recently, the CDC raised the warning related to chikungunya in China from Level 1: “Practice Usual Precautions” to Level 2: “Practice Enhanced Precautions.”
The CDC says there are no medicines to treat chikungunya, and recommends preventing it by wearing insect repellent, wearing long sleeves and pants, or staying in places that have air conditioning or screens on the windows and doors.
KANSAS TRACKS 5 SERIOUS WEST NILE VIRUS CASES AS MOSQUITO SEASON PEAKS ACROSS THE STATE
A worker sprays insecticide at a residential community, July 29, in Foshan, Guangdong Province of China. (VCG/VCG via Getty Images)
The department also recommends travelers heading to an area with an outbreak get the chikungunya vaccine, except for pregnant women.
Pregnant women are urged to reconsider traveling to areas with an outbreak “particularly if you are close to delivering your baby.”
Mothers-to-be can pass the virus onto their children, especially if they’re near full-term, and infected newborns face the risk of “severe illness, including poor long-term outcomes.”
MOSQUITO-BORN DENGUE FEVER CASES SURGE AT POPULAR US VACATION DESTINATION
A worker uses a sprayer to eradicate mosquitoes at a park in order to prevent the spread of the mosquito-borne disease Chikungunya on Aug. 7, in Shenzhen, Guangdong Province of China. (VCG/VCG via Getty Images)
Newborns can be infected via the womb or by a mosquito bite after they’re born.
“In general, vaccination against chikungunya should be deferred until after delivery, the CDC said in its release. “However, when the risk of infection is high and exposure cannot be avoided, pregnant travelers should discuss with their healthcare provider the potential risks (to themselves and their babies) of chikungunya virus infection and the potential benefits and risks of vaccination so that vaccination can be considered.”
Chikungunya is spread by mosquitoes. (Soumyabrata Roy/NurPhoto via Getty Images)
Centered in Foshan City in Guangdong, officials have responded aggressively to the outbreak, a response that some have compared to COVId-19 mitigation efforts in China.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Joint pain caused by the virus can be “severe” and “debilitating and may be prolonged,” according to the World Health Organization.
Severe symptoms and death are rare and usually occur in babies, the elderly and people with underlying conditions.
On Chinese President Xi Jinping’s bookshelves, photos of him and his wife, Peng Liyuan, are prominently displayed, reflecting the softer side of the Chinese leader.
Although their work often kept them apart, Xi and Peng have always shared a deep mutual understanding and concern for each other.
“Don’t sever genuine connections due to distance, lose sight of true feelings amid a hectic life, or overlook your core emotions amidst the hustle and bustle,” Xi said when addressing a Spring Festival gathering in 2017.
The warmth of family
“I have a very happy family. My wife and I both have our own careers, but we work together to build the family,” Xi once said.
In 2004, while serving as the secretary of the Zhejiang Provincial Committee of the Communist Party of China (CPC), Xi shared with Yan’an Television that he would call Peng every day, as they could not often be together.
During a visit to a farmer’s home in Costa Rica in 2013, Xi instinctively broke off a piece of the host’s pastry and gently passed it to his wife, the gesture so natural it spoke of years of quiet intimacy.
In 2014, during Xi’s state visit to India, Peng accompanied his visit. She accepted the invitation to sit on a swing, gently swaying a few times before patting the empty seat next to her. Her husband responded without hesitation, settling in beside her. Together, they swung in quiet harmony, a tender moment that spoke volumes about their closeness.
Combining love for family with love of country
Xi has consistently emphasized the interconnectedness between family and nation, saying that the family is the basic unit of society where love for one’s country and family should unite.
“Only when millions of households prosper can the nation truly prosper,” Xi has said.
From his early days as a local official to his role as the country’s top leader, Xi has always aspired to help countless families live a good life.
As Party chief of Liangjiahe Village in north China’s Hebei Province, he lived and worked alongside farmers. In Zhengding County, Hebei Province, Xi, then secretary of the CPC Zhengding County Committee, visited every village to assess the welfare of the local people.
Since elected as general secretary of the CPC Central Committee in October 2012, Xi has conducted at least 30 inspections across the country, many of which focused on poverty alleviation and development.
At the end of 2020, through eight years of hard work, China achieved the goal of eliminating extreme poverty as the 98.99 million people in rural areas who were living below the poverty threshold all shook off poverty, all the 128,000 impoverished villages and 832 designated poor counties got rid of poverty, according to the white paper titled “Poverty Alleviation: China’s Experience and Contribution.”
Looking forward to the 2025 conclusion of the 14th Five-Year Plan period (2021-2025), Xi underscored the importance of prioritizing people’s livelihoods in the country’s future development.
At a symposium on China’s economic and social development in the 15th Five-Year Plan period (2026-2030) in late April, Xi stressed the importance of benefiting the people in formulating the plan, calling for ensuring and enhancing people’s livelihoods through development and steadily advancing common prosperity.
(Cover: Photo of Xi Jinping and Peng Liyuan. /Xinhua)
Hyderabad has emerged as the country’s co-working hub, contributing 29 per cent to sectoral demand in Q2 CY25.
| Photo Credit:
Getty Images
India’s office market remained buoyant in H1 CY25 with 34.5 mn sq. ft demand, led by Bengaluru, Delhi-NCR and Pune, according to a CREDAI–CRE Matrix report. Despite 28.8 mn sq. ft of fresh supply, vacancy fell 210 bps as GCCs, BFSI, and co-working drove absorption. Rentals rose to ₹90.7/sq. ft, with Hyderabad poised to surpass Mumbai Metropolitan Region (MMR) in office stock.
The sector saw a balanced demand-supply ratio of 1.3x maintained over the last six quarters, with continued occupier confidence and the strategic expansion of GCCs. In Q2 CY25 alone, the market absorbed 17.3 million sq. ft. of new office space.
“India’s office market is entering a new era of maturity and expansion,” said Shekhar Patel, President, CREDAI. “The diversification across sectors, from BFSI and co-working to new-age industries, along with strengthening market rent premiums, is laying the foundation for a structurally strong sector that will power India’s journey toward becoming a $30 trillion economy.”
Demand & supply
From a demand perspective, IT/ITeS remained the largest occupier with a 24 per cent share, followed by BFSI at 20 per cent and co-working at 19 per cent. Hyderabad has emerged as the country’s co-working hub, contributing 29 per cent to sectoral demand in Q2 CY25.
On the supply side, emerging markets demonstrated strong momentum. Pune and Hyderabad together accounted for 54 per cent of new stock in Q2, while Pune and Bengaluru collectively contributed 40 per cent of aggregate demand, reinforcing their status as major absorption centres. This geographic diversification reflects the market’s evolution beyond traditional metros and the growing acceptance of tier-2 cities as viable business destinations.
Despite significant additions to supply, the demand-supply balance remained favourable, driving further compression of vacancy levels across prime hubs such as Bengaluru, Chennai, and MMR. Pan-India rentals climbed 4.7 per cent sequentially in Q2 CY25, reflecting sustained pricing power in key micro-markets.
The report concludes that the outlook for the remainder of 2025 is robust, backed by a strong pipeline of quality supply across tier-1 cities. Healthy levels of pre-commitment leasing, coupled with compressed vacancy rates, are expected to provide stability and sustain momentum.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
NINA Badrić službeno je gotova s ljetnim odmorom, a tim je povodom objavila niz fotografija s Hvara na svojem Instagram profilu. Pokazala je fotografije s plaže, bazena, iz restorana, a posebnu nam je pozornost privukao njezin zanimljivi kupaći kostim.
Već je privukla pozornost neobičnim kupaćim kostimom koji kombinira različite životinjske uzorke, a ovaj put je oduševila nečim puno jednostavnijim. Ovaj bijeli kupaći kostim ima šareni cik-cak uzorak zahvaljujući kojemu djeluje zaigrano i mladenački.
“Divna”
“Divno moje ljeto, hvala ti na blagoslovljenim danima”, napisala je Nina na Instagramu.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Divna”, “Sve si zaslužila, uživaj”, “Predivna si”, “Prelijepo”, “Uvijek divna”, “Živa i rasturaš, lijepo je”, “Predivne fotke”, pisali su joj pratitelji ispod objave.
Kupaći kostim koji je Nina nosila je brenda Missoni, iz njihove kolekcije za proljeće/ljeto 2024. Iako baš ovakav kupaći kostim više nije dostupan, brend ima vrlo sličan model koji možete pogledati ispod.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Frank McCourt will have to pursue his proposed Dodger Stadium gondola without legislation that would have limited potential legal challenges to the project.
After The Times reported on the legislation, Los Angeles Mayor Karen Bass and the City Council publicly opposed it, asking a state Assembly committee to strip the language that would have benefited the gondola project or kill the bill entirely.
On Friday, the committee stripped the language and moved ahead with the remainder of the bill, which is designed to expedite transit projects in California. Under the now-removed language, future legal challenges to certain Los Angeles transit projects would have been limited to 12 months.
The language of the bill did not cite any specific project, but a staff report called the gondola proposal “one project that would benefit.”
A court fight over Metro’s approval of the environmental impact report for the project is at 17 months and counting.
In a letter to state legislators in which she shared the council resolution opposing the language in question, City Councilwoman Eunisses Hernandez said the language would amount to “carve outs” from a worthy bill in order to ease challenges to “a billionaire’s private project.”
McCourt, the former Dodgers owner, first proposed a gondola from Union Station to Dodger Stadium in 2018. The project requires approvals from four public agencies, including the City Council, which is expected to consider the gondola after the completion of a city-commissioned Dodger Stadium traffic study next year.
Apple is preparing to launch its next generation of smartphones, the iPhone 17 series, on September 9, 2025. The company has officially announced its “Awe Dropping” event, which will begin at 10:30 pm IST at the Steve Jobs Theatre in Cupertino.
This year’s iPhones are expected to mark one of the biggest upgrades in recent years. From a redesigned body and a new chipset to advanced cameras and a slimmer model, the iPhone 17 lineup could set a new benchmark for Apple.
iPhone 17 series models
The iPhone 17 family is expected to include four models. These are the iPhone 17 Pro Max, iPhone 17 Pro, iPhone 17, and a brand-new slim variant called iPhone 17 Air. The slim model is said to use an aluminum frame, offering a lighter and thinner profile compared to the Pro versions that rely on titanium.
This approach suggests Apple wants to appeal to different types of users. The Pro line will continue to target performance-focused buyers, while the Air model may attract those who prefer a sleek and lightweight device.
iPhone 17 colours
Apple’s invite design hints at a fresh set of colours for the new iPhones. iPhone 17 Pro models reportedly may arrive in black, white, gray, dark blue, and orange. The standard iPhone 17 lineup may include black, white, pewter grey, green, pink, and light blue options.
The colour palette is expected to offer both professional tones and bold shades, giving users more choice than in the past.
Leaks suggest that Apple may slightly lower the placement of the Apple logo on the iPhone 17 Pro models. This adjustment may also lead to changes in the arrangement of the MagSafe magnets on the back of the phone.
The Pro models are also rumored to shift from titanium back to aluminum frames. A larger rectangular camera bump with rounded corners may appear on the rear panel, although the triangular layout of the lenses will likely stay the same.
For the first time, all four models are expected to feature ProMotion displays with a 120Hz refresh rate. This technology, previously limited to Pro versions, delivers smoother scrolling and better video playback.
These displays are likely to be LTPO OLED panels. While this allows for always-on display functionality, it is still uncertain whether Apple will offer that feature on every model or restrict it to the Pro lineup.
iPhone 17 performance
The upcoming iPhones are likely to be powered by the A19 Pro chipset. Built on TSMC’s 3nm process, this chip promises faster performance along with better efficiency.
In addition, Apple is expected to upgrade memory across the lineup to 12GB RAM. This change would support more demanding applications, seamless multitasking, and advanced Apple Intelligence features.
iPhone 17 camera upgrades
One of the most significant improvements may be in the camera department. All iPhone 17 models are expected to feature a 24 megapixel front camera, doubling the resolution of the iPhone 16 series. This will enable sharper selfies and more detailed video calls.
On the rear, the iPhone 17 Pro Max is expected to include three 48 megapixel sensors covering Wide, Ultra Wide, and a Tetraprism Telephoto lens. It may also support 8K video recording. The standard iPhone 17 may carry a dual-lens setup, while the slim iPhone 17 Air is likely to feature a single 48 megapixel sensor.
iPhone 17 Pro exclusive features
The Pro models are also rumored to include a mechanical aperture system, giving users manual control over light entry and depth of field. This would be a first for Apple’s smartphones.
Other Pro-only features may include dual video recording, where users can capture footage from both front and rear cameras at once, as well as the continuation of 5x telephoto zoom which will not be offered on the standard or Air versions.
A video shared on Instagram on August 28 by China Insider captures a moment of surprise and revelation as travellers share how their regular-looking hotel room opens up to an unexpected and impressive lobby. “Pov (point of view): the rooms of this hotel don’t match its lobby,” the text on the video reads. Also read | This Rajasthani hotel is the only Indian property on World’s Best 50 Hotel list. Take a tour
Penglai Wencheng Castle Hotel is a unique accommodation option located on China’s coast. (Pics courtesy: China Insider)
‘That living in a Netflix period drama energy’
The accompanying caption shares details of the hotel with Gothic style architecture and stunning sea views, reportedly located in Penglai, Shandong. It reads: “When you tell your parents you’re booking a hotel in Shandong and then pull up to this castle. Welcome to Wencheng Castle Hotel in Penglai — a full-on Baroque fantasy dropped on China’s coast. Think grand staircases, fresco ceilings, and chandeliers so extra they could pay your rent for 10 years.”
It adds, “This place isn’t just looks: it’s got a 5,000 square metre wine cellar (2,000+ wines), insane sea-view rooms where you can watch the sunrise over the East China Sea, and it even popped up in movies like Hello Mr Billionaire. Sure, some guests say the service can feel a bit… medieval. But if you’re here for the vibes, photos, or that ‘living in a Netflix period drama’ energy — it’s worth a stay.”
Reactions on social media
The post about the hotel in China garnered significant attention on Instagram. A comment read, “Do they automatically play Lana Del Rey when you open the door?” An Instagram user also said, “They didn’t have enough money so they spent it all on the outside. No penny left to make the rooms luxury like the outside.”
Another said: “I visited this castle in Shandong, not far from Shanghai. When you are outside, you feel like a princess, but inside the room it’s different.” Someone also commented, “Visited Guangzhou and this was exactly the vibe. I wonder if it’s every hotel in China.”
On travel sites, such as Trip.com, guests praised the hotel’s stunning views, cosy rooms, and friendly staff. However, some mentioned issues with cleanliness, maintenance, and noise levels.
Note to readers: This report is based on user-generated content from social media. HT.com has not independently verified the claims and does not endorse them.
An imminent Call of Duty update will seemingly address a big problem that has been plaguing the game for quite some time.
According to a new report, the next update for Call of Duty on PS5 will reduce the HQ file size by a staggering 101GB.
With Call of Duty and its various game modes (including Warzone) taking up enormous amounts of storage space, the update will be well received by fans, especially with a busy period of new releases on the horizon.
As you can see from the ModernWarzone tweet above, the update will reduce the Call of Duty HQ file size from 126GB to just 25GB.
PS4 users will also benefit from a reduction, with the update reducing the file size by a less impressive 19GB.
This means Call of Duty HQ on PS4 will be reduced from 81GB to 62GB in total.
Fans in the comments seem pretty happy by the news, calling it a “huge” announcement and suggesting that publisher Activision is scared of Battlefield 6.
One user speculates: “They pulling out all the tricks because of BF.”
Another writes: “Maybe they’re actually starting to care about players again for the first time in about 7 years.”
It’s unclear when the update will be released, although fingers crossed it’s before the launch of games like Borderlands 4 and Battlefield 6.
The new update will certainly be available before the launch of Black Ops 7, which actually sounds like it will do something different compared to previous releases.
The co-op campaign features endgame content that sees players team up to tackle “overwhelming odds”.
“As you push deeper into the story, you’ll master new abilities to deploy in the Campaign’s epic Endgame, where you’ll reach new levels of power to survive overwhelming odds in a brand-new PvE experience,” reads the official description.
“This is the culmination of the Co-Op Campaign, where each Endgame run is a new step in the power journey as your squad is forced to adapt under pressure throughout all of Avalon.”
Progression from the campaign also transfers over to Warzone and multiplayer (and vice-versa), meaning you can upgrade weapons and complete player challenges in the story mode.
The Volvo ES90 electric liftback is available to order now, ahead of first customer deliveries beginning in early 2026.
Volvo says it’s a cross between a sedan, fastback and SUV, but its Australian website simply classifies it as a sedan.
It’s also now Volvo’s only model with a sedan-like shape on the Australian market, following the demise of the S60 earlier this year, as well as Volvo’s only passenger car in an otherwise all-SUV lineup.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
It’s launching here only in single-motor rear-wheel drive guise with a 92kWh battery, so for now Aussies miss out on the dual-motor all-wheel drive and larger battery options offered overseas.
The ES90 uses an 800V electrical architecture and rides the SPA2 platform that underpins the EX90 electric SUV.
Comparing list prices, the ES90 opens at $88,880 before statutory on-road charges, and therefore costs thousands less than the Mercedes-Benz EQE300 ($135,200), Genesis Electrified G80 ($155,000) and BMW i5 ($155,900).
Pricing
Model
Price before on-road costs
2026 Volvo ES90 Plus Single Motor
$88,880
2026 Volvo ES90 Ultra Single Motor
$107,990
Drivetrains and Efficiency
Volvo claims it takes 22 minutes to charge the ES90 from 10 to 80 per cent using a 300kW DC fast-charger.
Specifications
Volvo ES90
Drivetrain
Single electric motor
Battery
92kWh
Power
245kW
Torque
480Nm
Drive type
Rear-wheel drive
Weight
2410kg
0-100km/h (claimed)
6.6 seconds
Energy consumption (claimed)
18.5kWh/100km
Claimed range (WLTP)
554km
Max AC charge rate
11kW
Braked towing capacity
1600kg
Dimensions
Dimensions
Volvo ES90
Length
5000mm
Width
1942mm (excl. mirrors) or 2054mm (mirrors folded)
Height
1550mm
Wheelbase
3102mm
Cargo capacity – rear
446L (rear seats up) or 1427L (rear seats folded)
Cargo capacity – under bonnet
27L
Servicing and Warranty
Volvo backs its cars in Australia with a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty. EV batteries are backed by a separate eight-year, 160,000km warranty.
Service pricing has yet to be announced.
Safety
The Volvo ES90 is yet to be assessed by ANCAP or Euro NCAP.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Autonomous emergency braking
Pedestrian and cyclist detection
Intersection assist
Blind-spot monitoring
Driver attention monitoring
Front cross-traffic assist
Lane-keep assist
Pedestrian and cyclist steering avoidance
Pilot Assist (adaptive cruise control + lane centring)
Rear cross-traffic assist
Rear occupant detection (radar-based)
Safe exit warning
Surround-view camera with 3D view
Traffic sign recognition
Standard Equipment
There are two trim levels in the local ES90 lineup.
The Plus comes standard with the following equipment:
20-inch alloy wheels
Adaptive suspension
Automatic LED headlights
Automatic high-beam
Headlight washers
Digital Key Plus
NFC smart card key
Rain-sensing wipers
Heated wiper blades
Power tailgate
Fixed panoramic glass roof
14.5-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Google built-in (includes embedded Google Maps, Google Assistant and Google Play Store)
Wireless Apple CarPlay
DAB+ digital radio
Head-up display
Power-adjustable steering column
Heated, leatherette-wrapped steering wheel
Birch inlays
Nordico leatherette upholstery
8-way power driver’s seat with memory
Heating
Memory
Manually adjustable thigh extender
4-way lumbar
8-way power passenger seat
Manually adjustable thigh extender
4-way lumbar
14-speaker Bose sound system
Wireless phone charger
Four-zone climate control
Heat pump
Rear centre armrest
The Ultra adds:
22-inch alloy wheels
Active air suspension
Pixel LED headlights with adaptive high-beam
Electrochromic panoramic fixed glass roof
Illuminated door handles
25-speaker 1610W Bowers & Wilkins sound system
Light Ash inlays
Ventilated Nordico or Nappa leather upholstery
Massaging front seats
Ventilated front seats
Ventilated rear seats
Power reclining rear seats
Rear ‘lounge’ centre armrest
Options
Options on the Plus include:
Electrochromic panoramic glass roof
25-speaker Bowers & Wilkins sound system
Ventilated Nordico leatherette upholstery
Colours
The ES90 can be had in a range of exterior paint colours, all of which come at no extra cost.
The palette comprises:
Mulberry Red
Sand Dune
Denim Blue
Onyx Black
Crystal White
Aurora Silver
Vapour Grey
A Charcoal interior is standard on the Plus, with the following colourways available with the optional ventilated Nordico upholstery:
Charcoal
Cardamom/Charcoal
Dawn
These colourways are also offered with Nappa leather upholstery in the Ultra.
Here’s Reliance Chairman Mukesh Ambani’s Full Address To Shareholders During 48th RIL AGM.
Mukesh Ambani speaks at 48th RIL AGM.
Mukesh Ambani’s Full Speech At RIL AGM 2025: Reliance Industries Chairman Mukesh Ambani on Friday announced key growth initiatives at the company’s 48th AGM, including a timeline for Jio’s IPO, the launch of a new AI-focused subsidiary ‘Reliance Intelligence’, and partnerships with Google and Meta to accelerate India’s artificial intelligence ecosystem.
Here’s Mukesh Ambani’s Full Address To Shareholders During 48th RIL AGM.
“My Dear Shareowners,
Namaste, and a very warm welcome to the 48th Annual General Meeting of Reliance Industries Limited.
We meet today on the most auspicious occasion of Ganesh Chaturthi. Lord Ganesh has arrived in our homes and in pandals on our streets. Let us begin this meeting by seeking the blessings of Bhagwan Ganesh – for you, your families, the entire Reliance Parivar, and for all the people of India and the world.
Friends,
The global economy today is navigating through an era of great uncertainty. Geopolitical tensions are rising, volatility is persistent, and predictability is scarce.
The world is realising that conflict produces no winners, whereas co-operation ensures shared prosperity. When nations co-operate, trade flows freely, investments flourish and everyone wins.
In today’s inter-dependent world, the prosperity of each country is inseparably linked to the prosperity of all. Paradoxically, while uncertainty surrounds us, humanity also stands at the threshold of a golden age in the 21 century – an age defined no longer by scarcity, but by super-abundance and super-affordability for all eight billion people on this planet.
This has become possible because of the convergence of three powerful technological transformations:
· Breakthroughs in Clean Energy are unlocking a future of abundance, sustainability, and security, raising hopes for overcoming the climate crisis.
· Breakthroughs in Genomics promise dramatic improvements in cure of diseases, longevity, and overall health.
· Breakthroughs in Artificial Intelligence and allied Deep Technologies have already begun to boost productivity, efficiency and human potential to unimaginable levels.
Owing to its miraculous power, AI can now be called the new Kamdhenu – the divine wish-fulfilling cow of our age.
At Reliance, we see these three convergent transformations not as distant possibilities, but as immediate opportunities for India. Therefore, we are building the world’s most advanced Clean Energy ecosystems. We are expanding into the frontiers of Digital Health, Life Sciences and Genomics. And we are developing AI as a new growth engine, besides embedding AI across all our businesses – from retail to telecom, from energy to entertainment.
India, with its scale, talent, and entrepreneurial spirit, is uniquely positioned to lead in this new era of AI, Clean Energy, and Genomics. And Reliance has positioned itself confidently to lead our nation’s mission to ensure that abundance and affordability become the birthright of every Indian.
This is our solemn promise.
Friends,
The possibilities created by these new technologies are staggering. The global GDP, at $110 trillion today, has the potential to reach $500 trillion within the next 25-30 years.
Imagine, in our own lifetime, we can end poverty globally and ensure that every human being has access to all basic needs. For this vision to be realised, it is our hope that the world leaders choose co-operation over conflict, dialogue over discord, and win-win agreements over zero-sum rivalries.
Despite geopolitical uncertainty, one truth is crystal clear. India is on the rise, and India’s rise is unstoppable. Today, India already ranks among the world’s top four global economies.
Under the determined leadership of our visionary Prime Minister, Shri Narendrabhai Modiji, India’s GDP is growing faster than all major economies. With the right set of reforms, advanced manufacturing capabilities, and a national priority on Deep Tech, our economy can grow at 10% annually.
This will mean that the per capita income of Indians could rise 4-5 times within the next two decades, making India not just a prosperous nation but also a more equal nation.
More importantly, India need not copy any foreign model. We have the ability, and the responsibility, to create an India-first model of development.
This model will use Deep Tech to bring prosperity and security to India, improve the quality of life of each and every Indian, and protect the environment. This model will also harmonise technology with democracy, economy with culture, spirituality with science, and national aspirations with friendship across all nations.
This is the collective dream of nearly 1.5 billion Indians – to build a nation that leads with both prosperity and compassion. This, my dear shareholders, is the Indian Dream.
Dear Shareholders,
As Reliance approaches the close of its Golden Decade, we rededicate ourselves to the rapid realisation of this Indian Dream. We are resolutely transforming our operating model to become a Deep-Tech company with advanced manufacturing capabilities. We are making every one of our businesses AI-native, positioning them for hyper-growth.
Our corporate philosophy of “We Care” compels us to continuously improve the quality of our products and services in ways that promote the wellbeing of both People and Planet. Our operating model is now led more by innovation than capital intensity. That is why we are attracting and empowering super-talented young leaders who will drive the next wave of value creation with bold innovations.
Reliance has never rested on its past laurels. Our Founder and Forever Guide, Shri Dhirubhai Ambani, instilled in us a DNA of relentless reinvention and reimagination. Again and again, we will reimagine and re-engineer ourselves to create greater wealth for our nation and higher value for society.
This is my solemn commitment to you.
Business & Financial Performance
Dear Shareholders,
I am happy to share with you the details of yet another stellar year of business and financial performance, achieved in spite of multiple challenges.
In FY-25, Reliance delivered record consolidated revenue of Rs 10,71,174 crore ($125.3 billion), becoming India’s first-ever company to cross $125 billion in annual revenues.
Reliance’s EBITDA stood at Rs 1,83,422 crore ($21.5 billion) and net profit grew to ₹81,309 crore ($9.5 billion).
Reliance’s exports were ₹2,83,719 crore ($33.2 billion), contributing 7.6% of India’s total merchandise exports.
Your company invested cumulatively ₹5.6 lakh crore ($65.5 billion) over the last three years.
And it remains the single largest contributor to the national exchequer, contributing Rs 2,10,269 crore ($24.6 billion) in FY-25. In the last six years, Reliance’s contribution to national exchequer has crossed Rs 10 lakh crore ($117.0 billion).
I am also proud to report that Reliance’s CSR spending in FY-25 rose to ₹2,156 crore ($252 million). Our cumulative CSR expenditure over the last three years has crossed ₹5,000 crore ($585 million).
This is a clear reflection of our unwavering commitment towards creating a societal impact.
Friends,
Employment generation for India’s talented youth is a national priority. It is also a priority for Reliance.
Globally, the dynamics of employment are undergoing a shift towards flexibility, driven mainly by AI and automation. Reliance has also adopted modern engagement formats that combine opportunities for upskilling, entrepreneurial drive, job satisfaction, and higher earning potential.
Today, our conventional and non-conventional workforce has grown to nearly 6.8 lakh people. I see this growing to more than 10 lakh people over the next few years. It gives me immense satisfaction to say that we rank among the most admired employers and largest job creators in India.
Reliance continues to lead across every key growth parameter – revenues, profitability, exports, market value, investments, contribution to the exchequer, and societal impact. I am confident that Reliance will keep breaking its own records in business performance next year and beyond.
Digital Services
Dear Friends,
Let me begin by sharing with you the impressive performance of our digital business. Just a week from now, Jio will enter its 10th year of service to the nation. Looking back, these years have been the most glorious in India’s digital history.
Today, I am proud to share with you that the Jio family has crossed 500 million customers. The 500-million milestone is a symbol of your unwavering trust and support. I offer my heartfelt gratitude to each and every one of you.
I have heard people say: “Jio changed my life”, and “I love Jio”. But I say from my heart: “Actually, each and every Indian built Jio by simply making it a part of their lives.”
Let me present a short video of our Jio journey – how 500 million Indians made Jio.
Friends,
Jio was conceived at a time when India’s road to digital transformation was blocked. Prohibitive data prices, poor connectivity, and poorer speeds had stifled the digital aspirations of Indians. That is when we said, “This must end.” And Jio ended India’s digital poverty within a few years.
Jio’s bold Deep-Tech initiatives sparked India’s technological revolution and became the backbone of our Prime Minister’s Digital India Mission. Let me mention only five major achievements of Jio, which were previously unimaginable:
· First, Jio made voice calls free from anywhere to everywhere in India.
· Second, Jio made it a habit for common Indians to watch videos on their mobile and do digital payments, also through mobiles.
· Third, Jio laid the foundation for India’s Digital Public Infrastructure such as Aadhaar, UPI, Jan Dhan, Direct Bank Transfer, and empowered a confident new generation.
· Fourth, Jio enabled creation of the world’s third-largest startup ecosystem in India comprising over 100 unicorns.
· Fifth, Jio’s nationwide 5G rollout, the fastest in the world, has laid the foundation for the AI revolution in India.
Dear Shareholders,
As a result of these achievements, the financial performance of Jio is scaling new heights with every passing year.
Jio’s revenue was Rs 1,28,218 crore ($15.0 billion), a growth of 17% YoY in FY-25; and EBITDA was Rs 64,170 crore ($7.5 billion). These figures are a testimony to the enormous value Jio has already created, and even greater value it is destined to create.
Today, it is my proud privilege to announce that Jio is making all arrangements to file for its IPO. We are aiming to list Jio by the first-half of 2026, subject to all necessary approvals.
I assure you that this will demonstrate that Jio is capable of creating the same quantum of value like our global counterparts. I am sure that it will be a very attractive opportunity for all investors.
Friends,
Jio’s plans for the future are even more ambitious. They rest on five assurances:
· One: Jio will connect every Indian on mobile and home broadband.
· Two: Jio will equip every Indian home with digital services such as Jio Smart Home, JioTV+, Jio TV OS, and seamless automation.
· Three: Jio will digitise every Indian business and enterprise with simple, scalable, and secure platforms.
· Four: Jio will herald the AI revolution in India. Our motto is AI Everywhere for Everyone.
· Five: Jio will expand its operations outside India, taking our home-grown technology to people around the world.
I am extremely confident that the path ahead for Jio is even brighter than its journey so far…
We are proud of Akash and the entire Jio leadership team for their achievements. I am sure that you will surpass your successes in the future.
Dear Friends,
Disney, which is amongst the largest entertainment companies globally, has partnered with Reliance to form JioStar…
We look forward to a very strong partnership with Disney.
Dear Shareholders,
Let me update you on our news and current affairs business.
Network18 is pioneering disruptive models with a sharp focus on credible journalism, creative content, and innovation.
Moneycontrol has consolidated its leadership as India’s largest platform for business news, financial markets data, and investment analytics.
With over one million paid subscribers, Moneycontrol Pro ranks among the top 15 subscription platforms globally, alongside The Wall Street Journal and The New York Times.
Firstpost is growing rapidly as India’s digital-first global view of the world, with a strong presence across platforms. In May this year, it recorded over 400 million video views, becoming the most-viewed Indian English news channel on YouTube globally. It is now India’s first truly global news brand for geopolitics, strategic affairs, culture, and lifestyle. In the coming year, Firstpost will expand further with new bureaus in key world capitals.
Network18 continues to lead with CNN-News18, the No. 1 general news channel for three consecutive years.
CNBC-TV18 has retained its leadership in business news for more than two decades, with an overwhelming market share. With CNBC-TV18 Prime and CNBC-TV18 Access, it is delivering premium content to CXOs and decisionmakers nationwide. It is now looking beyond India for global mindshare, market share, and revenue share, delivering delight across screens and platforms.
I am counting on the leadership team at Network18 to carry the flag of Indian journalism around the world.
Reliance Intelligence
Dear Shareholders,
I am proud that Artificial Intelligence is already at the heart of Reliance’s transformation into a Deep-Tech enterprise. To bring even more focus and speed to this agenda, today, it is my great pleasure and privilege to announce the formation of a new wholly-owned subsidiary called Reliance Intelligence.
This new company is conceived with four clear missions:
· First, to house India’s next-generation AI infrastructure. Reliance Intelligence will build gigawatt-scale, AI-ready data centres, powered by green energy and engineered for training and inference at national scale. Work has already begun on the gigawatt-scale, AI-ready data centres in Jamnagar. These facilities will be delivered in phases aligned to India’s growing needs, powered by Reliance’s new-energy ecosystem, and custom-made for AI training and inference.
· Second, to house global partnerships. Reliance Intelligence will bring the world’s best tech-companies and open-source communities together with Reliance’s deep-domain expertise and execution strength, to deliver performance leadership, resilient supply, and India-first compliance for AI.
· Third, to build AI services for India. Reliance Intelligence will deliver trusted, easy-to-use AI services for consumers, small businesses, and enterprises, and solutions for sectors of national importance such as Education, Healthcare, and Agriculture. The services will be reliable at scale and affordable for every Indian.
· Fourth, to house talent for AI. Reliance Intelligence will create a home for world-class researchers, engineers, designers, and product builders, combining the speed of research with the rigour of engineering, so that ideas become innovations and applications, providing solutions to India and the world.
Friends,
Today, I am delighted to announce a deeper, holistic partnership for AI with our long-standing partner, Google. Through this partnership, we are marrying Reliance’s proven capability to build world-class assets and execute at India’s scale with Google’s leading cloud and AI technologies, so that developers, start-ups, and enterprises can innovate faster, operate more securely, and reach every corner of India…
Dear Shareholders,
Today, I am also pleased to unveil a new, India-focused AI joint venture with our close partner, Meta. Together, we want to pair the power of open-source AI with Reliance’s deep domain knowledge across industries.
That is why, we are forming a dedicated joint venture with Meta to combine open models and tools with our execution in Energy, Retail, Telecom, Media, and Manufacturing, and to deliver sovereign, enterprise-ready AI for India…
Our joint venture with Meta is a game-changer for Indian enterprises and for sectors of national importance. It will bring transparency, portability, and community-driven progress; enable sovereign hosting and governance within India; and lower inference costs while raising safety and trust, so that adoption accelerates from pilot to production across the economy.
Dear Friends,
Another exciting frontier for AI is Robotics, especially Humanoid Robotics. Astonishing advances are taking place in this field. Intelligent automation will transform factories into adaptive production systems, warehouses into autonomous supply chains, and hospitals into centres of precision care.
We are investing to make India a leader in human-centric robotics powered by AI, creating new types of industries and services, new types of agriculture, new types of jobs, and attractive new opportunities for our youth.
Dear Shareholders,
A decade ago, digital services became a new growth engine for Reliance. Now, the opportunity before us with AI is just as large, if not larger.
Jio promised and delivered digital everywhere and for every Indian. Similarly, Reliance Intelligence promises to deliver AI everywhere for every Indian.
With Reliance Intelligence and our strong partnerships, green infrastructure, and India-first governance, we are building for the next decade with confidence and ambition. I am excited about what we will achieve, and I look forward to keeping you updated on our progress in the coming years.
Retail Business
Dear Shareholders,
It fills me with immense pride to stand before you today and speak about one of the most impactful growth journeys in modern India – the journey of Reliance Retail.
We have today, India’s most advanced, scalable, and inclusive retail ecosystem, delivering the highest quality and widest choice at affordable prices across the country. And it is amongst the fastest growing retailers globally, with scale and depth that is unparalleled in the world. Reliance Retail is now ready to write the next chapter of super growth
Reliance Consumer Products Limited (RCPL) had an outstanding growth in just the first year of operations. It has achieved a turnover of Rs 11,500 crore ($1.4 billion), making it the fastest-growing FMCG company ever. It is bringing some of India’s most loved brands like Campa to the consumers in a new avatar, making everyone love them once again…
Dear Shareholders,
Let us applaud Isha and the entire Retail Team for their superlative achievements. Isha has presented a truly ambitious growth path for our Retail and Consumer Products businesses. We will achieve these ambitious goals by riding India’s growth wave, powered by technology, and driven by our passion to create products that inspire loyalty and love.
Dear Shareholders,
Now we turn to our energy business…
Let me congratulate the entire leadership team of Energy Business for their operational excellence in challenging times. I am sure that they will set global benchmarks in executing all their projects, making New Energy a large growth engine for Reliance…
Reliance Foundation
What Reliance Foundation has achieved in the past 15 years is, of course, highly impressive. But you have raised the bar higher by aiming to amplify its impact five-fold by 2035, when Reliance Foundation celebrates its Silver Jubilee. More power to you and your highly motivated team.
Value Creation Roadmap
Dear Shareowners,
I shall now share with you our Value Creation Roadmap for the coming year and beyond.
It is with immense pride – and even greater humility and gratitude – that I look back on our shared extraordinary journey of value creation over the past five decades. In just one generation, Reliance has transformed itself from a Fortune 1000 company to a Fortune 40 global powerhouse, creating over $200 billion in value – all within India.
We have achieved this by staying true to the First Principles I have often shared with you:
· One, what is good for India is good for Reliance.
· Two, build businesses of the future.
· Three, build them world-class, and at mega scale – the largest and most competitive globally, with the highest standards of governance.
· Four, invest in world-class talent and cutting-edge technologies.
Faithful adherence to these principles has been our value-creation dharma.
Dear Shareholders,
As I look to the future, I see our O2C business achieving substantial growth and delivering stable returns as geopolitical tensions subside. I also see rapid, innovation-driven growth in our materials business. We are well-positioned to produce high-value green fuels and chemicals which India and the world will need.
Our New and Clean Energy business is being built with a singular purpose: to make India self-sufficient in energy, and to resolve India’s energy trilemma of security, affordability, and sustainability through world-scale giga manufacturing, through round-the-clock renewable electricity, and through green fuels and chemicals at global scale.
This goal may look impossible to achieve now. But we are laying a robust foundation for our country’s energy transition so that freedom from imports can be achieved by the time India celebrates 100 years of independence in 2047.
I am sure that our New Energy business will be a major driver of growth for many decades, with the potential to become as big as our Oil-to-Chemicals business within the next 5-7 years. In scale, ambition, and impact, it will surpass everything Reliance has done so far. It will create unprecedented, perpetual value for both India and Reliance.
Dear Shareholders,
Jio today is the largest data company globally. Its multiple inherent strengths guarantee accelerated growth. All of Jio’s 500 million – and growing – subscribers will move to 5G and eventually 6G by 2030. Jio’s home and enterprise digital services businesses are growing at phenomenal speed.
Reliance Retail, now synonymous with the consumption basket of over 300 million Indians every month, is another testament to our ability to create hyper-value. In just five years, it has leap-frogged from the Top-100 to the Top-25 global retailers – powered by an unbeatable physical-digital-B2B network that reaches every corner of India.
Retail will continue to grow in both B2B and B2C spaces with our customer-centric, omni-channel strategy. I can clearly see its revenues grow multifold in the coming years.
This year, I announced the creation of two new large growth engines –RCPL and Reliance Intelligence. Each of them has the potential to grow larger than our existing business segments.
RCPL, as a subsidiary of RIL, is a strategic move to create India’s largest FMCG company. RCPL’s phenomenal growth is guaranteed by the consumption boom in India, our world-class supply chain, and advanced manufacturing capabilities.
Our new Intelligence business will drive the AI revolution in India. This will enable Indians to adopt AI at scale and make our country a global force in AI.
Recognising these strengths, Gartner, the globally reputed technology research and advisory firm, has ranked Reliance Industries alongside Microsoft, Amazon, Google, Meta, and Alibaba, stating that these entities are the new superpowers, and are “setting the terms for the next global economy”.
Dear Shareholders,
Our value creation philosophy is deeply rooted in our work culture. The work culture of Reliance is guided by a wise principle Mahatma Gandhi propagated nearly a century ago: “A customer is the most important visitor on our premises. He is not dependent on us. We are dependent on him.”
With this principle, we have fundamentally changed the operating model of all our consumer-facing businesses – we do not sell, we serve. Our engagement with customers, suppliers, and partners is not transaction-based – it is trust-based, and therefore enduring.
The national wealth, employment, and societal impact created by our businesses and philanthropic initiatives are already so huge that they make me both humble and proud.
But the best of Reliance is yet to come. In 2022, I made a promise that we will double Reliance by the end of our Golden Decade in 2028. At that time, our EBITDA was about Rs 1.25 lakh crore ($14.6 billion). I reiterate that Reliance will more than double its EBITDAby the end of its Golden Decade.
Thank you for your trust, your partnership, and your belief in our shared vision.
Institutional Strengthening
Dear Friends,
At Reliance, we believe that institutional longevity and perpetual growth are guaranteed only by constant self-renewal.
This demands four elements:
· A deep bench of capable leadership at all levels
· Unshakable core values
· A resilient work culture
· A never-changing commitment to the original purpose of the organisation
We are strengthening all four – deliberately and decisively.
A major milestone in this journey has been the evolution of our next-generation leaders – Isha, Akash, and Anant – who have now completed two transformative years on the Board of Reliance Industries.
Fully embedded in operations and decision-making, they are shaping our businesses with energy, conviction, and clarity of purpose. Under the mentorship of senior leaders and independent directors, they are becoming the kind of leaders this era demands – agile, accountable, ambitious, empathetic, and consultative. They are supported by hundreds of young leaders in their 30s and 40s, with domain expertise and the same passion and ambition that built Reliance.
Friends,
Leadership development at Reliance is not a programme, but a foundational strategy. We have institutionalised systems to identify high-potential talent across businesses, empowering them with responsibilities, global exposure, and AI tools to lead boldly in the complex world of today.
We are also constantly perfecting our HR practices to enrich our People Capital. I want everyone at Reliance to feel the pride of being part of the Reliance Parivar, united by a commitment to serve India and the larger humanity.
As Reliance, what sets us apart – and grounds us – are the virtues of Purpose, Philosophy, Passion, and Pioneering Spirit of our Founding Chairman, Shri Dhirubhai Ambani. His legacy continues to guide us as we innovate and grow, ensuring we stay rooted in our Indian identity and values.
As India accelerates into her next horizon, so must Reliance. Expectations are rising from all quarters – our people, partners, our country, as well as the international community. We are not just preparing for that future. We are shaping it.
Conclusion
Dear Shareholders,
It has been my privilege to serve your company since its inception and to attend every single AGM of Reliance for the past 48 years. This has given me the opportunity to watch, and participate in, every phase of Reliance’s evolution.
I have also witnessed India’s incredible journey in these five decades ─ from a “Third World” country to one now on the threshold of becoming a First World Power.
The most important lesson this journey has taught us is that there is no substitute for economic strength. This lesson is reinforced by recent geopolitical developments. India must gain greater economic strength ─ and do so with a sense of urgency.
Our Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi ji, rightly exhorted us in his Independence Day speech that the yardstick of aatma samman – self-respect is atma nirbharata – self-reliance. India must become self-reliant to the maximum extent in key technologies, critical industries, and other vital sectors of the global economy.
Throughout our history, Reliance has contributed to this mission of building a strong India, a Balwaan Bharat. I assure our respected Prime Minister that Reliance will follow his command with redoubled efforts.
However, the magnitude of the challenge is so large that all Indian businesses must work together with unity as a grand coalition – in the spirit of cooperation, mutual learning, and mutual support.
I had made this suggestion in last year’s AGM, and I repeat it today. There is strength in unity and collective endeavour. And this is what the nation today expects from its business community.
Acknowledgements
On behalf of all our shareholders, I extend my heartfelt thanks to our Board of Directors for their guidance and oversight.
My deepest appreciation goes to all our employees – our greatest asset – whose dedication and commitment have enabled the company to reach new heights.
I also thank our business partners for their unwavering support in delivering quality solutions.
Above all, I remain profoundly grateful to India and all Indians for their enduring faith in Brand Reliance.
Thank you, Jai Hind, and Jai Shri Krishna!”
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h…Read More
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to personal finance, markets, economy and companies. Having over a decade of experience in financial journalism, Haris h… Read More
News business Jio IPO, AI Push, Google & Meta Tie-Ups: Full Text Of Mukesh Ambani’s Speech At 48th RIL AGM
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Ripple Labs-backed XRP dropped as much as 6% on Friday during the mid North American session to hit a range low of about $2.77. The large-cap altcoin, with a fully diluted valuation of about $281.6 billion, dropped in tandem with the wider crypto market led by Bitcoin (BTC) and Ethereum (ETH).
As a result of the sudden XRP price drop today, around $22.7 million was liquidated from leveraged traders, with the majority involving long positions.
XRP Dumps Amid Renewed Institutional Demand
Since the official closure of the Ripple vs SEC case, institutional investors have proliferated into the XRP market. Earlier on Friday, Amplify, an asset manager with over $12 billion in assets under management, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to offer an XRP option income ETF.
According to the SEC filing, the fund will invest at least 80% of its capital in financial instruments exposed to XRP. The fund manager plans to list the shares of its XRP option income ETF on the Cboe BZX exchange. Amplify joins a growing list of fund managers seeking to offer spot XRP ETFs in the United States.
The XRP market has dumped alongside the wider crypto market even after CME Group reported earlier this week a significant demand in its XRP futures. Worth noting that the XRP futures on CME were the fastest of the kind to cross $1 billion in just over three months.
What’s Next?
According to Peter Brandt, a highly experienced futures market trader, the XRP price has lost crucial support levels, which could lead to further correction in the near term. According to his analysis, XRP price could drop as much as $2.39 if the support level around $2.78 is lost in the coming days.
I post what I see. I assume strong opinions — always weakly held. I am wrong as often as I am right. If you are offended by my charts, then that is your problem The chart of XRP is potentially very negative pic.twitter.com/r7PjhCSK1A
The midterm bearish sentiment for XRP will, however, be invalidated if the asset consistently closes above an established falling logarithmic trend in the daily timeframe. Additionally, XRP price needs to regain the 50-day Moving Average Simple (SMA) as a support level.
Lt Gen MD Venkatesh, Vice Chancellor of MAHE, inaugurates the Department of AI in Healthcare at Kasturba Medical College in Manipal.
Kasturba Medical College (KMC), Manipal, a constituent unit of Manipal Academy of Higher Education (MAHE), has launched the Department of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Healthcare.
Inaugurating the department, Lt Gen MD Venkatesh, Vice Chancellor of MAHE, said the future of healthcare is inextricably linked with technology.
“This department is not just a new academic unit; it is a statement of our commitment to leading healthcare revolution. It will require a collective, interdisciplinary effort to position MAHE as nation’s pioneer in translating AI research into real-world clinical practice,” he said.
Sharath K Rao, Pro Vice-Chancellor (Health Sciences), MAHE, said MAHE envisions a 360-degree implementation of AI across healthcare spectrum.
“This goes beyond diagnostics and treatment to fundamentally reshape medical education itself, fostering AI literacy in all our student community,” he said.
Anil K Bhat, Dean, KMC Manipal and Senior Advisor for the department, said Department of AI in Healthcare will advance research, education, and clinical applications by building interdisciplinary expertise by uniting medicine, engineering, and data science. It will translate AI research into real-world solutions for diagnosis, treatment, education, and public health; and train the next generation of healthcare-AI leaders in areas such as predictive analytics, medical imaging, personalised medicine, and decision support systems, he said.
The department aims to introduce MSc and Integrated MSc-PhD programmes in AI, alongside courses to upskill its faculty and students. “We will actively foster collaborative research and innovation projects with external partners and industry. Our ultimate focus will be on initiatives with direct societal impact, driving meaningful reforms in patient care and medical education,” he said.
The iPhone 16 series dropped last year with the same US prices as the iPhone 15 series. But the iPhone 17 might come with the first price increase in years.
James Martin/CNET
Apple will announce new iPhone 17 phones at its annual fall event on Sept. 9, showing off new features of iOS 26, possible camera updates and new case designs, all leading up to a dramatic price reveal. This year, that figure could be $50 higher for the iPhone 17 Pro models, based on a rumor that surfaced on the Chinese social media site Weibo, from a user named Instant Digital (Setsuna Digital).
The rumored price jump corroborates an earlier prediction from Jefferies analyst Edison Lee, who says that the iPhone 17 Air (17 Slim), 17 Pro and 17 Pro Max will get a $50 price increase to offset the higher costs of components and tariffs, as reported by Business Insider. He didn’t mention the regular iPhone 17 getting a price increase. If true, that would mean that the starting prices for the iPhone 17 series will be:
iPhone 17: $829
iPhone 17 Air: $979
iPhone 17 Pro: $1,049
iPhone 17 Pro Max: $1,249
Instant Digital also thinks that the baseline iPhone 17 Pro will come with 256GB of storage instead of 128GB like the iPhone 16 Pro.
Since what President Donald Trump touted as “Liberation Day,” the possible effect of tariffs on the iPhone’s price has been widely discussed. And yet iPhone prices have remained the same so far this year.
This news follows a May report by The Wall Street Journal that Apple is considering a price spike and could attribute it to new and updated features instead of tariffs. In any case, the launch of the rumored iPhone 17 will likely come with a higher price, no matter what Trump says or does.
Apple is the third-largest company in the US, and most of its products are manufactured in China. The iPhone’s ubiquity has made it a symbol for the ongoing uncertainty of the US economy and politics. But even without higher component costs or tariffs, the iPhone has been overdue for a price increase. The last one was five years ago.
From left: the iPhone 16, 16 Plus, 16 Pro and 16 Pro Max. Regardless of everything that’s occurred in 2025, the price of the phones has remained the same.
James Martin/CNET
Historically, that makes it the longest stretch of time Apple has gone without a price increase since the five-year period between the iPhone 5 and the iPhone 7, which ended with a costlier iPhone 8. We can learn a lot by looking at how Apple has handled earlier price hikes (and a one-time drop) and what that means for the iPhone 17.
To figure out the likelihood of a price increase, I grouped iPhone models into a few categories: the standard, the flagships and the behemoths. The standard includes models like the original iPhone, the iPhone 8, the iPhone XR and the iPhone 16. The flagships include variants like the iPhone X, iPhone 11 Pro and iPhone 16 Pro. The behemoth’s designation is for phones like the iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone XS Max and iPhone 16 Pro Max. (Other versions that Apple sold, like the iPhone 5C, the SE series, the iPhone Mini line and the current iPhone Plus line, don’t factor into this analysis.) Also, I use the US starting price for each iPhone before any carrier discounts are applied.
Let’s dive in.
Standard iPhone prices
The iPhone 16 launched in 2025 with a starting price of $829, the same as the iPhone 12 did in 2020.
James Martin/CNET
Since its debut in 2007, the standard iPhone has had four price increases and one correction. Many folks might remember paying $199 for the original iPhone, but in reality, the phone cost $499 off-contract. In 2008, Apple raised the price $100 with the launch of the iPhone 3G to $599, where it would stay for four years. Then, in 2012, the iPhone 5 was introduced with a taller, 4-inch screen and a higher $649 price tag.
Fast-forward to 2017, the 10th anniversary of the iPhone, and the iPhone 8 debuted at a cost of $699, a $50 increase. Every year between 2017 and 2019, the price for the standard iPhone changed. In 2018, the iPhone XR launched at $749. The following year, the iPhone 11 came out, and the price dropped back to $699. And what makes that drop interesting is that the iPhone 11 was the first standard Apple phone with two rear cameras: a wide-angle and ultrawide. Up till then, all other standard iPhone models had only a single rear camera. From 2007 to 2019, when Apple increased prices, it was in $50 increments, except between the first and second iPhone models.
Then 2020 happened. It was a wild year for the iPhone and everyone because of the pandemic. But Apple managed to launch the iPhone 12, which cost $829, marking the largest increase for the standard iPhone: $130. Subsequent models all had the same price: The iPhone 13, 14, 15 and 16 all cost $829.
If Apple follows its previous pattern, then the standard iPhone is due for a price increase. The last increase was in 2020, five years ago, and Apple has never gone six years without a price hike on the standard model. But will the company slowly increase the price over a few years, like it did between the iPhone 7, 8 and XR? Or will it go all in like it did with the iPhone 12?
Apple’s most popular product is the standard iPhone, and it’s safe to expect that the iPhone 17 will cost more (and would have even if Trump hadn’t been elected). Now, we just need to wonder how much tariffs and politics might drive the price up even more.
The flagship: iPhone Pro model prices
The iPhone 16 Pro came out in 2024 with a starting price of $999, the same as the 2017 iPhone X.
James Martin/CNET
Apple hasn’t always had an iPhone Pro variant, but it did starting in 2017 with the launch of the iPhone X, which had a starting price of $999. The phone debuted next to the $699 iPhone 8, making the 8’s $50 increase seem like nothing.
But here’s where things get interesting. Apple has never raised the price on the iPhone Pro model. The iPhone X, XS, 11 Pro, 12 Pro, 13 Pro, 14 Pro, 15 Pro and 16 Pro all cost $999. That’s eight years without a price increase!
What’s even more shocking is when you correct for inflation: the 2017 iPhone X’s $999 price would be $1,298 in 2025, according to the Consumer Price Index Inflation calculator. The iPhone Pro is overdue for a price hike, and I expect the iPhone 17 Pro to cost more.
The behemoths: iPhone Plus, Max and Pro Max prices
The iPhone 16 Pro (left) and iPhone 16 Pro Max.
James Martin/CNET
Since 2014, Apple has sold a big version of the iPhone. Some of these were nothing more than a larger version of the standard iPhone with a bigger screen and battery, as well as some minor differences, like the iPhone 6 Plus having optical image stabilization on its camera while the iPhone 6 didn’t. But beginning with the iPhone 7 Plus, the larger version started having “pro” features, like a second rear camera and portrait mode.
In terms of pricing, the iPhone 6 Plus debuted at $749, which was $100 more than the iPhone 6. And that $749 price stuck around for the iPhone 6S Plus and 7 Plus. In 2017, Apple had three iPhone models: the $699 iPhone 8, the $749 iPhone 8 Plus (a $50 increase from the 7 Plus) and the $999 iPhone X.
In 2018, Apple launched the $1,099 iPhone XS Max, which I consider the true successor to the initial iPhone Plus line. That means the big iPhone got a $350 increase in a single year, the largest Apple has ever made. I admit some people might not think the XS Max is a follow-up to the Plus and would deem it an entirely new iPhone variant. But this is my commentary.
Like the iPhone Pro, the Max and Pro Max would have the same price for years. In 2023, Apple raised the barrier of entry for the Pro Max model and didn’t offer a $1,099 version of the iPhone 15 Pro Max with 128GB of storage. Instead, you had to pay $1,199 for the 256GB variant, which technically cost the same as the iPhone 14 Pro Max with 256GB of storage.
The iPhone 17 and 17 Pro’s prices
No one knows how much the rumored iPhone 17 will cost, except Apple.
Apple/Viva Tung/CNET
Even without tariffs, it’s safe to assume that the iPhone 17 lineup’s prices will be higher for some models. But when you factor in everything that’s happened this year, it’s hard to gauge just how much the price will go up and whether that’ll affect just one or two models, or apply across the entire iPhone 17 line.
This year, Apple raised the price on its most affordable model. Although it lacks the SE branding of the previous low-cost iPhone, the iPhone 16E came with a $599 price tag, $170 more than the $429 iPhone SE (2022).
Apple doesn’t talk about unreleased products or their prices. But we do have an unusual-for-Apple clue as to how these tariffs could affect the company.
“Assuming the current global tariff rates, policies and applications do not change for the balance of the quarter and no new tariffs are added, we estimate the impact to add $900 million to our costs,” Apple CEO Tim Cook said during a quarterly earnings call on May 1.
Obviously, that $900 million number wasn’t just for the iPhone but for all Apple products. And that was three weeks before Trump threatened another tariff aimed purely at the iPhone. But $900 million is a lot for any company to swallow, and eventually, that added cost will need to be recouped. That usually means higher prices, even if Trump pressures Apple to attribute the increase to “new designs and features.”
If there’s one thing for certain, we’ll know exactly what those prices will be when Apple launches the next generation of iPhone models at its September event.
Dr. Marc Siegel, Fox News senior medical analyst, weighs in on how concerned people should be about bird flu spreading on ‘Fox Report.’
NEWYou can now listen to Fox News articles!
The New Mexico Department of Health (NMDOH) has reported the first case of human plague in 2025.
New Mexico health officials confirmed the infectious disease in a 43-year-old man from Valencia County who was hospitalized and has been discharged since the Aug. 25 press release.
The man recently spent time camping in Rio Arriba County, where officials believe he may have been exposed.
FIVE DEATHS REPORTED AMID BACTERIAL INFECTION OUTBREAK IN MAJOR CITY
The plague is known to “circulate among wildlife” throughout the western U.S., the release stated.
Erin Phipps, state public health veterinarian for NMDOH, commented in a statement that this case is a reminder of the “severe threat that can be posed by this ancient disease.
The first 2025 case of human plague has been reported in New Mexico.(iStock)
“It also emphasizes the need for heightened community awareness and for taking measures to prevent further spread.”
The last human plague case in New Mexico was recorded in a Lincoln County resident in 2024.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The plague is a bacterial disease of rodents, which is generally transmitted to humans through infected flea bites, according to NMDOH.
The disease can also be transmitted to humans through direct contact with infected animals, including wildlife and even pets.
The plague is a rodent disease that is transmitted to humans, typically from insect bites.(iStock)
Symptoms can include fever, chills, headache and weakness and a “painful swelling of the lymph node” in areas of the body like the groin, armpit and neck.
In cats and dogs, symptoms can include fever, lethargy and loss of appetite, in addition to lymph node swelling under the jaw.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
The plague can be treated with antibiotic medications, which can “greatly reduce” the fatality rate in people and pets after a “prompt diagnosis,” NMDOH reports.
The best ways to prevent plague infection are avoiding sick or dead rodents and rabbits, cleaning up areas where rodents may nest and storing hay, wood and compost piles far away from the home.
Human plague is known to circulate among wildlife throughout the western U.S., officials warn hikers and campers.(iStock)
Using insect repellent while camping, hiking or working outdoors can also help to prevent plague exposure.
For those with pets, NMDOH recommends using an appropriate flea repellent and having sick pets examined by a veterinarian.
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
Any unexpected illness involving a sudden, severe fever should be checked out by a doctor.
Fox News Digital reached out to NMDOH for comment.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-28/China-urges-Philippines-to-stop-hyping-up-issues-on-maritime-affairs-1GcU69oCE6Y/img/540c58ceabb44be1b88b3e0afa913980/540c58ceabb44be1b88b3e0afa913980.png' alt='A China Coast Guard vessel in the South China Sea. /VCG'
A Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson on Thursday urged the Philippines to immediately stop “hyping up” issues concerning maritime affairs between the two countries, and cease any infringing and provocative acts that may complicate the current situation.
Spokesperson Guo Jiakun made the remarks in response to a question about a spokesperson for the Philippines’ maritime council, who stated that the Philippines will not stop its routine resupply mission at Ren’ai Jiao in the South China Sea.
Ren’ai Jiao is part of China’s Nansha Qundao and has always been China’s territory, Guo said. He stressed that the activities of Chinese vessels in waters under its jurisdiction are legitimate and beyond reproach.
The Philippines has “grounded” a warship there for a long time, which violates China’s sovereignty and the Declaration on the Conduct of Parties in the South China Sea. This action also violates Article 5, which stipulates that no settlement activities should be carried out on uninhabited islands and reefs, he said.
“China has long demanded that the Philippines tow away the military vessel and restore Ren’ai Jiao to its original state of hosting no personnel or facilities,” Guo said.
Guo said that, in a show of goodwill, China has long maintained a provisional humanitarian arrangement with the Philippines. Under this deal, the Philippines can transport living necessities, provided it does not transport construction materials, informs China in advance, and after on-site verification has been conducted.
However, the Philippines has recently taken a series of actions that infringe upon and provoke tensions at sea. These acts have infringed upon China’s territorial sovereignty and maritime rights and interests, jeopardized marine peace and stability, and undermined the political foundation for China and the Philippines to handle maritime issues properly.
China’s position on safeguarding its territorial sovereignty and maritime rights and interests is unwavering, Guo said. He urged the Philippines to stop all infringing acts immediately.
With Ganesh Chaturthi marking the onset of the festive season, real estate players are anticipating a surge in homebuying. As per exclusive data shared by ANAROCK, the festive season tends to see sales spikes of anywhere between 15-30 per cent. Mumbai Metropolitan Region and Delhi-NCR tend to see high increases of 20-22 per cent on average.
Compared to 2023, industry players say there is greater optimism this year, led by strong demand in the luxury and mid-income segments.
Festive momentum is not restricted to metros alone. Tier-II and III cities are showing robust activity, reflected in large-scale land transactions. In H1 2025, developers acquired 714 acres in Coimbatore, 590 acres in Ahmedabad, and 520 acres in Amritsar, while cities such as Indore, Mysuru, and Panipat also witnessed notable deals, says Anuj Puri, Chairman, ANAROCK Group.
Developers ride on festive tailwinds
The buoyancy is translating into higher enquiries and site visits, say developers. Praveer Shrivastava, Senior Executive VP, Residential, Prestige Group, noted that festive campaigns typically lift sales by 20–30 per cent year-on-year compared to other months.
Kranti Alladi, Chief Sales & Marketing Officer, Concorde, expects festive sales to rise 20 per cent over previous quarters. “We usually clock 35–40 per cent of our annual sales during this period,” he said, adding that conversion rates are already trending higher. Viswa Prathap Desu, COO – Residential, Brigade Group, explained that stable interest rates and a steady economy are further boosting sentiment. For Brigade, he said, nearly one-third of annual sales are generated during the festive season.
Luxury sales vs Mid-segment
Prestige’s Shrivastava says, “In luxury housing, the decision is lifestyle-driven mainly, so festive offers act as an added incentive rather than the core motivator.”
Shrivastava says in the mid-segment, where buyers are more value-conscious, festive campaigns often trigger faster decisions as they align aspiration with affordability. Prestige is launching new developments across cities, such as plotted development in North Bangalore and over 2000 apartments in Whitefield, for the mid-housing segment, along with launches in this category slated for Mumbai.
Alladi expects the strongest demand to come from the mid-income segment with properties priced around ₹1.5 crore are seeing the most significant traction. This is a sweet spot for many aspirational homebuyers who have been saving and are now looking to upgrade or make their first significant real estate investment, he added. Concorde is pre-launching a new phase of Concorde Hillcrest, a villa project located in Chikballapur. Meanwhile, Brigade is observing good demand in both luxury and mid-income projects.
To nudge fence-sitters, developers are also rolling out promotional measures. Priyanka Raju, Director, Kalyani Developers, said the company is extending gifts on every booking to encourage quicker decisions.
NRI demand gathers pace
The festive season is also proving attractive for NRIs, who view property purchases during this period as both auspicious and financially prudent. Vishal Tony Vincent, MD, Aratt Developers & Founder, Ayatana Hospitalities, said the weakening rupee, stable property prices, and improved sector transparency are boosting NRI confidence. Bengaluru’s mid-to-premium housing market, in particular, continues to draw strong demand.
Pavan Kumar, Founder & CEO, White Lotus Group, added that NRIs often align purchases with festive months, not just for timing advantages but for their emotional resonance, especially when homecoming coincides with festivals.
Across segments, developers are unanimous that festive campaigns act as a catalyst for homebuying. With Tier-II and III cities joining metros in driving growth, and NRIs adding heft to demand, the industry expects this season to set the tone for sustained momentum in FY26.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
XIAOMI ove godine mijenja svoju uobičajenu jesensku strategiju predstavljanja novih pametnih telefona. Umjesto standardna dva flagship modela, tvrtka navodno planira lansirati čak tri uređaja. Prema najnovijim informacijama, na tržište stižu modeli Xiaomi 16, 16 Pro i 16 Pro Max.
Važno je napomenuti da treći uređaj nije dugoočekivani 16 Ultra, čije se predstavljanje očekuje kasnije. Nagađa se da će modeli 16 i 16 Pro imati zaslone slične veličine, dok će Pro Max donijeti najnaprednije specifikacije. Sva tri modela nedavno su dobila certifikat za prodaju u Kini, a taj je proces otkrio i ključne detalje o brzini punjenja.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Brže punjenje i novi Snapdragon čip
Jedno od ključnih poboljšanja bit će brzina punjenja. Sva tri mobitela podržavat će žično punjenje snage 100W, što predstavlja napredak u odnosu na 90W kod prošlogodišnjih modela Xiaomi 15 i 15 Pro.
Sva tri uređaja navodno će pokretati nadolazeći Qualcommov čipset Snapdragon 8 Elite 2. Vjeruje se da će Xiaomi biti prvi proizvođač koji će predstaviti pametne telefone s novim čipom, i to samo nekoliko dana nakon Qualcommovog predstavljanja.
Što se tiče dostupnosti na globalnom tržištu, ona se očekuje tijekom sljedeće godine, no zasad nije poznato hoće li sva tri modela biti dostupna izvan Kine. Cijena u ovom trenutku također nije poznata.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Crespi High remains the only football team in San Fernando Valley history to win a Southern Section Division 1 championship. It happened in 1986 when a sophomore running back named Russell White lifted the Celts to victory in the championship game over St. john Bosco.
Crespi coach Brad Vonnahme was hired in December 2022 after an 0-10 season. Then came seasons of 2-8 and 5-6.
Last week, the Celts, under the leadership and skills of sophomore quarterback Chase Curren, defeated Gardena 34-0. He passed for 236 yards and three touchdowns.
“Chase has a very talented arm,” Vonnahme said. “He did some really good things in the first game. He’s on the right track.”
Next up is Golden Valley on Friday in the Celts’ home opener.
“I believe we’re headed in the right direction,” Vonnahme said. “As a coach, you’re always evaluating. We’re headed where we want to be. I’m hoping when the season is done, it’s another leap forward.”
A combination of promising sophomores and some talented seniors has Crespi hoping for more improvement this season. Senior defensive linemen James Moffat and Somto Nwude started last week with dominant performances.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected].
Samsung Galaxy A17 5G: With the launch of the Galaxy A17 and Galaxy A17 5G in India, Samsung has once again expanded their A-series lineup and as a result deepened their mid-ranged smartphone portfolio. Both devices feature AMOLED displays, AI-driven features, and a contemporary design reminiscent of Samsung’s higher-end models.
The Galaxy A17 5G is equipped with a 6.7-inch Full HD+ Super AMOLED display and sports a 90 Hz refresh rate for smoother scrolling and better gaming experience. Alongside the slimmer bezels, it comes with Corning Gorilla Glass Victus and an IP54 rating for dust and splash protection.
The phone packs a triple rear camera setup with a 50MP main sensor featuring OIS, a 5MP ultra-wide lens, and a 2MP macro lens. For selfies and video calls, it offers a 13MP front camera.
Samsung Galaxy A17 5G: Performance and battery
Powered by the Exynos 1330 chipset, the smartphone is paired with up to 8GB RAM and 256GB storage, expandable up to 2TB via microSD. It is backed by a 5,000mAh battery with 25W fast charging support, designed for a full day of heavy usage.
One of the biggest highlights is Samsung’s promise of six years of security updates and six major Android OS upgrades, making it one of the longest-supported smartphones in its price category.
Samsung Galaxy A17 5G: Price and availability in India
6GB RAM + 128GB storage: Rs 18,999
8GB RAM + 256GB storage: Rs 20,499
The Galaxy A17 5G is available in Blue, Gray, and Black colour options. Customers can purchase it via Samsung’s official website, leading e-commerce platforms, and offline retail stores. Buyers using select bank cards can also avail an instant Rs 1,000 discount.
Twilight enthusiasts have been left thrilled following a significant update from the iconic film series, although it’s not all good news for some cinema-goers.
The popular franchise, based on Stephenie Meyer’s novels, released five films between 2008 and 2012, with Breaking Dawn: Part 2 concluding the series.
More than a decade later, the saga made a mysterious announcement across social media on Wednesday (August 27).
Fans were tantalised with an image of Bella Swan (Kristen Stewart), Jacob Black (Taylor Lautner) and Edward Cullen (Robert Pattinson), accompanied by the words “Forever Begins Again, “The Twilight Saga,” and “This October.”
The post also included the enigmatic caption “Tomorrow,” hinting that more details would be revealed on Thursday (August 28). Now, the mystery has finally been unveiled, reports the Manchester Evening News.
As many fans speculated, the entire Twilight Saga is set to make a comeback in cinemas this October, perfectly timed for the first novel’s 20th anniversary.
On Thursday evening, the franchise shared a trailer featuring clips from each of the five films on Instagram, along with the caption: “All five films. Back in theatres. This October.”
The announcement naturally sent fans into a whirlwind of excitement, with many expressing their joy in the comments section.
One person exclaimed: “Omg I get to see it in theatres for the first time,” while another simply wrote: “Finally.
“Exciting!!! I actually missed out on the first one in theatres,” enthused a third.
However, some sharp-eyed viewers have spotted that the trailer reveals the celebration will be “nationwide,” suggesting the re-release is limited to American cinema-goers.
International fans have been left devastated by this news. Expressing their frustration, one viewer raged: “Why only nationwide??? This should be international thooooooo!!!”
Another added: “NOOO MAKE IT WORLDWIDE PLEASEEEEE,” whilst a third begged: “WHAT ABOUT THE REST OF THE WORLD?”
Currently, it seems only US-based fans will get to enjoy this massive celebration.
Twilight follows the tale of teenager Bella, who becomes smitten with vampire Edward and gets dragged into the supernatural realm of bloodsuckers and werewolves.
The movie franchise catapulted Pattinson and Stewart, who were establishing themselves in Hollywood at the time, to worldwide stardom.
The facelifted Tesla Model Y Performance has been revealed, and it’s the quickest and most aggressive-looking version of the brand’s mid-size electric SUV so far.
The hot crossover SUV has been revealed for Europe and the Middle East, where customer deliveries will begin in September. Australian release timing has yet to be announced; unlike those markets, our Model Y is made in China.
Still featuring a dual-motor all-wheel drive powertrain, the Model Y Performance now does the 0-100km/h dash in a claimed 3.5 seconds – down from 3.7 seconds. Top speed is still 250km/h.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
Tesla doesn’t quote power and torque outputs, but it’s expected the Model Y Performance shares its electric motors with the upgraded Model 3 Performance sedan released last year.
The company has confirmed the hot SUV features new, high-voltage battery cells, though it hasn’t specified the capacity. The change has allowed its electric range on the WLTP test cycle to be boosted from 514km to 580km.
It can be fast-charged at up to 250kW on DC power, and energy consumption is listed at 16.2 kWh/100km (WLTP).
As with the facelifted Model 3 Performance, the Model Y Performance now features electronic continuously variable damping.
You can toggle between traction control profiles, though it’s unclear whether the Model Y Performance will feature Track Mode or the ability to adjust the power split front to rear as you can with the Model 3 Performance.
Cosmetic changes give it a more aggressive look than before, headlined by 21-inch ‘Arachnid 2.0’ alloy wheels shod with Pirelli tyres. Behind these sit red brake calipers.
The Performance flagship is 1611mm tall, 13mm lower than the regular Model Y.
There are unique front and rear bumpers, while down back there’s a larger spoiler than before, made of carbon-fibre.
Inside, there are heated and ventilated Performance Sport Seats with power-adjustable thigh cushion extenders and greater bolstering than the standard pews, as well as special badging.
As with other facelifted Model Ys, the rear seats are perforated, heated and feature power reclining, and there’s an 8.0-inch touchscreen.
There’s also carbon-fibre interior trim, while the main touchscreen measures 16 inches – up from 15.4 inches in other Model Ys, and matching the new Chinese-built Model Y L.
The Model Y Performance will battle a growing contingent of high-performance mid-size electric SUVs, which in China includes the Xiaomi YU7 and which in Australia includes the Ford Mustang Mach-E GT, Hyundai Ioniq 5 N and Kia EV6 GT, among others.
The RIL chairman said ‘the most important lesson this journey has taught us is that there is no substitute for economic strength’
Mukesh Ambani speaks at RIL AGM.
Reliance Industries Chairman Mukesh Ambani on Friday quoted Prime Minister Narendra Modi to call for ‘aatma nirbharta’ [self-reliance], noting the immediate need for India to become self-reliant “to the maximum extent”.
Addressing shareholders at the 48th Annual General Meeting, Ambani said: “Our Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi ji, rightly exhorted us in his Independence Day speech that the yardstick of aatma samman [self-respect] is atma nirbharata [self-reliance]. India must become self-reliant to the maximum extent in key technologies, critical industries, and other vital sectors of the global economy.”
He added: “The most important lesson this journey has taught us is that there is no substitute for economic strength. This lesson is reinforced by recent geopolitical developments.”
Ambani’s comments come at a time when the United States has levied a 50 per cent tariff on India—among the highest in the world—including a 25 per cent penalty for the country’s transactions with Russia.
India, however, has shown no signs of going back on its purchases and has called the tariffs “unfair”, emphasising that it will choose the “best deal” on buying oil to protect its 1.4 billion people.
Touching upon the geo-political dynamics, Ambani said: “I have witnessed India’s incredible journey in these five decades—from a “Third World” country to one now on the threshold of becoming a First World Power. The most important lesson this journey has taught us is that there is no substitute for economic strength. India must gain greater economic strength ─ and do so with a sense of urgency.”
The RIL chairman also called upon all businesses to work together to overcome the challenge. “The magnitude of the challenge is so large that all Indian businesses must work together with unity as a grand coalition—in the spirit of cooperation, mutual learning, and mutual support. I had made this suggestion in last year’s AGM, and I repeat it today. There is strength in unity and collective endeavour. And this is what the nation today expects from its business community.”
Disclaimer: Network18 and TV18 – the companies that operate news18.com – are controlled by Independent Media Trust, of which Reliance Industries is the sole beneficiary.
News Desk
The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More
The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More
News business ‘Yardstick Of Aatma Samman Is Atma Nirbharta’: Mukesh Ambani Quotes PM Modi, Cites Geopolitics
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
The live price of the Near Protocol token is $ 2.44267913.
Price predictions for 2025 range from $1.95 to $9.00.
NEAR price may reach a high of $71.78 by 2030.
As altcoin momentum intensifies, Near Protocol (NEAR) is rapidly emerging as a standout contender in the crypto space. Fueled by strong fundamentals and recent bullish market trends, NEAR’s rise has caught the attention of both retail and institutional investors.
With NEAR now bridging to Solana and TON via Chain Signatures, the future looks promising. Wondering where it’s headed next? Dive into our in-depth NEAR Price Prediction 2025 – 2030 to uncover the possibilities.
Overview
Cryptocurrency
NEAR Protocol
Token
NEAR
Price
$ 2.44267913 -2.94%
Market Cap
$ 3,052,950,730.6956
Circulating Supply
1,249,836,992.00
Trading Volume
$ 204,494,376.8389
All-time High
$20.42 on 17th January 2022
All-time Low
$0.526 on 04th November 2020
NEAR Price Targets For September
In September 2025, if bullish factors resurface, NEAR could experience a short-term rise, aiming for a retest of the $3.5 resistance. It is currently taking support on an upward trendline on the daily chart. While on a weekly retreat from the descending pattern’s upper border.
However, if the bearishness takes control and breaks $2.0 to $1.8 support, then a fall to $1 is likely.
Month
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
NEAR Crypto Price Prediction September 2025
1.0
2.75
3.50
NEAR Price Prediction 2025
After reaching a $9 peak in Q1 2024, NEAR dropped to $3.5 due to selling pressure in Q2, as at this level, the institutional footprint was maximum at the time, which is confirmed via the Fixed range volume profile’s point of control line (FRVP POC).
As a result, the market showed stronger rallies, and even Donald Trump’s election win in Q4 of 2024 was seen from this level.
However, NEAR only rose to $8.2 before facing a strong supply level, and in H1 2025 fell to $2.
Now, when writing the H2 2025’s third quarter, the bullish demand was sighted, but that remained weak in the NEAR crypto. As a result, a descending triangle seems to be in development, and recently, in August, it took a hit from the pattern’s upper border and slid back towards the lower border.
If bullish demand returns, there are also odds that the pattern might see a breakout too and might retest the $3.5 major hurdle.
If in the coming month, NEAR flips $3.5, then it might head towards $6.0, and there is a strong possibility that NEAR may even aim to retest the $8 to $9 supply range by the end of 2025. For this to happen, it must achieve a weekly close above $3.5 and register a Change of Character (ChoCh) above $4.345 in the following months for long-term bullish confirmation.
If NEAR falls from this level, $2.0 to $1.8 will serve as its short-term defense line. A break below this could heighten investor fears, potentially targeting the $1.0 mark.
Year
Potential Low
Potential Average
Potential High
2025
$1.95
$4.34
$9.00
Near Protocol Price Prediction 2026 – 2030
Year
Potential Low ($)
Potential Average ($)
Potential High ($)
2026
3.70
7.75
11.80
2027
5.32
11.80
18.28
2028
7.91
18.28
28.65
2029
12.06
28.65
45.24
2030
18.70
45.24
71.78
NEAR Crypto Price Prediction 2026
According to our analysts, Near Protocol’s price projection, the price could range between $3.70 and $11.80, with an average trading price of around $7.75.
Near Protocol (NEAR) Price Prediction 2027
Looking forward to 2027, NEAR’s price could range between $5.32 and $18.28, and an average forecast price of $11.80.
Near Protocol Crypto Price Prediction 2028
In 2028, the price of a single Near Protocol token could range between $7.91 and $28.65, with an average price of $18.28.
NEAR Price Prediction 2029
By the end of 2029, NEAR’s price could range between $12.06 as its low and $45.24 as its high, with an average trading price of $28.65.
Near Protocol Price Prediction 2030
In 2030, Near Protocol price may touch its lowest price at $18.70, hitting a high of $71.78 and an average price of $45.24.
What Does The Market Say?
Firm Name
2025
2026
2030
Wallet Investor
$3.19
$4.40
$22.30
priceprediction.net
$3.98
$5.92
$28.62
DigitalCoinPrice
$5.95
$6.93
$14.80
*The targets mentioned above are the average targets set by the respective firms.
CoinPedia’s NEAR Price Prediction
In the long run, we at Coinpedia expect the NEAR to outperform its current rally. With rising bullish sentiment, the Near Protocol coin may hit its potential high of $6.75 this year. In contrast, the digital token might stumble down to the low of $1.69.
Year
Potential Low
Potential Average
Potential High
2025
$1.69
$4.22
$6.75
Never Miss a Beat in the Crypto World!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
FAQs
What Is Near Protocol?
The protocol promotes the network of computers running a platform for developers to create and launch dApps.
What is the NEAR Protocol price prediction for 2025?
NEAR could range between $1.95 and $9.00 in 2025, depending on market recovery, adoption, and macroeconomic trends.
Can NEAR Protocol reach $50 by 2030?
Yes, NEAR may reach up to $71.78 by 2030 if adoption, institutional support, and network growth continue as projected.
How high can NEAR Protocol go by 2030?
By 2030, NEAR could reach as high as $71.78, driven by network expansion and mainstream blockchain adoption.
How much is 1 Near Protocol Coin worth?
At the time of writing, the price of 1 NEAR was $ 2.44267913.
When it comes to watching horror movies, one of my favorite sub-genres is sci-fi horror. Give me the terror of deep space, futuristic worlds where things have gone terribly awry, and larger-than-life spaceships where the crews are trapped with unspeakable horrors. While Alien might be the most popular movie in this genre, there are some amazing sci-fi horror flicks out there just waiting to be discovered.
One of my favorites is Pandorum. Released in 2009, it’s is a claustrophobic trip into space in which a mechanic wakes up on a colony ship to see that things have gone very wrong. There’s a derelict spaceship, terrible things hunting through the hallways and a mystery unfolding in the bowels of the ship. It gives off big Dead Space vibes, and it’s an underrated classic.
It’s streaming for free on Tubi right now.
Pandorum captures the terrifying feel of a broken-down ship, the fear of being surrounded by a hull where only space is waiting outside and a world that juxtaposes body horror and existential dread. Its cinematic style grabbed my attention and kept me watching, even when I desperately wanted to look away.
Corporal Bower (played by Ben Foster) wakes up from cryo-sleep with a troubling case of amnesia. Almost immediately, it’s clear that things have not gone to plan on Elysium, the colony ship transporting 60,000 humans from an overpopulated Earth to a new world. The machinery around him is degraded, the power keeps flickering and he seems to be entirely alone.
Bower is soon joined by Lt. Payton (played by Dennis Quaid), an officer who also wakes from cryo-sleep without any answers. After the two of them manage to activate auxiliary power, they decide to go to the bridge to figure out what’s going on. Bower manages to escape the cryo area to find that the rest of the ship is in even worse condition.
Bower must band together with other survivors to endure the madness of the Elysium.
Constantin Films
On a ship that has devolved from its original humanitarian mission of settling a new planet, he is accosted by creatures that only vaguely resemble people, as well as humans fighting to survive. Bower finds two companions — a member of the agriculture team who doesn’t speak English but has been hunting the predatory creatures, and Nadia, an environmental scientist.
The three of them head for the ship’s reactor to reset the power and get everything running so they can decipher what’s happened and why. Along the way, they encounter a sketchy survivor who tells them things collapsed when the bridge received bad news from Earth and was overtaken by Pandorum, a space-inflicted malaise that can cause psychosis, triggered by strong emotional states.
At the same time, Lt. Payton, who was left in the cryo-sleep chamber, finds another survivor who seems to be struggling from Pandorum and tells Payton what actually happened on the bridge. Payton tries to calm the survivor down, but he only seems to get worse the more they talk. Payton shoves him into a cryo-sleep pod to keep him from causing havoc, as he continues to talk Bower through what he needs to do to restart the reactor and get the ship working again.
Lt. Payton tries to help Bower, but may need help himself.
Constantin Films
Pandorum’s vibe is perfect for anyone who loves hard science-fiction horror. With a hulking, collapsing spaceship as the main set, winding and claustrophobic passages, and a world that’s evolving within the metal walls, this dread-infused movie lasts less than 2 hours. The lurking possibility of Pandorum warping everyone’s perspective, the monsters in the walls, and the tragedy that kick-started everything work together to deliver a thrill-packed adventure full of dread.
The third act of Pandorum is when it all escalates and secrets are revealed — the truth of the bridge, where the ship has been piloted, and what comes next for the survivors on board — but you’ll need to watch for yourself to find out what’s been happening on Elysium.
Pandorum wasn’t a hit when it was released, but 16 years later, it’s still a fantastic example of the sci-fi horror genre, and it delivers plenty of twists and turns. Stream it for free on Tubi, and find out what the Elysium is hiding today.
Previous research has linked a common vitamin to a slowdown in aging — and now a new Harvard study appears to confirm those findings.
The study, which was published in The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, found that taking a daily vitamin D pill prevented telomeres from shortening, a hallmark of aging.
Telomeres, which are often compared to the plastic tips on the ends of shoelaces, act as “protective ends” on chromosome strands, according to a Harvard press release.
COMMON DAILY VITAMIN COULD SLOW BIOLOGICAL AGING, MAJOR STUDY SUGGESTS
As people age, telomeres get shorter, which can increase the likelihood of poor health and mortality, prior studies have shown.
Research has also suggested that higher levels of vitamin D in the blood is linked to longer telomeres.
Previous research has linked a common vitamin to a slowdown in aging — and now a new Harvard study appears to confirm those findings.(iStock)
In this latest randomized trial, approximately 1,000 people aged 50 and older were divided into two groups — one group took 2,000 international units (IU) of vitamin D pills each day, and the other group took placebo pills.
After a four-year period, the people taking vitamin D showed less than half of the telomere shortening than the placebo group.
The vitamin D group also had fewer autoimmune diseases and reduced inflammation markers.
COMMON VITAMIN SHOWN TO REDUCE AUTOIMMUNE DISEASE
Lead study author JoAnn Manson, professor of medicine at Harvard Medical School, said the findings “suggest a promising role for vitamin D in slowing a pathway for biological aging and age-related chronic disease.”
Fatty fish, including salmon, sardines and tuna, and wild mushrooms are other sources of vitamin D, an expert said.(iStock)
While the researchers were surprised that vitamin D was linked to such substantial protection against telomere shortening, Manson told Fox News Digital, the findings are consistent with previous evidence.
“Vitamin D tamps down inflammation, a major cause of telomere shortening and chronic diseases of aging,” she said.
Vitamin D recommendations
The question of what constitutes an “adequate” blood level of vitamin D is a “controversial topic,” according to Manson.
In the study, the team found that 2000 IU per day was “very safe,” without side effects or adverse events.
TO STAY HEALTHY, EAT MORE FOODS WITH VITAMIN D, NUTRITION EXPERT ADVISES
“Blood levels for deficiency and recommended blood levels vary across organizations, labs and countries, which is one of the reasons for doubt about the test’s usefulness,” Manson said.
The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force and most professional societies in the U.S. do not recommend universal screening for vitamin D blood levels or routine use of vitamin D supplements, the researcher pointed out.
“Vitamin D tamps down inflammation, a major cause of telomere shortening and chronic diseases of aging.”
“The National Academy of Medicine recommends 600 IU of vitamin D per day for adults up to age 70 and 800 IU above age 70, stating that these intakes will meet the requirements of the large majority of adults in the population,” she said.
“However, recent guidelines from the Endocrine Society suggest that vitamin D supplements may be helpful for adults aged 75 and older, infants and children, pregnant women, and those with a diagnosis of prediabetes, but they don’t specify a specific dose.”
In the study, the team found that 2000 IU per day was “very safe,” without side effects or adverse events. (iStock)
For anyone who has concerns about getting adequate vitamin D from their diet and/or time outdoors, Manson said that supplementation with 1000 to 2000 IU/day of vitamin D would be “very reasonable.”
“In the U.S., foods such as dairy products, cereal and orange juice are often fortified with vitamin D, so checking nutrition labels can help you make better decisions about which foods to purchase,” she advised.
“Fatty fish, such as salmon, sardines and tuna, and wild mushrooms are other sources.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Groups at high risk for vitamin D deficiency include those living in nursing homes, people with malabsorption conditions like Crohn’s or celiac disease, those being treated for osteoporosis or other bone health problems, and those with major dietary restrictions, such as severe lactose intolerance, according to Manson.
“[People in these groups] should talk with their doctors about being tested for vitamin D blood levels and taking a vitamin D supplement,” she recommended.
Groups at high risk for vitamin D deficiency include those living in nursing homes, people with malabsorption conditions like Crohn’s or celiac disease, and those being treated for osteoporosis or other bone health problems.(iStock)
The doctor noted that people need only small to moderate amounts of vitamin D for good health, as the vitamin’s metabolism is “tightly regulated” in the body.
“More is not necessarily better, and very high doses — such as more than 10,000 IU/d — may be associated with high blood or urine calcium levels and toxicity,” she cautioned.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Manson emphasized that taking a supplement is not a substitute for a nutritious diet and healthy lifestyle.
“Although it’s much easier to pop a pill than to be physically active outdoors and eat healthfully, these lifestyle factors will do more to keep you healthy and lower your risk of cardiovascular disease, cancer, type 2 diabetes and other chronic diseases of aging,” she said.
“More is not necessarily better.”
Going out for a 15-minute walk a few times a week at midday will typically provide enough sunlight exposure for the skin to synthesize vitamin D, Manson added.
“Even more important for your health would be to exercise outdoors, such as brisk walking, jogging or playing sports.”
Looking ahead to future research
“Although the results are exciting, we believe that replication of these results in a separate randomized trial will be important before changing general guidelines for vitamin D intake,” said Manson.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
The study was supported in part by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, the National Cancer Institute and the National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/michelin-starred-chef-creates-cat-food-burger-that-humans-find-surprisingly-delicious-9175971” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-28/Trump-s-strategy-against-India-is-bound-to-fail-deal-or-no-deal-1GcVG4qJrIQ/img/75c4da144b8747a39a800dbf8971c281/75c4da144b8747a39a800dbf8971c281.png' alt='India's Prime Minister Narendra Modi visits US President Donald Trump in the Oval Office of the White House in Washington, DC, February 13, 2025.'
Editor’s note: Ankit Prasad is a CGTN biz commentator. The article reflects the author’s views and not necessarily those of CGTN.
The US’s 25 percent additional punitive tariffs against India for buying and allegedly “profiteering” from Russian oil came into force on August 27, taking the overall tariff to 50 percent and marking a nadir in India-US ties that few could have imagined when Donald Trump returned to the White House this January. It’s hard for many to digest just how dramatically the scenario has shifted as compared to just weeks earlier when the US president had been hinting regularly at a trade deal being imminent.
How close that deal was and why it fell through are up for debate but India’s acceptance of its prospects being dashed has been hastened by the various statements and accusations emerging from Washington. That a US president and his administration would now seek to blame the Russia-Ukraine conflict on India is an indication of how lopsided and outlandish the American side’s logic has become.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-28/Trump-s-strategy-against-India-is-bound-to-fail-deal-or-no-deal-1GcVG4qJrIQ/img/e2033a0dc7434b6b956745ab22ec6d1a/e2033a0dc7434b6b956745ab22ec6d1a.jpeg' alt='White House deputy chief of staff for policy and US homeland security advisor Stephen Miller (L), alongside counselor to US President Donald Trump, Peter Navarro (3rd L), have made provocative statements accusing India over the Russia-Ukraine conflict. Here they are seen speaking after Trump signed an executive order in the Oval Office of the White House in Washington, DC, February 10, 2025. /VCG'
Many believe, perhaps correctly, that the Russian oil argument is just a deception, and the real motive is to strong-arm India and secure more favorable trade terms. The precision and passion, respectively, with which Trump’s Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent and the aforementioned Navarro speak about India’s own tariffs back this claim up. Bessent says India has been “recalcitrant” in trade negotiations, while Navarro has called India the “Maharaja” of tariffs. Everything we’ve heard from Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi so far has also hinted at a trade deal motive.
In India there is a famous saying that aptly describes the entire American situation: “Kahin pe nigahen, kahin pe nishana”, meaning “Eyes locked here (looking at Russian oil), target over there (at trade concessions).” But can the Trump administration’s unorthodox and provocative negotiation tactics, i.e. The Art of the Deal, possibly pay off in India’s case?
READ | India-US trade turmoil: When a bargain becomes an extortion
Of late, and simultaneously as the additional tariffs were imposed, Bessent and Navarro each made what are being seen as back-handed attempts at reconciliation. Bessent said to Fox News that “at the end of the day we (India and the US) will come together,” while expressing frustration with lengthy negotiations and mocking India’s Rupee. Navarro, on the other hand, told Bloomberg that Modi is a great leader and India is a mature democracy, but it should “act like one.” Back in India, tongues were set wagging by a German newspaper FAZ’s claim, since echoed by Japan’s Nikkei Asia, and widely reported by Indian media, that Prime Minister Modi was refusing US President Trump’s calls.
By all accounts, it appears the situation has the potential for fluidity, as neither side has closed the doors to negotiations, though the most recent round has been delayed. The two sides did hold an intercessional 2+2 meeting of defence and foreign affairs officials, while the FBI and India’s CBI coordinated to take down a call-centre scam syndicate, meaning trade and tariffs haven’t claimed the gamut of ties as collateral. But while the Trump administration may favour this hot-and-cold style of dealmaking, it has left no clear off ramp for the Indian government. The reason for this is that in India now, a trade deal with the US is no longer just an economic issue, it is a political hot potato.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-28/Trump-s-strategy-against-India-is-bound-to-fail-deal-or-no-deal-1GcVG4qJrIQ/img/e200b269284a4ea6b56ac402d9b5fea3/e200b269284a4ea6b56ac402d9b5fea3.jpeg' alt='India's Prime Minister Narendra Modi addresses the nation from the Red Fort on the 79th Independence Day, August 15, 2025 in New Delhi, India. /VCG'
Trump, whose popularity in India had plummeted following his repeated claims of mediating an India-Pakistan ceasefire in May, did himself no favors by declaring the Indian economy “dead”. Those remarks were widely and hotly debated in the colorful Indian political media. India’s Leader of the Opposition Rahul Gandhi firmly agreed with Trump in his initial reaction, but his Congress party has since changed tack to cornering Narendra Modi over his failed relationship with the US president, signaling the “dead economy” barb didn’t have the intended response from the public. Modi and his BJP party have meanwhile thrown the databook at their critics, arguing that India’s economy is more vibrant than ever.
Perhaps most significantly, Modi has used the tussle with the US to pivot India’s economic motives and also catalyze the foreign policy shifts that had begun during last year’s BRICS summit in Kazan. In his annual Independence Day speech, Modi made a fervent pitch for self-sufficiency. Less than two weeks later, from the soil of the home state he shares with Mahatma Gandhi (no relation to Rahul Gandhi) Modi raised a pitch for “swadeshi” or “Made in India” goods. His references to the volatility with the US have been in his trademark style — i.e. with no direct mentions but leaving nobody in any doubt about whom he’s talking about.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-28/Trump-s-strategy-against-India-is-bound-to-fail-deal-or-no-deal-1GcVG4qJrIQ/img/58901f4a686b481982c81113a0689bfb/58901f4a686b481982c81113a0689bfb.jpeg' alt='Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi meets with visiting Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi, also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, at his 7 Lok Kalyan Marg official residence in New Delhi, India, 19 August 2025. /VCG'
This week, the Indian prime minister will travel to China for the first time since 2018 for the SCO Summit, marking another forward step following the events of Kazan. This follows Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi’s successful visit to New Delhi earlier this month where a number of consensuses were reached, including issues on border disputes, direct flights, rare-earths trade, tunnel machines and more. Next year, India will be the host of the BRICS and has already received support from China.
The Trump administration’s actions — from the repeated claims on the India-Pakistan ceasefire to blaming and punishing India over the Russia-Ukraine conflict, and from declaring the Indian economy “dead” and all the other disrespectful statements — perhaps represent something it did not count on. It may or may not succeed in forcing India to make trade concessions, but in a country where state elections are extrapolated to gauge the “national mood” every 6-8 months, it certainly has succeeded in earning the ire of the common Indian and accentuating the arguments of the country’s strategic autonomy hawks. And they have long memories.
Slide over, Steve Garvey. It appears another former Major League Baseball slugger with Southland ties will run for political office.
Mark Teixeira, who batted a robust .358 in a two-month stint with the Angels in 2008 before signing a longterm lucrative contract with the New York Yankees, announced his campaign for Texas’ 21st Congressional District in the U.S. House on Wednesday.
Teixeira, an avowed conservative who has lived in or near Dallas much of his adult life, said he is “ready to help defend President Trump’s America First agenda, Texas families, and individual liberty.”
Garvey is also a Republican, and he lost in a landslide to Democrat Adam Schiff for California’s open seat in the U.S. Senate last November. Despite being a beloved former Dodgers great, Garvey, 75, held few public events and struggled to gain traction with voters in a state that has not elected a Republican to statewide office in nearly two decades.
Unlike Garvey, Teixeira, 45, is running in a heavily Republican district that Chip Roy won by 26% of the vote in November. Teixeira’s announcement follows Roy’s decision not to seek re-election because he is running for the office of the Texas Attorney General.
Teixeira, a former first baseman, played 14 seasons for four MLB teams — the Texas Rangers, Atlanta Braves, Angels and Yankees. He retired after the 2016 season with 409 career home runs.
The Angels acquired him from the Braves in a trade late in the 2008 season, and he helped them to the only 100-win season in franchise history by hitting 13 home runs and driving in 43 runs while batting .358 in 54 games.
Teixeira also performed well in the American League Division Series, batting .467 with a .550 on-base percentage, although the Angels fell in four games to the Boston Red Sox. He was a free agent after the season and Angels owner Arte Moreno offered him $160 million over eight years before retracting the offer two weeks later.
Several other teams made similar if not more lucrative offers, and Teixeira signed with the Yankees for $180 million over eight years. The slugging switch-hitter helped New York to the 2009 World Series championship, leading the AL with 39 homers and 122 runs batted in.
The Yankees defeated the Angels in the AL Championship Series before beating the Philadelphia Phillies in the World Series. The following season, Teixeira spoke highly of the Angels despite leaving Anaheim for the greener pastures of New York.
“I hope there are no hard feelings between Arte and myself,” Teixeira told The Times’ Mike DiGiovanna. “I loved that organization. Arte, [Manager Mike] Scioscia, it’s first class, top to bottom. But your wife and kids being happy is more important than your personal desires.”
Tech giants Apple and Samsung have sent legal notices to Xiaomi after the Chinese smartphone maker ran advertisements directly comparing its latest flagship with their premium devices. According to people familiar with the matter, both companies have issued cease-and-desist notices, objecting to what they see as ‘disparaging content’ in Xiaomi’s campaign.
A cease-and-desist notice is a formal legal document that asks a company to immediately stop a certain activity considered unlawful or damaging.
“Comparing specifications is fine,” said person aware of the development. “But you should not directly name a specific competitor. Instead of that, you simply say ‘rivals’.”
Add Zee Business as a Preferred Source
However, Xiaomi has not commented on the matter yet.
The controversy began in April this year when Xiaomi rolled out full-page newspaper ads that mocked Apple’s iPhone 16 Pro Max on April Fools’ Day, claiming its camera was no match for Xiaomi’s newly launched 15 Ultra.
Earlier in March, during the India launch of the Xiaomi 15 series, the company ran another ad calling the iPhone 16 Pro Max’s camera “cute” while highlighting its own photography strengths. Similar campaigns also took aim at Samsung.
Apple and Samsung argue that such ads go beyond fair competition and risk damaging their premium brand image, especially in India where both companies dominate the high-end smartphone market.
This style of advertising, known as ambush marketing, is a tactic where a brand tries to gain attention by associating itself with a rival product or brand without official permission.
Xiaomi, traditionally seen as a budget-friendly player, has been pushing into the premium smartphone segment in India.
According to International Data Corporation, Samsung led the Indian smartphone market with a 14.5 per cent share in the second quarter of 2025, followed by Xiaomi with 9.6 per cent and Apple with 7.5 per cent.
Apple has also seen strong momentum, with shipments rising 21.5 per cent year-on-year (YoY) in the first half (H1) of 2025 to reach 5.9 million units.
The iPhone 16 was the most shipped model in India, accounting for 4 per cent of total smartphone sales during the period. Apple also opened its fourth retail store in Pune earlier this year.
Cruising has its own magic. Imagine waking up with the sea unfolding before you, spending your day exploring ports, and ending it in a cosy cabin. No unpacking after every stop, no airport queues – just floating comfort, delicious food, lively entertainment, and views that never get old.
5 tips for your next cruise vacation(Hindustan Times)
Here’s what keeps me hooked on cruising every time:
Cool comfort meets sea view: Sipping coffee in an air-conditioned cabin with a giant window while waves pass by. A lifesaver if you’re not into heat and sweat.
Secret chill spots: Hidden nooks where you can sit with friends or family while the ocean sails you along. Discover them on day one, and you’ll be lounging there after those buffet feasts instead of napping the siesta everyone else does.
See more, unpack less: Visiting multiple countries while sleeping on the ship? Forget the endless packing. On land, you’d spend more time lugging bags than enjoying destinations.
Buffet bliss non-stop: Breakfast, lunch, high tea, dinner, midnight snacks, and on Cordelia, they even offered sandwiches under the stars. Good food totally shifts the vibe of your trip.
Entertainment on board never disappoints: From Cirque du Soleil–style performances on Star Cruise to Tejas’s jaw-dropping magic on Cordelia and lively late-night dance shows, every night feels special. And let’s not forget the live music on the top decks and DJ nights in their indoor and outdoor party spots. There is so much to make it a party-cation!
Choose your vibe: Whether it’s beach days, safaris, whale watching or skipping excursions altogether, cruising gives you options. When the ship docks, most passengers head out, making staying on board feel like a private retreat or true luxury.
Cruise buffet experiences will change your vacation dining expectations to a whole new level!(Hindustan Times)
Here are five practical tips that make all the difference on board.
1. Take a good look at the ship’s layout/deck plan before choosing your cabin
The cabin you choose shapes your entire experience. Trusting your agent alone won’t cut it; check the ship’s layout yourself before choosing a cabin. Cabins under the pool deck can get noisy, and the ones near the nightclub or theatre may keep you awake past midnight. Mid-ship cabins are usually the most stable if you are prone to seasickness. A little homework here saves you from sleepless nights later.
Exploring the cruise will also help you find the perfect photo-taking spots!(Hindustan Times)
2. The top deck is not the fashion fiesta you imagined
Yes, the views are spectacular, but the top deck is breezy enough to turn your perfect hairstyle into a science experiment. Pack hair ties, scarves, or hats unless you want your holiday photos to feature a windswept look you didn’t sign up for. Outfits that work in still air may betray you up there, so dress with the breeze in mind. Pick shorts over skirts and long dresses with heavier skirt fabrics, or just skip the skirts and pick jumpsuits, playsuits or pants.
The breeze is inevitable on a cruise. Make it your best friend with shorts and tied-up hairstyles!(Hindustan Times)
3. Arrive early on day one
The biggest mistake many first-timers make is boarding late. Get there the moment boarding opens. The sooner you’re on, the more time you have to explore the ship before it gets crowded. Walk every deck, note the quiet corners, and check out the best outdoor spots before the sail-away party. By the time others are still figuring out the elevators, you’ll already know the ship like the back of your hand.
4. Bathroom realities nobody tells you
Here’s a not-so-glamorous truth. Most cruise bathrooms don’t come with bidets or health faucets. If toilet paper isn’t your comfort zone, pack a portable jet spray. It’s a small detail that can make your entire holiday feel more comfortable. Trust me, you’ll thank yourself for thinking ahead.
5. Bring the right tech
Cruise ships usually have European plug systems and charging points that feel slower than home sockets. Carry a universal adapter and a portable charger. Charge your power bank overnight and keep your devices running during the day without being stuck in your cabin. It’s the difference between capturing every sunset and watching your phone die halfway through.
Cruises can be overwhelming if you just wing it, but with a little preparation, they turn into the kind of trip you’ll always remember. From the right cabin choice to knowing how to beat the crowds, these tips ensure smooth sailing. After all, a holiday at sea should feel effortless, not stressful.
The author and her friends, on a cruise port excursion in Hambantota, Sri Lanka. (Circa 2023)(Hindustan Times)
Similar articles for you
Andaman’s untouched charms: A guide to your mindful island escape
Forget safaris: At Kolkata’s hidden zoo gem, watch exotic wildlife up close!
Tropic of Cancer, one of Bhopal’s underrated gems: Scenic drive you cannot miss
₹2500″>Travel smarter, not harder: Your guide to affordable trolley bags under ₹2500
Atomfall developer Rebellion has announced plans to release another story expansion for the first-person survival game.
In a surprise announcement, Rebellion has unveiled the brand new Red Strain DLC for Atomfall, which is one of my favourite games of the year, largely thanks to its story and exploration system.
And fans won’t have to wait very long to play the new expansion, because the Red Strain DLC has been given a September 16 release date for PS5, Xbox Series X|S and PC.
Not much is known about the second Atomfall DLC outside of a brief teaser trailer that can be seen below.
According to Rebellion, the expansion introduces a “highly confidential” new location, as well as brand new mysteries to uncover.
“More details about exactly what you will find in The Red Strain will be revealed in the lead up to the release,” Rebellion explains. “But for now expect a highly confidential new location and plenty more mysteries to uncover.”
As you can see from the trailer below, it all has something to do with the strange new foliage that has appeared within the world of Atomfall.
It seems to take place in and around an industrial complex that has been beset by this new strain.
The Red Strain is the second story expansion following the recent release of The Wicked Isle DLC. It’s unclear if it will be part of the Deluxe Edition like The Wicked Isle.
Inspired by folk horror movies and stories, Wicked Isle transports players to an island called Midsummer. Players can reach the island by talking to the boat-keeper in Wyndham Village.
The island is said to feature higher levels of infection, which has resulted in new enemies such as pirate bandits and infected druids.
New items include the Blunderbuss shotgun, a new bow, cutlass, daggers and the Beekeeper’s Staff.
Players can unlock new skills, not to mention an upgraded metal detector for finding hidden items.
Air pollution from motor vehicles results in more deaths in Australia than the national road toll, a new study led by the University of Tasmania has found.
The first research to investigate the issue in Australia examined traffic-related air pollution, abbreviated to TRAP, across the country to determine the mortality rate caused by particulate matter and nitrogen dioxide (NO2).
It analysed the contribution of these by-products of the burning of fossil fuel in motor vehicles, with the results published in the journal Environmental Research and on ScienceDirect.
Particulate matter has been linked to heart and lung disease, with the survey looking at ‘PM2.5’, which refers to particulate matter of 2.5-microns or less in size.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
NO2 – also found in cigarette smoke – causes, according to New South Wales Health, increased susceptibility of lung conditions for asthma sufferers, can trigger asthma attacks, and cause airway inflation in healthy people.
The study found 1864 Australians died due to TRAP-related illnesses annually.
That’s more than the national road toll of 1340 over the past 12 months, a figure that has increased on last year’s road toll (1300), which was the highest seen in 12 years.
The research also concluded 51 per cent of air pollution deaths from all sources were due to motor vehicle emissions.
“Air pollution remains a significant contributor to mortality in Australia,” the report said.
“Reducing exposure, particularly from TRAP, could yield substantial public health benefits. Policies promoting cleaner transport modes offer a promising avenue for rapid improvement.”
The study comes as the Australian government introduced the New Vehicle Efficiency Standard in 2025, which penalises automakers who exceed an average set level of carbon-dioxide emissions across their lineup.
The new rules have seen Isuzu drop rear-wheel drive versions of its diesel-powered MU-X off-roader, and Ford do the same with its Everest.
They could also threaten to push engines such as the 2.0-litre Bi-Turbo four-cylinder diesel in the Ford Ranger – the country’s best-selling vehicle for the last two years – out of showrooms as soon as next year.
Ford has pointed to NVES as a factor in increasing the price of its Mustang sports car by $5000 across all model grades on July 1, 2025 – with a further $1000 rise for the upcoming model year 2026 (MY26) Mustang.
Nissan has also cited the NVES as one of the reasons it has hiked Patrol prices by $5000.
The NVES is designed to see the level of permitted carbon-dioxide emissions reduced between now and 2029.
It isn’t just vehicles, however, that are kicking up particulate matter into the air.
A recent study by the University of California showed more than double the typical amount of PM2.5 around the US state’s fast-charging stations, attributable to the cooling fans for the chargers – not the vehicles themselves.
MORE: EV fast chargers pose health threat as ‘pollutant hot spots’, but there’s a solution
MORE: Polestar boss says new Australian emissions regulations ‘didn’t kill the weekend’
IndiGo welcomed the decision, citing operational stability and continuity amid ongoing global tensions.
A photo for IndiGo flight (PTI)
The Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) has extended the deadline to IndiGo to operate two leased Boeing 777 aircraft from Turkish Airlines. However, the extension has been granted with some conditions.
“We acknowledge the acceptance of IndiGo’s request for extension to its wet lease arrangement with Turkish Airlines, subject to conditions laid down by the regulator. This approval comes at a crucial time and will help mitigate losses to Indian aviation due to geopolitical restrictions, and greatly benefit Indian travellers during the peak travel season by ensuring a seamless, direct connection to Istanbul and points beyond,” the airline said in a statement.
According to PTI sources, DGCA has granted a six-month extension, allowing the continued operation of two Turkish Airlines aircraft under a wet/damp lease arrangement until February 28, 2026.
The wet lease arrangement involves the leasing of foreign aircraft, along with crew, maintenance and insurance. The extension has been given subject to certain conditions, including that IndiGo may consider getting these or other suitable aircraft on dry lease and operate the same on their AOC (Air Operator Certificate), the sources said.
Under dry lease, only the aircraft is leased. Beyond this extension, IndiGo may either operate the India-Turkey route with their own aircraft or any other wet/damp leased aircraft compliant with existing norms, they added.
IndiGo currently uses the Turkish-leased aircraft for direct flights between Delhi, Mumbai, and Istanbul.
In a statement issued Thursday, IndiGo welcomed the decision, citing operational stability and continuity amid ongoing global tensions.
“We are thankful to the authorities for accepting our request for extension. As always, we continue to be fully compliant with the relevant regulations and conditions of extension laid down by the authorities,” the airline said.
This development comes in the backdrop of strained diplomatic ties between India and Turkiye. In May, following Ankara’s support for Pakistan and its criticism of India’s anti-terror operations, India’s aviation security regulator BCAS revoked the security clearance of Celebi Airport Services India Pvt Ltd, a Turkish ground-handling company, citing national security concerns. In response, some travel portals and associations had even issued advisories urging Indian travellers to avoid visiting Turkiye.
(With PTI inputs)
News Desk
The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d…Read More
The News Desk is a team of passionate editors and writers who break and analyse the most important events unfolding in India and abroad. From live updates to exclusive reports to in-depth explainers, the Desk d… Read More
News india IndiGo Gets Six-Month DGCA Extension To Operate Turkish-Leased Aircraft
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) announced on Thursday that it is further aligning with President Donald Trump’s agenda to welcome back crypto investors in the United States. The CFTC’s division of market oversight issued an advisory to the foreign board of trade (FBOT) regarding crypto exchanges not legally registered in the U.S..
According to CFTC’s FBOT, investors in the United States can now trade with crypto exchanges not registered in the country, but that are regulated in other jurisdictions. The advisory change will enable crypto exchanges that were pushed offshore during the Biden era to gradually return to the United States.
“Today’s FBOT advisory provides the regulatory clarity needed to legally onshore trading activity that was driven out of the United States due to the unprecedented regulation by enforcement approach of the past several years,” said Acting Chairman Caroline Pham. “By reaffirming the CFTC’s longstanding approach to provide U.S. traders with choice and access to the deepest and most liquid global markets, with a wide range of products and asset classes, American companies that were forced to set up shop in foreign jurisdictions to facilitate crypto asset trading now have a path back to U.S. markets.”
CFTC Joins SEC in Clear Crypto Regulations
The CFTC has moved at lightning speed to implement the crypto agenda for President Trump. Notably, the CFTC has been implementing clear web3 regulations through its Crypto Sprint initiative, which is almost similar to the SEC’s Project Crypto.
Both regulatory agencies have made several changes that have made crypto investing in the United States much easier. As a result, the crypto market has attracted more institutional investors seeking to hedge against high inflation.
For instance, U.S.-registered crypto companies have been listing digital assets that were not issued in the country, led by Toncoin (TON) and Tron (TRX). Additionally, more corporate entities have been implementing crypto treasury strategies to further hedge against inflation.
1 of 46Andrew Lanxon and Patrick Holland via Pixel Studio/CNET
Pixel Studio launched on the Pixel 9 series last year, but the Pixel 10 Pro allowed me to spend time testing Pixel Studio using a more advanced generative AI model. The result is better quality images, a much deeper understanding of keywords and a wider range of image styles that can be created.
But its quality goes deeper, being now able to generate actual text instead of strings of nonsense as well as creating pictures of people — including photorealistic depictions of known faces like Taylor Swift and Queen Elizabeth II.
We’ve tested the tool extensively across multiple phones and indeed multiple continents, and we’ve found some wild results — both good and bad, including finding out how weirdly obsessed Google’s AI is with the iPhone.
Here then is a selection of the most stand-out images from Pixel Studio on the Pixel 10 range.
(Disclosure: Ziff Davis, the parent company of CNET, in April filed a lawsuit against ChatGPT maker OpenAI, alleging it infringed Ziff Davis copyrights in training and operating its AI systems.)
2 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
“A woman holding a phone” is all the prompt I provided. Pixel Studio did the rest, generating an iPhone in the person’s hand. The iPhone is popular, sure, but other phones do exist yet almost every image I generated using just the generic term “phone” resulted in an iPhone.
3 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
Pixel Studio is well aware that the iPhone has made a splash in the world. Asking for a phone in the Ukiyo-e style mashes up the famous wave image and an iPhone.
4 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
“A phone on a birthday cake” and yep, it’s an iPhone.
5 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
“A phone trapped inside a sphere.” Sure, it’s an older model judging by the physical home button, but that’s still unquestionably an iPhone.
6 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
And yes, if you just ask it to create an iPhone it’ll produce a photorealistic render of one. So what if you ask it for a Google Pixel phone? Surely Google’s own AI will know what that is.
7 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
Nope! Some of the familiar elements of a Pixel phone are here, including the Pixel 7’s shiny camera strip, but this is an otherwise mangled approximation of what a Pixel looks like.
8 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
Same again. Maybe it’s actually so smart that it’s pulling from unreleased prototype drawings that only Gemini has access to, but I suspect not.
9 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
And yet, “a man holds a phone” has a perfect depiction of, yep, an iPhone. At least we can’t accuse Google of bias toward its own products.
10 of 46Patrick Holland via Pixel Studio/CNET
“A pelican on a bike holding a plate of avocado toast” resulted in what is, to my mind, the most California thing I may have ever seen.
11 of 46Patrick Holland via Pixel Studio/CNET
And while we’re enjoying creating American things in AI, here’s America’s first president, George Washington.
12 of 46Jeff Carlson via Pixel Studio/CNET
“Abe Lincoln wearing sunglasses.”
13 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
It’s not just American faces it can do. Here I had the late Queen Elizabeth II depicted shouting at a bear. I think the bear needs to buck its ideas up.
14 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
Which it clearly did as soon after it was seen dancing with her majesty while wearing an impressive crown of its own.
15 of 46Patrick Holland via Pixel Studio/CNET
Pixel Studio’s newfound ability to generate faces is impressive, but I also wonder whether it’s going to get Google into hot water down the line. It’s had no problem generating an almost perfect likeness of Taylor Swift here.
16 of 46Patrick Holland via Pixel Studio/CNET
It’s not clear whether Taylor Swift ever has ridden a giraffe that’s smoking a cigar, but this picture is all the proof I need to start writing my series of fan fiction novels.
17 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
Speaking of giraffes, here’s one having a great time with a cocktail on the beach. Notice the very clear “wish you were here” sign above. Generating legible text is quite a new skill.
18 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
This is what last year’s AI on the Pixel 9 Pro could manage. A weird jumble of lines that sort of look like they could be letters if you squint. And are drunk. And aren’t wearing your glasses. And recently got a bee in your eye.
19 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
“A noir owl playing pool while a tiger watches and laughs.” Not just a dream I described to my therapist, also a prompt I put into Pixel Studio. And it’s done a great job using the realistic Freestyle mode.
20 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
And in the Cinematic style, things get even more dramatic with the lighting.
21 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
The scene in the Claymation style is adorable.
22 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
While the traditional Ukiyo-e style is almost perfect for a tattoo.
23 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
And I’d absolutely pay someone to re-create this stained glass style for real to put in my house.
24 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
The Children’s Book style almost always delivered some wonderful results, often with speech bubbles or other text I didn’t even ask for.
25 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
“A house party with too many balloons” is all I asked for here, but I like that the AI added the title.
26 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
The same prompt looks a bit more nightmarish in the watercolor style.
27 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
This “psychedelic mushroom party” is perfect for a 1970s album cover.
28 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
Whereas as a kid’s book it looks simply adorable.
29 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
And as Ukiyo-e it looks like fine art I want framed on my wall.
30 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
Pixel Studio will not create explicit images, but with the right set of prompts, it can absolutely create bawdy and suggestive images. I love the wink of the man holding his sausage. I didn’t even ask for the title, but it’s absolutely stellar work by the AI here.
31 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
And I genuinely laughed out loud when I saw this one. Yes, I was trying to push the boundaries and see how rude Pixel Studio would be, but my prompt was only “a salami pokes out of a man’s trousers” — the AI did the comedic heavy lifting here with the wonderfully alliterative title.
32 of 46Jeff Carlson via Pixel Studio/CNET
When not filming The Last of Us, Pedro Pascal apparently works at a coffee shop, at least according to this AI-created image.
33 of 46Jeff Carlson via Pixel Studio/CNET
CNET’s Jeff Carlson used some specific keywords to create this bear image, but I think it can be succinctly summed up as the “ultimate Pacific Northwest.”
34 of 46Jeff Carlson via Pixel Studio/CNET
100% that bear is wearing a pair of weather-worn Danner boots.
35 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
Sometimes I enjoyed being quite vague with my prompts. This one was just “too many horses.” I think it nailed the assignment.
36 of 46Jeff Carlson via Pixel Studio/CNET
And this was “peak Florida man” that is absolutely spot on, short of a ‘gator or two.
37 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
“An alien monster looms over Edinburgh.” Doesn’t it just.
38 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
What are you doing with those phone boxes, alien monster? It’s 2025, they don’t even work. Why don’t you have a mobile phone?
39 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
I can generate the adorable cover page first and write the best-selling series of kids books after. Pure profit, here I come!
40 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
“Four men drink Guinness.” It’s like a scene in literally any old pub in the UK.
41 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
“A man spills a latte all over his apron like the fool he is.”
42 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
This person playing the guitar while riding an ant is simply perfect in the stained glass style. I’d buy that album.
43 of 46Andrew Lanxon via Pixel Studio/CNET
Aliens remove a man’s eye. Weirdly, it let me generate this image a couple of times before then deciding it was too graphic and telling me it won’t do it anymore.
44 of 46Patrick Holland via Pixel Studio/CNET
“The smartest person in the world.”
45 of 46Patrick Holland via Pixel Studio/CNET
Pixel Studio really Kermit-ed to this one.
46 of 46Jeff Carlson via Pixel Studio/CNET
I always knew jackalopes existed. What I didn’t realise was that they were also keen bloggers with a significant online following, but this image has shown me the truth.
Two people have died after eating oysters contaminated with flesh-eating bacteria, health officials confirmed, and others have been infected.
Both of the fatal cases were traced to Louisiana-harvested oysters that ended up on plates in restaurants in Louisiana and Florida.
The bacterium, Vibrio vulnificus, has now been linked to six deaths in Louisiana and five deaths in Florida, according to the states’ health departments.
BRAIN EATING AMOEBA-INFECTED PATIENT DIES, MISSOURI HEALTH OFFICIALS CONFIRM
The rising number of outbreaks prompted the Louisiana Department of Health to issue a statement July 31, urging residents to take precautions against vibriosis, the infection caused by Vibrio vulnificus.
Vibrio vulnificus is part of a wider group of Vibrio bacteria, which are found in coastal waters, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention states.
Most people get vibriosis by eating raw or undercooked shellfish, particularly oysters, according to the CDC. In some cases, it can also enter open wounds while people are swimming.(iStock)
Vibrio has the potential to cause severe infections, according to Dr. Andrew Handel, pediatric infectious diseases specialist at Stony Brook Children’s Hospital in New York.
These include invasive soft tissue infections (sometimes called “necrotizing fasciitis” or “flesh-eating bacteria”) and bloodstream infections.
MORE CASES OF DEADLY ‘FLESH-EATING’ BACTERIAL INFECTION IN POPULAR VACATION DESTINATION
Most people get vibriosis by eating raw or under-cooked shellfish, particularly oysters, according to the CDC.
In some cases, it can also enter open wounds while people are swimming.
People who have eaten contaminated shellfish will have severe vomiting and diarrhea, which can lead to dehydration, health officials caution.(iStock)
Prior to this incident, health officials reported 17 cases of Vibrio vulnificus among Louisiana residents in 2025. All patients were hospitalized, and four of those illnesses resulted in death.
Over the previous 10 years, an average of seven Vibrio vulnificus cases and one death were reported each year in Louisiana.
DEATH CONFIRMED FROM RARE AND DEADLY ‘BRAIN-EATING AMOEBA’ IN SOUTHERN LAKE
“It’s just prolific right now,” Jennifer Armentor, the molluscan shellfish program administrator at the Louisiana Department of Health, told the Louisiana Oyster Task Force Tuesday at the New Orleans Lakefront Airport.
Symptoms to watch for
Vibriosis symptoms depend on the type of infection, according to Handel.
“The symptoms of skin infections can progress quickly and become life-threatening in a short time,” he previously told Fox News Digital. “Thankfully, those infections are rare.”
“If you do eat shellfish, make sure it has not been sitting out for a long time and comes from a hygienic source.”
People who have eaten contaminated shellfish will have severe vomiting and diarrhea, which can lead to dehydration, the doctor warned.
While healthy people generally experience only mild symptoms, those who are immunocompromised or have chronic liver disease can face serious health risks.
A bacterial infection is diagnosed by testing cultures obtained from stool, wounds or blood.(iStock)
If Vibrio vulnificus enters the bloodstream, it can cause severe illness marked by fever, chills, septic shock and blistering skin lesions, according to Florida Health. About half of these bloodstream infections are fatal.
Some severe cases can cause necrotizing fasciitis, which is when the flesh around an open wound dies, the CDC cautions.
Diagnosis and treatment
The bacterial infection is diagnosed by testing cultures obtained from stool, wounds or blood, according to health officials.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Groups at highest risk include older adults and people who are immunocompromised or have chronic liver disease, Handel cautioned.
For mild infections, the CDC recommends increasing fluid intake to prevent dehydration.
About one in five people will die from a vibriosis infection, sometimes within a day or two of the illness.(iStock)
Those with severe or prolonged infections should receive antibiotics to improve survival rates. For people with infected wounds, surgery may be necessary to remove dead tissue.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
About one in five people will die from the infection, sometimes within a day or two of the illness, the CDC states.
“To prevent Vibrio food poisoning, avoid eating raw shellfish, especially if you are immunocompromised or have chronic liver disease,” Handel advised.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
The doctor noted that Vibrio infections are rare and “should not be a major cause of alarm.”
“If you do eat shellfish, make sure it has not been sitting out for a long time and comes from a hygienic source.”
Fox News Digital’s Melissa Rudy contributed reporting.
Khloe Quill is a lifestyle production assistant with Fox News Digital. She and the lifestyle team cover a range of story topics including food and drink, travel, and health.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/Mainland-accuses-DPP-of-selling-out-Taiwan-s-interests-to-U-S–1Gbd5kbXub6/img/98edb9c595d24f8ca12063261e3148cb/98edb9c595d24f8ca12063261e3148cb.png' alt='Zhu Fenglian, spokesperson for the State Council Taiwan Affairs Office, speaks at a press briefing in Beijing, China, August 27, 2025. /CMG'
A Chinese mainland spokesperson on Wednesday condemned the Democratic Progressive Party (DPP) authorities in Taiwan for kowtowing to the United States and selling out the island’s interests, calling them shameless and absurd.
Zhu Fenglian, spokesperson for the State Council Taiwan Affairs Office, made the remarks at a press conference in response to a media query about the recent U.S. imposition of a 20-percent tariff on goods imported from Taiwan, which has dealt a heavy blow to the island’s traditional industries.
According to local media reports, the number of employees forced to take unpaid leave due to the U.S. imposition of “reciprocal tariffs” on Taiwan had risen by over 650 as of August 15, compared with the end of July. Among the nearly 4,000 workers currently on unpaid leave, 91 percent are from the manufacturing sector.
Zhu said the tariff hikes, coupled with the appreciation of the New Taiwan dollar, have hit the island’s small and medium-sized enterprises and traditional manufacturing industries the hardest.
“These sectors are the livelihood of millions of local residents, yet many enterprises are now struggling, with the interests and welfare of a large number of employees increasingly undermined,” Zhu said.
Driven by its political agenda of seeking “Taiwan independence” by relying on the United States, the DPP authorities have allowed Washington to take whatever it wants while concealing the truth from the people, and are now reaping the bitter fruits of their actions, she said.
India’s senior living market is poised for strong growth, with nearly 15,000 homes expected by 2030 at an estimated investment of ₹26,000 crore, according to a report by the Association of Senior Living India and JLL India
| Photo Credit:
Nearly 15,000 senior living homes are likely to come up by 2030 with an estimated cost of Rs 26,000 crore if project launches continue at current pace in the organised market, according to a report.
On Wednesday, the Association of Senior Living India (ASLI) and real estate consultant JLL India released a report on the country’s senior living market, which mentioned that the total organised supply of senior citizen homes stood at 22,157 units as of June this year. This stock was 7,147 units in 2014.
At baseline growth, the report projected an estimated supply of 14,900 units by 2030 with an estimated investment of Rs 26,000 crore.
The supply could increase to 25,500 units at a cost of Rs 39,000 crore in case of accelerated growth.
With policy support, the supply might further increase to 34,600 units at Rs 50,100 crore cost.
The report pointed that there would still be a significant demand-supply gap.
Senior population to reach 191.5 million by 2030
“The country’s senior population aged 60 and above is on a steep upward trajectory, projected to grow from an estimated 162.2 million in 2025 to 191.5 million by 2030, eventually doubling to 346 million by 2050,” the report said.
The potential demand, which has been defined as the addressable market of urban financially independent seniors, is forecast to rise at 2.3 million units in 2030 from 1.7 million this calendar year.
Rajit Mehta, Chairman of ASLI, said: “India’s Silver Generation has more money than the previous one and they are investing it in their golden years.” “While as many as 70 per cent seniors remain financially dependent even today, this trend is changing. The right financial and insurance innovation can help unlock the economic opportunity presented by India’s demographic evolution,” he added.
Ankur Gupta, Co-Founder of ASLI, said, the senior care industry is poised for continued evolution and diversification, with the sector projected to reach about USD 50 billion by 2030, growing at a compound annual rate of around 20 per cent.
Seniors prioritising happiness, community living
Commenting on the report, Adarsh Narahari, Founder & MD of Primus Senior Living, said India’s senior living sector is undergoing a major transformation as seniors increasingly prioritise their own happiness.
“Families are seeking ecosystems that blend care with community,” he added.
Kirthi Chilukuri, Founder & Managing Director of Stonecraft Group, said, “Senior living in India is no longer a niche concept but an emerging mainstream asset class that reflects the changing aspirations of our society. With rising life expectancy and evolving family structures, there is a growing need for communities that offer dignity, security, and holistic well-being for seniors.”
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
Posljednjih je godina jesenskom modom dominirao Birkenstockov model Boston. No čini se da je vladavini ovih klompi došao kraj. Ove godine popularni njemački brend ima novu “it” cipelu – model Naples, inspiriran mokasinama – koja je, očekivano, jednako poželjna (ako ne i više).
Zašto su toliko popularne?
Model Naples od brušene kože već mjesecima privlači pažnju, a na TikToku i najjednostavniji video otpakiravanja ovih natikača skuplja desetke tisuća lajkova, piše InStyle. Nije teško razumjeti zašto su se našle na vrhu jesenskih lista želja mnogih.
Mokasine su jedan od najpopularnijih stilova obuće ove sezone, a viđene su na gotovo svima – od Belle Hadid do Tracee Ellis Ross. Ovaj slip-on model spaja njihove elegantne detalje s prepoznatljivom lakoćom i udobnošću Birkenstockovih natikača i klompi, čineći ih savršenom alternativom sandalama u kojima smo proveli ljeto.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kao i kod većine viralnih modela, i Naples natikače se brzo rasprodaju. Na Birkenstockovim webshopovima pojedine su nijanse već u potpunosti rasprodane, no crna, taupe i izblijedjela ljubičasta još su dostupne – premda vjerojatno ne zadugo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Coming off an 0-10 football season, Westlake High unveiled a new look, a new coach and a freshman quarterback in a 38-14 win over Golden Valley in the Warriors’ season opener.
Most impressive was the play of freshman quarterback Ford Green, who moved here from South Carolina. He’s also a baseball player and A student. He started with an A game, completing 15 of 18 passes for 218 yards and four touchdowns.
First-year Westlake coach Rick Clausen, who played quarterback in college along with brothers Casey and Jimmy, said of Green: “Me, Casey and even Jimmy weren’t doing the stuff we were asking him to do, making checks at the line, getting people in places. He managed the game well. He did a really good job getting us in and out of the huddle. The game was not too fast for him.”
Clausen had been an assistant for 14 years, so it was his first win as a head coach. But he was more focused on getting his players to experience success for the first time in a long time.
“Kids were happy. Kids were excited,” he said. “It’s really important for them to get confidence.”
Next up is a road game against Agoura on Friday night.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please email [email protected].
Indian-origin AI researcher Rishabh Agarwal, known for his work at Google Brain and DeepMind, has resigned from Meta’s AI lab after a five-month stint, sharing the news on social media platform X in a 156-word post. He is now exploring new opportunities in the AI field.
In his post, Agarwal revealed that he was drawn to the Superintelligence Team by an offer from Mark Zuckerberg and Scale AI CEO Alexander Wang. Ultimately, he followed Zuckerberg’s advice: “The biggest risk in a rapidly changing world is not to take any risk.”
During his short tenure, Agarwal contributed significantly to Meta’s AI research, including enhancing “thinking models” through RL scaling, using synthetic data in mid-training, and improving on-policy distillation methods. He expressed gratitude toward his teammates for their collaboration.
Add Zee Business as a Preferred Source
Agarwal’s departure underscores his preference for new challenges and risk-taking over high-profile roles in major tech companies. The AI industry is now closely watching his next move.
A good suitcase is more than just travel storage; it sets the tone for your entire trip. If you’re searching for something sturdy yet stylish, hard shell suitcases are a winning pick. They not only protect your belongings but also add a sleek edge to your travel look. With Amazon rolling out impressive deals, now is the perfect time to upgrade.
Durable hard shell suitcases in stylish finishes bring both strength and flair, making travel easier with Amazon’s limited-time offers.
Some of the best hard shell suitcases are available at up to 70% off, making it easy to grab premium luggage without straining your budget. From trusted brands to practical sizes, these options blend durability and design. Here are ten of the best suitcases with stellar offers you wouldn’t want to miss.
10 best hard shell suitcases
The Safari Thorium Royale set adds comfort and security to your travels with its lightweight polycarbonate shell and dual spinner wheels. Designed for international trips, it features a TSA lock that keeps belongings safe while moving easily across terminals. The interior offers a smart layout with compartments and a wet pouch for damp items. With practical details and a refined finish, this two-piece set is made to simplify packing and movement on the go.
This two-piece suitcase set is built from strong polypropylene, offering a lightweight yet resilient build that handles regular travel with ease. Its roomy compartments allow for tidy organisation, while the 360-degree spinner wheels make it easy to manoeuvre through airports and stations. A preset number lock adds simple security without fuss. Compact enough for short holidays yet spacious for longer plans, this set is a practical choice for anyone looking for dependable hard shell luggage.
Designed with an eco-conscious edge, this polycarbonate luggage set makes travelling lighter and more organised. Laundry compartments keep used clothes separate, while shock-absorbing lugs give extra durability during frequent use. The eight-wheel system ensures movement stays smooth across varied surfaces, and the adjustable handle makes handling comfortable. An in-built lock secures your essentials, while the printed shell adds visual appeal. This set offers a mix of functionality and style, suitable for domestic or international trips.
This polycarbonate suitcase set pairs structured interiors with a striking 3D diamond texture. Built to adapt to both short and extended holidays, it combines silent spinner wheels with telescopic handles for smooth movement. TSA-approved locks add a layer of travel security, while organiser panels inside make arranging items simple and efficient. With a balance of style and practicality, this set is perfect for travellers who want their luggage to look sharp while being easy to manage.
Engineered with German Makrolon polycarbonate, this three-piece suitcase set offers strength without unnecessary weight. Designed to cover every travel scenario, the cabin, medium, and large sizes provide options for quick flights or longer stays. Water resistance protects belongings in unpredictable weather, while Hinomoto spinner wheels ensure quiet, smooth handling. The interiors feature open layouts for easy organisation, making this set a dependable choice for travellers who need durability, space, and convenience in equal measure.
This three-piece set in ink blue offers sleek looks and reliable function, crafted from lightweight polycarbonate. Its spinner wheels keep movement hassle-free, while the push-button handles are designed for comfort during long hauls. A built-in anti-theft lock protects valuables while you focus on your trip. With cabin, medium, and large suitcases included, this set ensures you always have the right size ready, whether packing light for weekends or preparing for longer travel.
This hard shell suitcase trio is designed with extra packing volume in mind, thanks to its boxy polypropylene shape and matte finish. The interiors are divided with a 50-50 split, cross ribbons, and a U-pocket, keeping clothes and essentials neatly sorted. Spinner wheels allow smooth gliding through terminals, while a three-digit lock keeps everything secure. Lightweight yet strong, this set is perfect for those who want efficiency and space in their travel gear without extra bulk.
Made for frequent use, this hard case suitcase set provides practicality across three sizes. The lightweight construction keeps lifting and handling stress-free, while dual spinner wheels deliver steady, balanced movement on busy ground. The push-button handle gives comfort and control, and a zip closure with a combination lock ensures your essentials remain secure. Suitable for both everyday business trips and longer holidays, this set delivers dependable functionality in a clean, modern design.
This olive green polypropylene suitcase set offers a practical combination of strength and style. Designed in three versatile sizes, it works well for quick escapes or longer stays. The dual spinner wheels move smoothly across surfaces, making transit comfortable. Inside, the convipack lining and premium zippers allow for structured packing, keeping clothes and accessories organised. With its earthy colour and functional design, this set is a reliable and stylish addition to any travel collection.
This suitcase set is built with a printed polycarbonate shell that combines durability with flair. Each case has a water-resistant interior, ensuring belongings are protected and neatly arranged. Lightweight yet strong, the design makes travel less of a chore, while silent spinner wheels and a telescopic handle guarantee smooth handling. The fixed combination lock secures valuables with ease. A practical choice for travellers seeking style and function, it suits everything from weekend getaways to extended trips.
Similar articles for you
Get vacation-ready! Up to 80% off on top picks for trolley bags
₹2500″>Travel smarter, not harder: Your guide to affordable trolley bags under ₹2500
Duffles and backpacks at up to 60% off on Amazon; Top picks to buy now!
Beyond basics: Fun and fashionable backpacks for girls; Top 8 picks
Are hard-shell suitcases better than soft ones?
Hard shell suitcases offer stronger protection against knocks and water, making them ideal for flights and long trips. Soft cases are lighter and more flexible, but don’t shield fragile items as well.
Do hard-shell suitcases crack easily?
Good-quality hard case suitcases made from polycarbonate or polypropylene are designed to withstand impact. Cheaper models may crack, so material choice is key.
Are hard-shell suitcases allowed as cabin luggage?
Yes, many brands offer cabin-sized hard shell suitcases that meet airline size rules. Always check dimensions before travelling to avoid check-in hassles.
How do I clean a hard shell suitcase?
Use a damp cloth with mild soap to wipe the exterior. Avoid abrasive cleaners as they can scratch the surface and damage the finish.
Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, concerning the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
I’ve been searching for the same stretch of silence I experienced after watching Hereditary on a plane in 2018.
Despite the far from optimal viewing conditions – whirring engines and a woman’s head lolling on my shoulder – I was nauseated but mute for the rest of the long haul flight.
For many – the God-fearing, devil-based horror film of the past no longer washes with us. We need psychological horror. Bring Her Back provides just this.
I felt it from the moment we clap eyes on Sally Hawkin’s manic gaze when searching the face of her new partially sighted foster child Piper (Sora Wong). It kick starts the bile production to your gut; something is severely off.
It then becomes clear that ex-social worker Laura (Hawkins) has recently lost her own vision-impaired child and her macabre fascination with Piper settles like a heart-drop.
Hawkins’ comedic timing is brilliant. She instantly pressures Piper’s step-brother Andy (Billy Barratt) to open up about his father and launches her gas lighting campaign that at one point involves her own urine.
After going through his phone she eerily coos “I’m a counsellor'”, fit with art-teacher beads and non-ironic bayonette reading glasses.
It is a dexterous performance from Hawkins. It is hard not to physically recoil when trying to understand both the empathy and the disgust at Laura’s desperation as she is pushed to psychosis over her unscalable wall of grief.
Barratt, a refreshingly teenager-looking teenager, braces and all, is the making of this film. His wide watery eyes instantly raise the stakes. We are on Andy’s side and we need him to live.
Although Danny and Michael Philippou do ‘unsettling’ well, there are two shortcomings with this film. One is the dreaded miscommunication, or rather, under-communication plot-line. An easy and lazy way to get your audience to invest in your story is to have them internally screaming ‘just listen to your brother!’. This urgent frustration overrides any tacit, carefully built anxiety.
The other flaw is the Philippou brothers use every base Freudian horror in their remit. There is not inherent value in subtlety. However, when you’re ‘doing’ cannibalism, child abuse, parent loss, child loss, abuse of power, body horror, drowning, ghosts and something resembling exorcism it can start to feel like we’re shooting at every cheap shot we have.
This being said, at one point when one of the many abused children in the film begins to eat his own flesh and he starts to peel off his forearm like a snap on bracelet – I looked around to see the entire room, hand over mouths, curled inwards in their seats. Portraying something so grotesque and managing to keep people watching, and not laughing, is a win.
My friend later admitted to me he kept his eyes closed for the entire second half of the film because he “just couldn’t do it.” I saw him shut his eyes and try to drown out the minute-to-minute trauma at the point one child uses a fruit knife like a saw, creating a cleft in his lip.
Do not watch this film if there is any part of you that is feeling sensitive. However, if you want to feel out of your body for a modest run time of an hour and a half – buy your tickets now.
Porsche Cars Australia has confirmed a range of new tech features for the Macan Electric as part of a running model year change.
Due to hit local Porsche Centres “by the end of the year”, the model year 2026 (MY26) Macan adds several new tech items as standard or optional equipment – including a new digital key, in-car gaming, and an enhanced AI-powered voice assistant.
Additionally, maximum towing capacity increases by 500kg to 2.5 tonnes for all-wheel drive models. See below for more.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
Surround View parking with new optional features
The standard 360-degree camera system – called Surround View – with Active Parking Support has been bolstered with several new optional features claimed to offer “added convenience, especially in narrow or awkward spaces”.
First up is Transparent Bonnet, which uses the front and exterior mirror cameras to “provide a virtual view of the area in front of the vehicle via the central display”.
Porsche says this virtual view under the vehicle helps the driver “to see obstacles that are below their line of sight”, which is beneficial “especially on challenging terrain”.
Next is Trained Parking, which can learn parking routines after a one-time manual operation, and then can prompt the driver to take over the next time – though the “driver remains in control at all times”. Up to five different parking routines can be saved.
Finally, Reversing Assist remembers routes of up to 50 metres in length and can automatically do them in reverse, with the driver only required to monitor. Porsche says this feature is “ideal for narrow access roads or winding parking garages”.
Porsche Digital Key
The Comfort Access function will add Porsche Digital Key for MY26 with compatible iPhone, Apple Watch and Android devices – in conjunction with activation of Porsche Connect services.
A digital vehicle key is saved in Apple Wallet or a native wallet app on Android, allowing drivers to unlock or lock, and start their vehicle by having their compatible device on their person, or holding it near one of the vehicle’s Near Field Communication (NFC) readers.
Even if the smartphone needs to be charged, users can still use their digital key on their Apple or Android devices.
Further, owners can share car keys through Apple Mail, Messages, WhatsApp and more with up to seven other users. These can also be tailored to offering simple access or the ability to drive the vehicle with the shared Digital Key.
Additionally, owners can control luggage compartments with the Digital Key or via the My Porsche App.
In-car gaming added to App Centre
For MY26, the Porsche App Centre will offer third-party games from Gameloft and Obscure Interactive, turning the Macan Electric into a rolling console.
A “wide variety of family games and gaming classics” will be offered, including AirConsole titles that can be controlled via compatible smartphones – allowing occupants to play individually or together.
Other games will be playable via one of the vehicle’s touchscreens. The optional passenger display allows apps to be used simultaneously without distracting the driver, while compatibility with Bluetooth headsets allows for “an undisturbed listening experience”, too.
Voice Pilot powered by artificial intelligence
Finally, the Macan’s in-car voice control is now integrated with artificial intelligence (AI).
Porsche Voice Pilot utilises various language models in the background, like other AI assistants, to better understand “complex, interrelated questions” and can recognise what a statement refers to.
The upgraded Voice Pilot can also answer questions about vehicle use from the integrated onboard manual via voice prompt. No more digging through the infotainment system or a manual in the glovebox.
What else is new?
Beyond the new digital and assistance features, the MY26 Macan will offer more personalisation and individualisation options “for the door sill guards and LED door courtesy lights”.
The navigation-based Porsche Charging Planner has also been improved, allowing customers to now prioritise or exclude individual charging stations when planning their journey.
Finally, maximum braked towing capacity in the 2026 Porsche Macan has been increased to 2500 kilograms (2.5t) for dual-motor all-wheel drive variants, an increase of 500kg.
The updated Macan range “will be introduced by the end of the year”.
Manubhai ran into trouble with the tax department after receiving cash gifts ahead of his son’s wedding.
Authorities claimed the money was part of undisclosed income. (Representative Image)
In India, cash gifts during weddings are a common tradition. But for Manubhai, receiving Rs 4.31 lakh as cash gifts before his son’s wedding led to a long tax dispute. The Income Tax Department claimed this was “unexplained income” since the money was received almost a month before the wedding, not on or after the ceremony.
Despite showing proof, including the marriage certificate, the invitation card, and even a full list of guests who gave the gifts, the tax officer was not convinced. He added the wedding gifts along with contract income, declaring a total of Rs 18.51 lakh as unexplained income.
Manubhai challenged the ruling at different levels, eventually taking the matter to the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT), Ahmedabad. On August 12, this year, the tribunal ruled in his favour, giving him relief in the case.
How the tax dispute began
The issue started when Manubhai filed his income tax return on April 11, 2018, declaring Rs 4.61 lakh as income, which included salary and presumptive taxation income under Section 44AD from contract work. During scrutiny, the Assessing Officer noticed large cash deposits, Rs 14.2 lakh in SBI and Rs 15 lakh in HDFC Bank.
When questioned, Manubhai explained the deposits came from different sources: Rs 14.2 lakh from contract work, Rs 9 lakh from selling agricultural land, Rs 1 lakh from his wife’s account, and about Rs 5 lakh from his son’s wedding gifts and savings. However, the officer rejected his explanation for both the contract income and the cash gifts, adding them as unexplained income.
Why did the ITAT Ahmedabad rule in favour of the father?
The two-member bench of ITAT Ahmedabad, comprising Dr. BRR Kumar (Vice-President) and Siddhartha Nautiyal (Judicial Member), found no strong grounds in the tax department’s arguments. They noted that Manubhai had already offered his contract income to tax under Section 44AD and had provided full details of the parties involved. The officer, however, made no independent effort to verify those claims.
On the issue of wedding gifts, ITAT observed that Manubhai submitted a complete list of people who gave cash. The tribunal said the fact that the gifts were received before the wedding date did not automatically make them invalid.
Importantly, the Assessing Officer did not highlight any specific problems in the evidence provided. Based on this, the tribunal decided that the addition of Rs 4.31 lakh as unexplained income was not justified.
What the experts say about marriage gifts and tax rules
Mihir Tanna, Associate Director at S.K. Patodia LLP, explained that two provisions were under discussion here, presumptive taxation and wedding gifts. “As per the income tax provisions, if the assessee has opted for presumptive taxation under Section 44AD, the assessee is not required to maintain the books of account as well as the details of purchases made. The assessee is required to maintain sales only,” he was quoted as saying by The Economic Times.
On wedding gift rules, he added that gifts received in excess of Rs 50,000 are generally treated as taxable income. However, gifts received on the occasion of an individual’s marriage are exempt.
The law, though, specifies that this applies only to the marriage of the taxpayer himself, not for the weddings of children or relatives. In Manubhai’s case, the main dispute was about the source of cash deposits, not the identity of the people giving gifts.
What taxpayers should learn from this ruling
Tax experts say the case highlights the importance of proper documentation.
As quoted by The Economic Times, Dr. Suresh Surana, Chartered Accountant, explained: “This judgment highlights the importance of maintaining clear and substantiated documentation for wedding gifts, especially when questioned by the tax authorities.”
To avoid such disputes, taxpayers should keep a record of all gift-givers with names, amounts, and dates, along with the wedding invitation card and certificate.
Even though wedding gifts are exempt, it is safer to declare them under “Exempt Income” while filing returns. This ensures transparency and helps avoid unnecessary litigation.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al…Read More
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings (IPOs) in the market to best investment options, we cover al… Read More
Location :
Delhi, India, India
News business Ahmedabad Tax Tribunal Clears Man In Rs 4 Lakh Cash Gift Case Linked To Son’s Wedding
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Strive Funds CEO Matt Cole announced that the company plans to purchase over $700 million worth of Bitcoin following its public debut. This bold move highlights Strive’s strong belief in Bitcoin’s long-term potential. The large acquisition aims to position Strive as a major player in cryptocurrency investment. Cole’s announcement reflects growing institutional confidence in Bitcoin as a valuable asset class for the future.
Maybe you’ve been following iPhone 17 rumors. Or you’ve thought about installing the iOS 26 betas (on a test device, please). That doesn’t change the fact that iOS 18.6 is what’s running on your iPhone now, and it offers more features than you may have realized, from priority notifications using Apple Intelligence to the revamped and highly modular Control Center.
After digging into the latest update, I found 10 settings that immediately improved my iPhone use. Some are simple “quality of life” upgrades, while others help cut down on background drain or boost privacy.
You don’t need to be a tech expert to make these changes, and most take less than a minute to apply. If your iPhone has been feeling a little sluggish or just not working the way you want it to, these quick adjustments might be all it takes to get things back on track.
For more on what’s new in iOS 18, learn about improvements to the overhauled Calculator app and the Mail app. And don’t forget to consult our iOS 18 upgrade checklist, which includes making sure you have a proper backup before upgrading.
Don’t miss any of our unbiased tech content and lab-based reviews. Add CNET as a preferred Google source.
Watch this: 11 Hidden Features in iOS 18
Turn off categories in the Mail app
With email, everyone has their own way of dealing with the influx of messages. Traditionally, the Mail app has kept a chronological list, but that can get unwieldy if you also get scores of promotions, receipts and other types of email. The new categories feature creates virtual buckets for Primary, Transactions, Updates and Promotions, and guesses how your messages should be sorted.
If that approach doesn’t work for you, here are two things to try.
• In the event that categories are somewhat useful, but you still want a chronological view of your Inbox, swipe all the way to the right of the categories and tap All Mail.
• To turn off categories altogether, tap the three-dot menu (…) in the top-right corner, and then tap List View.
Turn off Mail Categories from within the Inbox. (iOS 18.5 beta shown here.)
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
Change the default buttons on the lock screen
In real estate, location is everything, and the bottom corners of the iPhone lock screen are the prime spots, each an easy thumb press away when your device is still locked. Before iOS 18, those posts were held by the flashlight and camera buttons, with no way to change them.
In iOS 18, you can finally replace them with other buttons — or remove them entirely, a balm for folks who unknowingly activate the flashlight (believe me, there’s a better way to turn it on). You can add buttons to recognize music via Shazam, enable Dark Mode, set an alarm/timer, enable Airplane Mode, open your Wallet, send money via Tap to Cash and more.
Here’s how:
1. On the iPhone’s lock screen, touch and hold anywhere on the display until you see the Customize button. You’ll need to unlock the phone using Face ID, Touch ID or your passcode. If it opens the home screen, swipe down from the center-top of the screen (not the right edge, which brings up Control Center.
2. Tap Customize and then choose Lock Screen.
3. Remove one of the buttons by tapping the – (minus) button on the icon.
4. To replace the button with another function, tap its space (now with a + icon) and then choose the one you want on the next screen. (You can also opt to leave that space empty with no button.)
5. Repeat those steps for the other button if you want to change it.
6. Tap Done when you’re finished.
7. Tap the lock screen again to exit the customize mode.
Remove a lock screen button by tapping the – (minus) button, and then choose a new control to replace it.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
Get important alerts using Prioritize Notifications
For iPhone models that can run Apple Intelligence, a new option in iOS 18.4 is fast becoming one of my favorite AI features. Go to Settings > Notifications, and under Apple Intelligence, tap Prioritize Notifications. As new alerts come in — and some days feel like they arrive in floods — Apple Intelligence determines which ones are more likely to be important to you. For example, texts from people in your contacts could be flagged in favor of random scam messages. On that settings screen, you can enable or disable priority notifications for individual apps.
In iOS 18.4, Apple Intelligence can prioritize notifications to grab your attention.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
Set up some of the new tasks available on the Action button
The Action button on the iPhone 15 Pro, iPhone 16, iPhone 16E and iPhone 16 Pro replaced the dedicated mute switch found on every earlier iPhone model with a configurable control. By default, it serves the same purpose — hold it to turn Silent Mode on or off — but you can configure it for other actions like opening the Camera app, performing multiple actions at once or even ordering coffee. The iOS 18.4 update adds Visual Intelligence as an option for the Action button. That makes the AI technology available on the iPhone 16E, which does not include the novel new Camera Control but is now an option for any iPhone with an Action button.
In iOS 18, the Action button gets new capabilities. You can bypass Control Center and choose a control of your choice, such as opening the Remote interface for navigating Apple TV or using Shazam to identify a song.
To choose a different action for the Action button, go to Settings > Action Button. Swipe sideways to select and activate one of the available actions. For the Controls, Shortcut and Accessibility options, tap the Choose button to pick which specific action to run.
iOS 18 now lets you program the Action Button with your favorite Control Center control.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
Give your home screen a radical new look
You wouldn’t think that putting icons where you want is a radical new feature, but that’s because iOS has always had a locked arrangement. Apps get added from top to bottom, left to right. You could rearrange the order in which icons appear and move them to other screens, but that was about it.
In iOS 18, apps can be positioned nearly anywhere. You no longer need to deal with a wallpaper image of your kids or pets being obscured by icons. They still adhere to a grid — Apple isn’t about to sanction anarchy — but can be placed freely.
Also, Dark mode finally applies to all of the iPhone’s home screen, with options for coloring icons and affecting the brightness of the wallpaper image. Here’s how to customize the looks.
Arrange apps: Touch and hold the home screen to enter “jiggle mode,” and then drag the icons to new positions. It will still slide them around to fill spaces, but with patience, you can move them into the spots you want.
Position app icons where you want so this very good girl isn’t covered.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
You can also quickly turn compatible apps into widgets that display more information. Maps, for instance, can be a map of your current location with shortcut buttons to search for places or bring up a list of nearby places (such as dinner spots). Touch and hold the app icon and look for a row of resize buttons in the menu that appears. Once expanded beyond the standard icon size, you can drag the handle in the bottom-right corner of the new icon. To get it back to its single icon size you need to touch and hold again and choose the single-icon button
Some apps can be expanded into larger icons that act like widgets.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
Set Dark mode: If you’ve ever subjected yourself to the retina blast of black text on a white background late at night in a darkened room, you will appreciate the new Dark mode option for the home and lock screens. iOS has previously included a Dark mode, where light backgrounds switch to black or dark gray, text switches to white or light gray and other interface elements are dimmed to coexist in a dark environment. That’s never been applied to the home and lock screens in any significant way — only the dock and some widgets — until iOS 18.
First, touch and hold the home screen to enter jiggle mode. Tap the Edit button in the top-left corner and choose Customize from the menu. At the bottom of the screen, choose a mode for the icons and background: Automatic, Dark or Light (I’ll get to Tinted in a moment). In Dark mode, the icons gain black backgrounds, and folders and the Dock become dark gray. (Developers have the option of making Dark mode icons for their apps. In the meantime, apps not yet optimized get a generally darker appearance.)
In the home screen’s Dark mode, icons and the background are given a darker treatment.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
In Dark mode, the background image also changes. Apple’s default iOS 18 wallpaper dynamically changes from light to dark as the day progresses, or you can choose colors that offer a light and dark option. If you use a photo, its overall exposure is reduced to dim the light output.
If you want dark icons but aren’t a fan of the dimmed photo treatment, tap the sun icon in the corner of the options sheet at the bottom of the screen to toggle back to Light mode just for the background.
Tinted icons: A new and different option is to tint all of the app icons so they share the same color. In the Customize options at the bottom of the screen, choose Tinted as the icon style. You can then adjust the Hue (the slider with the color spectrum) and Luminosity (the slider with the dark to light range) to choose the color tint you prefer.
Apply a universal tint to all app icons, with controls for adjusting the hue and luminosity.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
What if you want to match a color from a background image? Tap the eyedropper button and then drag the reticle to pinpoint the color you want — the border indicates the selected color.
The tint is applied not only to icons but to widgets as well. For a widget such as Photos, the images it displays show up as duotones to match the theme.
Large icons: Do the labels below each app icon seem redundant to you? Now you can remove the labels and increase the size of the icons with one setting. Open the Customize options as described above and tap the Large button.
Make the home screen icons larger and hide the app labels.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
After making any of these changes, tap anywhere on the screen to apply them and exit the Customize interface.
Change up how the Control Center looks
Control Center was once a convenient place to quickly access controls such as playback volume and Airplane mode but under iOS 18 it’s a configurable playground. You can position controls where you want, resize many to reveal more information and add new controls on multiple screens.
Swipe down from the top-right corner to reveal the Control Center (or swipe up from the bottom on the iPhone SE). To enter edit mode, touch and hold or press the + button at the top-left corner.
Just as with moving apps, drag a control to another slot on the screen to reposition it. Many of the controls also include a bottom-right handle that can resize the control — in most cases, it reveals the name of the control and its current status (such as Flashlight Off).
Rearrange the controls in Control Center and, for some, expand them to reveal more information (or just make the button a larger target for pressing).
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
Control Center also now spans multiple screens. Swipe up to view controls for media currently playing, Home controls for smart lights and appliances and a page dedicated to the communication options that appear when you long-press the Connectivity block containing Airplane Mode, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Cellular and others. Look closely and you’ll see that those screens are actually individual controls expanded to occupy the entire Control Center area.
You can rearrange the order of those screens by moving their controls. Suppose you want Home controls to be the first swipe instead of Now Playing: In the editing mode, drag the large Home control up to the previous screen (Now Playing will shift to the right to make room).
Some controls get their own screens, such as Home. Normally it’s on the third screen, but here it’s been moved to the second screen.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
To remove controls, tap the – (minus) button that appears. You can also add other controls: Tap Add a Control and scroll through the available options ranging from starting a Screen Recording to a host of accessibility options.
Read more: All the new controls you can add to Control Center
Lock or hide any of your sensitive apps
Our phones carry some of our most sensitive data and yet it’s not uncommon to hand a phone to a friend to view photos or look up something online. That doesn’t mean they’re going to snoop but it doesn’t not mean they might be more curious than you’re comfortable with. For data you want to ensure stays out of sight or to add a layer of protection in front of sensitive information, iOS 18 adds the ability to lock and hide apps.
For example, let’s say you keep an ongoing set of lists of gift ideas for family members in the Notes app. You can lock individual notes but that requires a separate step. Maybe a few ideas were made as individual quick notes or drawings. Instead of micromanaging access, you can lock the entire Notes app by doing the following:
Touch and hold the app icon you want to lock and choose Require Face ID or Require Touch ID (or Require Passcode if Face ID or Touch ID are not enabled) from the menu that appears. Confirm your choice by tapping Require Face ID (or similar) in the next dialog.
Lock individual apps.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
To remove the authentication step, touch and hold the app and choose Don’t Require Face ID (or similar).
Nothing outwardly indicates that an app is locked — you’ll find out when you try to open it. There’s one more level of app security available, which is to hide apps in a special locked folder. Touch and hold the app and choose Require Face ID and then tap Hide and Require Face ID in the dialog. Confirm the action by tapping Hide App on the next screen.
The app disappears from the home screen and gets slotted into a Hidden folder at the bottom of the App Library (swipe left beyond your last home screen to view the App Library). To access apps there, tap the Hidden folder and authenticate with Face ID.
When you choose Hide and Require Face ID to protect an app, it gets put into the Hidden folder in App Library (top). Tap the folder and authenticate to access the app (bottom).
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
iOS 18 imposes some limitations on hidden apps. Some, such as many of the built-in ones like Notes or Reminders, can only be locked and cannot be hidden at all. Also, the Hidden folder locks itself when you launch an app or swipe away from the App Library.
Turn off Loop Videos in the Photos app
Many apps have implemented a small but annoying (to me) feature, and now Photos under iOS 18.2 has it too: Videos automatically replay when you watch them until you tap the Pause button. That can be fun once or twice, or when viewing short clips. I’m not a fan of having to take action to make them stop each time.
Now I can take action once. Go to Settings > Photos, scroll down until you see Loop Videos and turn the option off. A video will play on its own but then stop at the end as it should.
Turn off Loop Videos to stop every video from replaying automatically.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
If you’d rather the video didn’t play at all until you tap the Play button, also turn off Auto-Play Motion in the same Settings screen.
Adjust the view of your calendar
Big new features like locking and hiding apps are great additions but so are the tiny changes that you encounter every day. The Calendar app includes two new ways to view your schedule.
In iOS 18, when you’re in the Month view in portrait orientation, pinch with two fingers to view more or fewer details. As you “zoom in,” individual events appear as colored bars and then as labeled events with times, all while keeping the monthly grid of days and weeks.
In the Calendar app’s Month view, pinch to zoom in and see more details.
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
The Day view, which breaks down your day hour by hour, now has a new Multi Day view that shows two consecutive days to give you context for what’s coming without turning the phone into landscape orientation and viewing the Week view. Tap the View button at the top of the Single Day view and choose Multi Day from the popup menu.
The new Multi Day view in the Calendar shows two days at once (right).
Screenshots by Jeff Carlson/CNET
Improve movie and TV show dialogue in the TV app
Trouble hearing dialogue in movies and television shows isn’t a new problem — for example, Apple TV has had a feature for a while where you can ask Siri, “What did she say?” and it will automatically back up a few seconds, turn on subtitles and replay that section of the video. You can even buy soundbars that can overcome muffled TV speech. There are a lot of reasons it’s harder to hear dialogue but the TV app in iOS 18 includes a high-tech workaround to make dialog easier to discern.
While you’re watching a video in the TV app, tap the More (…) button and then expand the Audio heading in the menu that appears; if the phone is in horizontal orientation, tap the Audio Adjustments button. Tap Enhance Dialogue and choose Enhance or Boost. They each dampen background noise and raise the dialogue’s audio.
Turn on Enhance Dialogue in the TV app to discern characters’ speech better in noisy scenes.
Screenshot by Jeff Carlson/CNET
These are just a few new features and changes in iOS 18. Check out our broader coverage of Apple Intelligence, more impressions of the system after using it for months and how these all work together with the iPhone 16 models.
Apple’s iPhone 16, 16 Plus Show Off Bolder Colors and Buttons
GLP-1 weight loss and diabetes drugs, like Ozempic and Wegovy, have been shown to reduce the symptoms of a painful skin condition.
Hidradenitis suppurativa, also known as acne inversa, is a condition that causes small, painful lumps to develop under the skin, according to Mayo Clinic.
These lumps typically develop in areas of the body where the skin rubs together, and can be recurrent.
POPULAR WEIGHT-LOSS MEDICATION COULD RELIEVE PAINFUL ARTHRITIS SYMPTOMS, DOCTORS REPORT
Hidradenitis suppurativa tends to start after puberty and before age 40, persisting for many years and potentially worsening over time, according to Mayo Clinic. Women are three times more likely to develop the condition.
Medical and surgical therapy can help manage the condition and prevent complications.
GLP-1 medications could improve certain skin conditions, experts found.(iStock)
A new study, published in the journal JAMA Dermatology, analyzed how GLP-1 medication could impact this skin condition.
The French researchers noted that hidradenitis suppurativa is typically associated with overweight and obesity, affecting 50% of those patients.
WHO SHOULD BE TAKING WEIGHT-LOSS DRUGS? DOCTORS SHARE BEST CANDIDATES
The experts noted that weight loss, whether through diet or obesity surgery, has a “beneficial effect” on the skin condition for most patients.
As GLP-1s have demonstrated “major efficacy” in weight loss, the researchers hypothesized that the medications could also have anti-inflammatory properties that may help with skin symptoms.
Researchers found that patients with obesity and diabetes experienced a reduction in symptoms when taking a GLP-1.(iStock)
The study evaluated 66 patients with hidradenitis suppurativa who were taking a GLP-1 drug, following up at an average of 18.5 months later.
Nearly 90% of the study participants had diabetes, and their average BMI was 39.4. Treatment for the skin condition was initiated for 53% of the patients.
IS OZEMPIC RUINING YOUR TEETH? WHAT TO KNOW ABOUT IMPACT ON DENTAL HEALTH
After six months, 54% of patients had a reduction in symptoms.
By the last consultation, 67% of the participants reported reductions and 60% had decreased pain.
Hidradenitis suppurativa, shown here, typically occurs before age 40 and can worsen with time.(iStock)
‘Cautious optimism’
Dr. Brendan Camp, a dermatologist in New York, reacted to these study findings with “cautious optimism.”
“It is impressive that, over a median of 18.5 months of follow-up, GLP-1 receptor agonists led to significant reductions in HS severity, flares and pain in patients, most of whom were obese and had diabetes,” he said in an interview with Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Camp confirmed how GLP-1-aided weight loss can reduce “mechanical friction” and “adipose-driven inflammation in susceptible areas” where skin conditions can occur.
GLP-1s also appear to have anti-inflammatory effects, which could potentially enhance skin healing and reduce the frequency of inflammatory skin disease flares, he said.
A dermatologist said he does not currently recommend GLP-1s solely for HS or other skin conditions, as it’s not prescribed for this indication.(iStock)
Potential limitations
Camp pointed out that while the study represents a “promising therapeutic signal,” its retrospective design “limits causal conclusions.”
“Solid confirmation via randomized clinical trials is critically needed,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Additionally, most participants in the study were obese and diabetic, which means the results may not be applicable to all patients with hidradenitis suppurativa.
“Future randomized trials are required to determine who will benefit most and to establish safety and effectiveness in the wider HS population,” Camp said.
“GLP-1 therapies remain investigational for hidradenitis suppurativa and are not an approved indication.”
The dermatologist does not currently recommend GLP-1s solely for hidradenitis suppurativa or other skin conditions.
“Patients with HS should know that while these findings are hopeful — showing improvements in severity, flare frequency, pain and quality of life over months of treatment — GLP-1 therapies remain investigational for HS and are not an approved indication,” he noted.
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
Those who qualify for GLP-1 treatment for diabetes or obesity, however, may find that these drugs offer the “added potential benefit of HS symptom improvement.”
“Off-label initiation without a clear indication should be approached with caution — weighing cost, side effects and lack of definitive trial evidence — and only under the guidance of both a dermatologist and prescribing provider,” Camp added.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/india-exports-dehradun-apples-gi-tagged-indi-lime-to-uae-for-the-first-time-9169560” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/China-rejects-call-to-join-U-S-Russia-nuclear-disarmament-talks-1GbsEYTj8mQ/img/bf70a8cd13c64bc4be880563f36e9b24/bf70a8cd13c64bc4be880563f36e9b24.png' alt='A U.S. nuclear submarine operates during military exercises off Cartagena, Colombia, February 28, 2022. /VCG'
It’s neither reasonable nor realistic to ask China to join the nuclear disarmament negotiations with the United States and Russia, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Guo Jiakun said on Wednesday.
Guo made the remarks at a regular press conference in response to reports that U.S. President Donald Trump said recently that the U.S. and Russia are discussing cuts to their nuclear arsenals and expressed hope for China’s participation.
The country sitting on the world’s biggest nuclear arsenal should earnestly fulfill its special and primary responsibility for nuclear disarmament, further make drastic and substantive cuts to its nuclear arsenal, and create conditions for the ultimate realization of complete and thorough nuclear disarmament, Guo said.
“China’s nuclear strength is by no means on the same level with that of the U.S. Our nuclear policy and strategic security environment are also completely different,” Guo said.
Noting China follows a policy of “no first use” of nuclear weapons and a nuclear strategy that focuses on self-defense, he said China always keeps its nuclear strength at the minimum level required by national security, and never engages in arms race with anyone.
China’s nuclear strength and nuclear policy contribute to world peace, the spokesperson added.
Real estate developer Ashiana Housing Ltd has acquired 22.71 acres of land in Mahindra World City, Chennai, on perpetual lease from Mahindra World City Developers Ltd, a subsidiary of Mahindra Lifespace. (A representative image)
| Photo Credit:
Ashiana Housing
Realty firm Ashiana Housing has acquired nearly 23 acres of land in Chennai to develop a senior living housing project with a revenue potential of Rs 1,200 crore.
In a regulatory filing, the company informed that it has “acquired a piece of land admeasuring 22.71 acres on perpetual lease basis from Mahindra World City Developers Ltd, a material subsidiary of Mahindra Lifespace Developers Ltd”.
The land is located within the complex of Mahindra World City at Chennai (Tamil Nadu), and the company plans to develop a senior living project (villas and apartments) on this land.
“This land is adjacent to our existing Senior Living project namely ‘Ashiana Vatsalya’ and has saleable area of 15 lakh sq ft (approx.) with sales potential of Rs 1,200 crore,” Ashiana Housing said.
Nine projects underway across multiple cities
The company currently has nine ongoing projects, three in Bhiwadi (NCR), three in Chennai, and one each in Jaipur, Pune, and Lavasa (Pune). It is now planning to expand its footprint into Bengaluru and Mumbai.
Ashiana Housing Ltd’s sales bookings rose 83 per cent to Rs 430.97 crore in the first quarter of this fiscal on higher demand.
Its sales bookings or pre-sales stood at Rs 235.32 crore in the year-ago period.
The company sold 5.95 lakh square feet in the April-June period of this fiscal as against 4.42 lakh square feet in the corresponding period of the preceding year.
Delhi-based Ashiana Housing, one of the leading real estate developers in the country, sold properties worth Rs 1,936.75 crore in the entire 2024-25 fiscal.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
TOČKASTI je uzorak velik hit ovog ljeta, a zna to i Lejla Filipović koja je nedavno pokazala prekrasnu crnu haljinicu s bijelim točkama. Haljinu je pametno iskombinirala s crnom YSL clutch torbicom i bijelim sandalama, a upravo su nam te sandale privukle pozornost. Naime, već smo ih uočili na njezinim fotografijama iz Dubrovnika, a pokazale su se vrlo svestranima.
Osim uz točkastu haljinu, nosila ih je i u mnogo ležernijem izdanju, uz kombinaciju bijele i prozirne haljine.
Pronašli smo slične
Jednostavne bijele sandale s niskom potpeticom i mašnom na prednjem dijelu jednostavan su, a istovremeno upečatljiv modni detalj koji je lako uklopiti u različite modne kombinacije i prilike.
Odlučili smo pronaći sandale poput onih koje je nosila, a naš odabir možete pronaći ispod.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Gilbert Arenas and Skip Bayless have made news lately for reasons they would rather forget. Now, they will attempt to put an entertaining spin on NFL news in a digital program launching Tuesday and airing three times a week.
Arenas, a Van Nuys Grant High product who played 11 seasons in the NBA, will rebrand his current channel. Bayless, who had long runs on ESPN’s “First Take” and FS1’s “Undisputed,” will be featured on “The Arena: Gridiron” along with former NFL coach Jay Gruden and former NFL cornerback Aqib Talib.
Arenas was arrested July 30 and charged along with five others with conspiracy for allegedly running illegal poker games at his Encino mansion, court records show. Arenas, 43, rented out the mansion “for the purposes of hosting high-stakes illegal poker games,” according to a news release issued by the U.S. attorney’s office in Los Angeles.
The three-time All-Star guard — who went by the nickname “Agent Zero” according to federal authorities — was charged with conspiracy to operate an illegal gambling business, operating an illegal gambling business and making false statements to federal investigators.
Among the others charged was Yevgeni Gershman, 49, a.k.a. “Giora,” of Woodland Hills, who the U.S. attorney’s office described as “a suspected organized crime figure from Israel.” Arenas pleaded not guilty and was released on a $50,000 bond.
Bayless has also been sifting through court filings. He is a defendant along with Fox Sports, broadcaster Joy Taylor and executive Charlie Dixon in a lawsuit by former FS1 hairstylist Noushin Faraji, who alleged that Bayless offered her $1.5 million for sex.
Faraji filed a request to dismiss the lawsuit this month in L.A. Superior Court, which legal experts said is an indication that a settlement has been reached.
Bayless told the Athletic that he isn’t bothered by the criminal charges against Arenas.
“I’ve talked to Gil,” he said. “He has no concerns. I mean, he’s obviously concerned, but he believes he did nothing at all wrong, except rent out his space, and I believe in him.”
Underdog, a five-year-old gaming and media firm, will own and produce the show. Arenas’ two digital basketball programs under “Gil’s Arena” have become one of Underdog’s biggest draws.
Shifting to football prompted the addition of Bayless, whose spirited back-and-forth on social media with Arenas grew into a professional relationship.
“I’m back in the saddle in the debate arena,” Bayless said. “I live for this. I love this.”
Tech giant Google announced that it has added two new features to Google Translate that allow for real-time conversation translation and tailored language practice.
“Using the advanced reasoning and multimodal capabilities of Gemini models, we’re bringing two new features to Translate to help with live conversations and language learning,” Google announced.
The updated Google Translate App supports live, two-way conversations in over 70 languages, including Arabic, French, Hindi, Korean, Spanish, and Tamil, with audio and on-screen translations, a release said.
Add Zee Business as a Preferred Source
To try it out, open the Translate App for Android or iOS, tap on “Live translate,” select the languages you want to translate and begin speaking. The translation will be read aloud with an onscreen transcript of your conversation in both languages on your device.
These new live translate capabilities are available starting today for users in the US, India and Mexico, and they use advanced speech recognition for clarity in noisy environments.
“Google Translate’s live capabilities use our advanced voice and speech recognition models, which are trained to help isolate sounds, even in busy airports or at a noisy cafe in a new country,” the company said.Further, a Beta language practice feature will be rolled out this week with customised listening and speaking exercises for English speakers learning Spanish and French, as well as for Spanish, French and Portuguese speakers learning English.
“To start, just tap ‘Practice’ in the App, set your skill level and goals, and Translate will generate customised scenarios for you to dive into. Learners can either listen to conversations and tap the words they hear to build comprehension, or they can practice speaking with helpful hints,” the release said.
The tech giant said that interactive practices are generated on the fly and intelligently adapt to the learner’s skill level.
If you’ve been waiting to upgrade your travel gear, now is the time. Amazon has rolled out impressive offers on American Tourister luggage bags (2025), giving you a chance to save big while investing in quality. Known for their durability, smart designs, and easy mobility, American Tourister trolley bags remain a popular choice among frequent flyers and casual travellers alike.
Travel in style with American Tourister trolley bags, now up to 70% off on Amazon, making premium luggage more accessible.
With discounts of up to 70% during the Amazon Sale, the deal feels almost too good to pass up. From compact cabin cases to spacious check-in options, there is something for every kind of traveller. To help you shop smarter, we’ve rounded up the top 8 picks from American Tourister luggage that combine functionality with sleek design.
Top 8 picks for American Tourister luggage bags
The American Tourister PP Liftoff+ 3-piece trolley bag set in Seafoam Blue is designed for travellers who value both style and strength. Crafted from durable polypropylene, it resists rough handling while keeping your essentials secure with a TSA lock. The double wheels glide smoothly on uneven streets, making it ideal for city breaks or long-haul trips. With multiple sizes, it adapts easily to family holidays, solo getaways, or frequent business travel.
The American Tourister PP Ivy 2.0 3-piece luggage set in classic black is built for travellers who expect reliability on every trip. Made from strong polypropylene, it ensures lasting durability, while the combination lock adds extra security. The smooth double wheels handle cobbled streets and busy terminals with ease. With three versatile sizes, it’s perfect for everything from weekend escapes to extended holidays, keeping your belongings organised and protected wherever you go.
The American Tourister Ivy Nxt 3-piece trolley bag set in blue combines sleek style with dependable performance. Its polycarbonate shell offers strength, while the mounted TSA lock keeps belongings safe. With four spinner wheels, moving through airports and streets feels effortless. Inside, the Flexi Packing Strap helps organise essentials neatly, making it ideal for both short breaks and long holidays. A versatile set built for travellers who value comfort, convenience, and security.
The American Tourister Ivy 3-piece trolley bag set in sea green is a stylish travel companion built to handle every trip with ease. Made from scratch and impact-resistant polypropylene, it protects your belongings while offering ample packing space for souvenirs or last-minute additions. The colour-matched TSA lock and coordinated detailing give it a refined finish. With smooth spinner wheels, it’s perfect for everything from weekend city breaks to long international holidays.
The American Tourister PP Ivy 2.0 3-piece luggage set in forest green offers durability, style, and ease for every type of traveller. Crafted from strong polypropylene, it withstands heavy handling while keeping belongings safe with a secure combination lock and hidden pocket. The smooth double wheels glide over uneven pavements and crowded terminals with minimal effort. With three practical sizes, it suits weekend getaways, business trips, and extended family holidays perfectly.
The Kamiliant American Tourister Harrier Zing 3-piece luggage set in military olive combines strength with practical design for stress-free travel. Its boxy shape maximises packing volume, while cross ribbons and a U-shaped pocket keep belongings neatly arranged. The lightweight polypropylene build ensures durability without adding bulk, and the 360-degree double wheels glide smoothly across terminals and streets. With three sizes included, it’s a versatile choice for quick trips, family holidays, or extended vacations.
The American Tourister Ivy 2.0 3-piece luggage set in tan orange blends durability with modern style, making it a reliable pick for frequent travellers. Crafted from tough polypropylene, it holds up against rough handling while the mounted TSA lock and hidden pocket keep valuables secure. Smooth spinner wheels and an adjustable telescopic trolley make moving through airports effortless. With three spacious sizes, it’s perfect for everything from short trips to long international travel.
The American Tourister Kamiliant 3-piece soft-sided trolley set in blue offers flexibility and ease for all kinds of travel. Made from durable polyester, it is lightweight yet spacious, making packing simple and efficient. The spinner wheels ensure smooth movement through crowded airports and busy streets, while the three practical sizes suit different needs. Perfect for weekend getaways, work trips, or long holidays, this set combines convenience with reliable performance for every traveller.
Similar articles for you
Goa girls trip tips: Private villas, cars and safe fun
5 reasons your next family holiday should be to Hong Kong
Priyanka Chopra’s daughter sets airport travel goals for toddlers worldwide!
Are American Tourister trolley bags durable for frequent travel?
Yes, American Tourister luggage is designed with sturdy materials like polypropylene and polycarbonate, making it reliable for frequent flights and long journeys.
Do American Tourister trolley bags have smooth wheels?
Most models feature double or spinner wheels, ensuring easy movement through airports, streets, and even rougher surfaces without much effort.
Which size should I choose in American Tourister trolley bags?
Small sizes work well for weekend trips, medium for short holidays, and large for long vacations or family travel. Many sets include all three.
Are American Tourister luggage bags secure?
Yes, most American Tourister luggage comes with TSA-approved locks or combination locks to keep belongings safe during international and domestic travel.
Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, concerning the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.
While Sony was always going to struggle against Xbox Game Pass in September, the company has come out fighting with another really good PlayStation Plus line-up for Essential subscribers.
Available from September 2, the PS Plus Essentials include the superb Psychonauts 2, as well as first-person puzzle game Viewfinder.
If that wasn’t good enough, Sony has also confirmed plans to bring ultra-addictive cozy game Stardew Valley to the service in September.
Stardew Valley begins with your character inheriting the family farm, although there’s so much more to it than simply growing crops and feeding animals.
You’ll need to form relationships with your fellow villagers, attend town festivals, visit the neighbouring area, go fishing, head down the mines or simply wonder around foraging for items. It’s wonderful.
The game is hugely popular among gamers, earning overwhelmingly positive reviews on Steam.
It also helps that developer ConcernedApe has released a steady stream of free content updates since the game’s original launch.
This includes everything from new pets and farm types, to end-game skills, major annual events, new crops, activities and lots more.
You could easily spend hundreds of hours in this one, which is why it’s great to see it finally come to PS Plus.
It’s also worth noting that Stardew Valley takes advantage of the PS Plus online multiplayer function, letting you team up and play with friends.
“You’ve inherited your grandfather’s old farm plot in Stardew Valley,” reads the official description.
“Armed with hand-me-down tools and a few coins, you set out to begin your new life. Can you learn to live off the land and turn these overgrown fields into a thriving home? It won’t be easy. Ever since Joja Corporation came to town, the old ways of life have all but disappeared.
“The community centre, once the town’s most vibrant hub of activity, now lies in shambles. But the valley seems full of opportunity. With a little dedication, you might just be the one to restore Stardew Valley to greatness!”
With Xbox Game Pass adding Hollow Knight Silksong to its ranks in September, Sony needed a strong PS Plus line-up, which it has most certainly delivered.
Psychonauts 2 is another highly-rated game, earning Overwhelmingly Positive reviews on Steam. Fans love the creative level design, the colourful visuals and the game’s unique sense of character.
Viewfinder, meanwhile, is another beloved game. Players use a special camera to reshape reality and overcome obstacles. It’s an extremely inventive game with some excellent puzzles that will make you feel extra clever.
Ford CEO Jim Farley has said the automaker is making an off-road “supercar for gravel”, arguing the traditional on-road supercar market is “completely over-served”.
Speaking on the Hot Pursuit podcast by news outlet Bloomberg, the Ford CEO – fresh from judging and participating at Monterey Car Week in California – said he’s asked Ford engineers to develop a wild, paradigm-shifting off-road performance model.
“No one’s ever built a supercar for gravel, high-speed sand, dirt. I think that would be a great direction for our company,” Mr Farley said.
“I’m talking about a Dakar concept – like a supercar – 1000hp [745kW], partially electric, totally digitally enabled.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new Ford. Click here to get a great deal.
“You bring your phone, you get the [2026 Red Bull Ford Formula One driver] Max Verstappen settings; everything’s adjustable – the damping, the ride height, and it’s fully capable of doing a full-on race, but it’s not a pick-up truck.
“I’m thinking really deeply about it, and usually that turns into something,” Mr Farley said.
The Dakar event is the gruelling long-distance rally – which started as a race between Paris, France, and Dakar, Senegal in Africa, which Ford entered in 2025 hoping to challenge Toyota.
Ford races a wild prototype vehicle in the event called the Raptor T1+ after its Ranger, Bronco and F-150 Raptors.
“That’s why I want [Ford] to win Dakar … I think that is the right way for Ford to innovate the supercar business,” said Mr Farley.
It’s not the first time the Ford chief has mentioned a Raptor-related supercar, with suggestive comments after this year’s Dakar event – where Ford finished third behind two Toyotas – but this is the most detail the Ford boss has gone into so far.
While praising the revered status of the Porsche brand, notably its iconic 911 sports car lineup which includes the new, more rugged Dakar, Mr Farley said the opportunity for the US automaker isn’t to make another 911 – or even a faster Mustang.
“I feel like the supercar market is completely overserved,” the Ford boss said.
“People are just buying these cars to invest as if it’s a stock or something. I don’t want flippers; I don’t want investors buying our cars.”
For the flagship Mustang GTD, Ford has a vetting process for customers wishing to buy one of the 300 it will produce – a similar process which was applied to the GT two-seat supercar it introduced to showrooms in 2017.
“We can always do another fancy supercar, but I’m challenging my team to think differently,” Mr Farley said.
“What I’m more interested in is – there is no Porsche of off-road, and I’m shocked that people don’t think about that, and I’m very interested in that.”
Mr Farley, currently on a Bronco Off-road trip on the Colorada River in the US state of Utah, is a self-confessed petrol head and car enthusiast whose recent headlines include declaring Ford will no longer make “boring cars”.
He has also publicly criticised “two-row” SUVs – such as the top-selling Toyota RAV4, a rival to Ford’s own Escape – calling them “generic”.
In tapping his passion, Mr Farley has said the iconic American brand will look at leveraging its icons – such as Mustang, F-Series and Bronco – instead of building two-row generic SUVs.
MORE: Ford boss hates Australia’s favourite type of new car
MORE: Ford admits it needs to lift its passenger car game
Bhagwat’s remarks echoed Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s call for balancing economic self-interest with the promotion of local enterprise
Beyond economics, Bhagwat also addressed the current global situation, noting that discussions on peace, environmental sustainability, and economic inequality are ongoing, yet concrete solutions look distant. File pic/PTI
The global trade must take place and continue “voluntarily” and it should be devoid of any pressure tactics or tricks, RSS chief Mohan Bhagwat stated on Wednesday, stressing a balanced approach to global commerce. Speaking on the second day of the three-day lecture series, “100 Years of the Sangh Journey—New Horizons” in New Delhi’s Vigyan Bhawan, he elaborated on the principles of self-reliance and Swadeshi.
“International trade should happen only voluntarily, not under pressure,” said Bhagwat, adding that “self-reliance” is the key to the way forward for India.
“Aatmnirbharata (self-reliance) or Swadeshi is important. Being self-reliant does not mean stopping imports. The world functions because it is interdependent. So, export-import will continue. However, there should be no pressure in it. Swadeshi means not importing goods that we already have or can easily manufacture. We should always support local businesses. Bringing outside goods hurts local vendors,” Bhagwat explained.
The RSS chief’s remarks echoed Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s call for balancing economic self-interest with the promotion of local enterprise, highlighting the need for trade policies free from coercion.
Beyond economics, Bhagwat also addressed the current global situation, noting that discussions on peace, environmental sustainability, and economic inequality are ongoing, yet concrete solutions look distant. “For this, we must think and deliberate authentically, bring sacrifice into life, and develop balanced intellect and dharmic vision,” he said, emphasising that thoughtful action and moral grounding are essential to meaningful global change.
Mentioning India’s international conduct, Bhagwat lauded the nation’s restraint in the face of adversities. “We have always exercised restraint even in our losses. Those who caused us harm were helped in their crisis. Enmity arises from individual and national ego, but beyond ego is our Bharat or Hindustan.”
He urged Indian society to serve as a model for the world, demonstrating that ethical behaviour and measured response can build credibility and trust.
Bhagwat further underlined that the Sangh’s reputation is rooted in consistent service and societal commitment. “What the Sangh says, society listens to,” he stated, reiterating that the RSS’s credibility has been earned over decades through steadfast dedication to social welfare.
By linking self-reliance with ethical engagement, Bhagwat highlighted a vision where India not only strengthens its domestic economy but also sets a global example. The stress is on voluntary participation in trade, local empowerment, and moral leadership, creating a framework where economic growth and societal responsibility go hand in hand.
Madhuparna Das
Madhuparna Das, Associate Editor (policy) at CNN News 18, has been in journalism for nearly 14 years. She has extensively been covering politics, policy, crime and internal security issues. She has covered Naxa…Read More
Madhuparna Das, Associate Editor (policy) at CNN News 18, has been in journalism for nearly 14 years. She has extensively been covering politics, policy, crime and internal security issues. She has covered Naxa… Read More
News india ‘Global Trade Must Be Free Of Pressure’: RSS Chief Mohan Bhagwat’s Bold Call For Ethical Commerce
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Former White House Crypto Director, Bo Hines, currently serving as a strategic adviser at Tether, stated in an interview that he is very confident that the United States government will enact the Bitcoin Reserve Act before the end of 2025. Hines stated that the U.S. government is still interested in accumulating more Bitcoins through budget-neutral ways.
The young accomplished crypto leader highlighted that President Donald Trump remains steadfast in welcoming innovation to the United States. According to Hines, David Sacks, the White House Crypto czar, is working closely with lawmakers, led by Senator Cynthia Lummis, to pass the Bitcoin Act before the end of 2025.
U.S. Bitcoin Reserve Updates
Earlier this month, U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent announced that the Trump administration is seeking budget-neutral ways to acquire more Bitcoins. Bessent clarified that the U.S. government holds Bitcoin valued between $15 billion and $20 billion.
At the state level, several U.S. states have progressed to implement their respective strategic Bitcoin reserves. For example, New Hampshire became the first state to authorize its treasury to invest up to 5 percent of the public funds in Bitcoin. Several other states, led by Texas, have been pushing to implement strategic Bitcoin reserves.
Other Nations Follow Suit
Last week, the Philippines’ lawmakers introduced a bill to establish a strategic Bitcoin reserve. Notably, the Philippines lawmakers plan to direct the country’s central bank to purchase 2k BTC per year for the next five years.
Meanwhile, several countries have already purchased Bitcoins including El Salvador, Bhutan, and Ukraine. The imminent adoption of Bitcoin by the United States will likely influence other countries to follow suite.
Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI) has called on schools across the country to ensure timely Aadhaar mandatory biometric updates for children in the age group of 5-15 years.
UIDAI CEO Bhuvnesh Kumar has written to Chief Secretaries of States and Union Territories, urging them to complete the pending mandatory biometric updates by organising camps in schools, an official release said on Wednesday.
“UIDAI has joined hands with the Department of School Education and Literacy, to provide the Mandatory Biometric Update (MBU) status pertaining to Aadhaar of school children on the Unified District Information System for Education Plus (UDISE+) application – a move that will facilitate MBU in Aadhaar for crores of students,” the release said.
Biometric updates mandatory at age 5 and 15
UIDAI emphasised that the timely completion of biometric updates in Aadhaar is essential for children at the age of five and once again at 15 years of age.
“It is crucial for maintaining the accuracy and reliability of biometric data of children in Aadhaar,” the release said.
Mandatory biometrics update is pending in case of nearly 17 crore Aadhaar numbers.
Non-update may affect exam, scheme authentication
Not updating the biometrics of the child may later lead to difficulties in carrying out authentication for receiving benefits under various government schemes, registering in competitive and university examinations, such as NEET, JEE, CUET, etc.
The UIDAI CEO has also apprised all the Chief Secretaries of states and UTs of the initiative and is seeking their support in conducting targeted MBU camps.
“It was thought that a camp approach through the schools could help in completing the pending MBUs,” Kumar wrote in his letter.
UDISE+ to give schools visibility on pending MBUs
The main question was how the schools would know which students had not done the biometric updates, he said, adding that the technology teams of UIDAI and the Department of School Education and Literacy teamed up to successfully implement a solution through the UDISE+ application.
“Now all the schools can have the visibility of the pending MBUs,” the UIDAI CEO wrote.
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has authorized COVID-19 vaccines for the fall — but only for high-risk groups.
Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy announced the FDA’s most recent actions on Wednesday in a post on X.
“I promised 4 things,” Kennedy wrote. “1. to end covid vaccine mandates; 2. to keep vaccines available to people who want them, especially the vulnerable; 3. to demand placebo-controlled trials from companies; 4. to end the emergency.”
LARGEST MEASLES OUTBREAK IN US IS OFFICIALLY OVER, HEALTH OFFICIALS SAY
“In a series of FDA actions today we accomplished all four goals.”
In the post, RFK stated that the FDA has issued “marketing authorization” for high-risk groups for the following vaccines: Moderna (6 months and older), Pfizer (5 years and older) and Novavax (12 and up).
“These vaccines are available for all patients who choose them after consulting with their doctors,” RFK wrote.
High-risk groups include older adults over 65 and those who are more likely to develop severe COVID illness.
MEDICAL GROUP GOES AGAINST CDC, RECOMMENDS COVID SHOTS FOR YOUNG KIDS
On its website, the CDC lists conditions that may increase the risk of severe COVID, including asthma, cancer, heart conditions, cerebrovascular disease, diabetes, dementia, mood disorders, obesity, Parkinson’s, and chronic disease of the lungs, liver or kidneys, among many others.
RFK also announced that the emergency use authorizations for COVID vaccines have been rescinded.
High-risk groups include older adults over 65 and those who are more likely to develop severe COVID illness. (iStock)
“The American people demanded science, safety, and common sense,” RFK went on. “This framework delivers all three.”
Before this change, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention had recommended the vaccine for all Americans 6 months and older.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
In May 2025, Kennedy announced that COVID-19 vaccines would be removed from the CDC’s routine immunization schedule for healthy children and pregnant women.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Instead of a universal recommendation, the CDC’s updated guidance calls for “shared clinical decision-making,” in which parents and doctors discuss the benefits and risks of vaccination for each individual case.
Before this change, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention had recommended the vaccine for all Americans 6 months and older.(iStock)
However, the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) still includes it in its annual immunization schedule, as Fox News Digital previously reported.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“It should be a conversation between the pediatrician, patient and parent, and should depend on the child’s health as well as the current state of COVID,” Dr. Marc Siegel, Fox News senior medical analyst, previously told Fox News Digital.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/news/dubai-shoppers-can-know-exactly-when-fruits-are-ready-to-eat-with-avocado-ripeness-scanner-9168253” on this server.
A 10-part documentary, “Victory,” produced by China Media Group (CMG), will air on CCTV-1 and CCTV-10 beginning August 26. The documentary chronicles the Chinese People’s War of Resistance Against Japanese Aggression and the World Anti-Fascist War. It will air on CCTV-1 at 8:00 p.m. on premiere day and on CCTV-10 at 9:20 p.m. the following day. Two consecutive episodes will be shown each night.
The series offers a vivid account of China’s arduous 14-year journey, which began much earlier and lasted longer than any other theater of war. It illustrates how the Chinese people, with immense national sacrifice, sustained the main Eastern battlefield, making a significant contribution to the ultimate victory.
Unprecedented access to history
In a first for a Chinese production, the documentary uncovers a wealth of rarely-seen historical footage and images from countries including Russia, the United States, the United Kingdom and Japan. This includes the original narration by famous American journalist Edgar Snow, documentary film clips by renowned Soviet cinematographer Roman Karmen, and exclusive historical photos authorized by American photographers Robert Capa and Harrison Forman.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-26/-Victory-CMG-s-documentary-on-China-s-war-of-resistance-airs-Tuesday-1G9M8XPZ0By/img/6eef7eabb6c840ebb8feddafa4a4673f/6eef7eabb6c840ebb8feddafa4a4673f.jpeg' alt='A scene of the Chinese people, as documented by celebrated American war correspondent Robert Capa. /CMG'
Bringing the human element to the forefront, the series features oral history from over 50 surviving veterans of the war, with the oldest being 103. Additionally, it incorporates professional and authoritative academic support from interviews with more than 20 leading domestic and international experts.
Rigorous scholarship and storytelling
The entire documentary is structured by combining a chronological timeline with a thematic approach, integrating the thoughtful and analytical style of a historical political commentary. With a clear thesis and a rigorous logical framework, the film incorporates commentary and analysis from top experts at institutions, including the Institute of Party History and Literature of the CPC Central Committee, the Academy of Military Sciences of Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA), and the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences.
The series strives to be objective and rich in detail, using a narrative-driven approach to explore profound questions and honor the indomitable spirit of resistance.
Don’t miss the premiere of “Victory” on CCTV-1 at 8:00 p.m. on August 26, with a rebroadcast on CCTV-10 at 9:20 p.m. the following day.
Kerala CM Pinarayi Vijayan
| Photo Credit:
NIRMAL HARINDRAN / THE HINDU
The Kerala cabinet on Wednesday approved an amendment to the decades-old Land Assignment Act, meeting a long-pending demand of people living in the state’s high ranges to resolve various land-related issues.
Announcing the decision at a press conference here, Chief Minister Pinarayi Vijayan said land disputes had been a serious concern in hilly regions and resolving them was one of the prime objectives of the LDF government.
He recalled that since the government assumed office in 2016, a series of interventions had been made to address the issue, paving the way for the landmark amendment.
A cabinet meeting held here approved the amendments to the Act, Vijayan said.
1960 Act created legal complications over transfers
The chief minister explained that the original Land Assignment Act, 1960, allowed land titles to be granted for agriculture, housing, neighbourhood amenities, and shop sites. However, many beneficiaries later diverted land for other uses or transferred ownership, creating “legal complications.” “The construction of buildings and ownership transfers inconsistent with land title provisions caused severe difficulties for many people,” Vijayan said. Courts had also intervened in several cases, imposing strict regulations, he noted.
In this context, the government introduced an amendment, which was passed by the Legislative Assembly on September 14, 2023, ending the six-and-a-half-decade wait of settlers, he said.
Amendment regularises non-specified land use till June 2024
“With this, land used for other purposes becomes legal,” Vijayan said, adding that the amendment regularises such use up to June 7, 2024—the date the law came into force—and grants conditional permission for non-specified purposes.
The amendment simplifies the regularisation process by exempting many categories from fee and applying relatively low rates where charges remain. Small and medium businesses, he said, would be spared complex procedures.
“This underlines the state government’s commitment to people living in the hill regions. Now the Bill will be examined by the subject committee,” Vijayan further said.
He added that the move fulfils yet another promise made in the LDF’s 2021 election manifesto and was brought forward after consultations with various stakeholders “in a completely democratic manner.”
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
RIHANNA je jedna od onih koji uopće ne mare za trendove. Eksperimentira i privlači pozornost svojim često ekscentričnim kombinacijama, a nedavno je u Los Angelesu privukla poglede upravo neobičnim, šarenim izdanjem.
Ponosno pokazujući svoj trudnički trbuh, glazbena i modna ikona prošetala je u maksimalističkoj kombinaciji. Nosila je majicu dugih rukava brenda Chopowa Lowena i prugaste crno-bijele hlače, Gucci by Tom Ford torbu i Puma japanke iz vlastite kolekcije.
Izdanje je zaokružila tamnim sunčanim naočalama i upečatljivim zlatnim nakitom.
Favorit slavnih osoba
Majica s kameleonom je brenda Chopowa Lowena koji vole brojne slavne osobe, među kojima su Dua Lipa, Chloë Sevigny i Charli XCX. Na službenoj stranici brenda majica je rasprodana, a cijena joj je bila 177.95 eura.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
O brendu
Chopova Lowena je britansko-bugarski modni brend koji su 2017. osnovale dizajnerice Emma Chopova i Laura Lowena. Prepoznat je po spoju bugarskog folklora i suvremene mode, pri čemu tradicionalne tkanine i krojevi dobivaju moderan, ponekad i punk zaokret.
Brend njeguje održivost, često koristeći reciklirane i vintage materijale u izradi svojih komada. Chopova Lowena istovremeno slavi naslijeđe i nudi avangardnu estetiku koja ih je lansirala na svjetske modne piste. Njihov rad često nose poznate osobe i influencerice, čime dodatno jačaju status kultnog brenda.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
There was a large trash can obstructing the view of a Narbonne Gaucho sign on the gym wall, so King’leon Sheard simply picked up the container and moved it out of the way in an impressive display of strength like a WWE wrestler flicking away an annoying opponent.
At 6 feet 2 and 220 pounds, Sheard had two sacks in last year’s City Section Open Division championship football game against San Pedro. On Friday night, he had two sacks in Narbonne’s 42-6 loss to Los Osos. The fact he’s still walking around Narbonne’s campus in his senior year is a story itself.
After the program was placed on probation and banned from the playoffs for three years for rules violations, there was an exodus of players and coaches. This also happened after the 2019 season when Narbonne was punished for similar circumstances — an ineligible player.
“Now it’s been two rebuilds since I’ve been here,” he said, remembering a 2-9 season in 2022 when he arrived as a freshman.
Sheard is either a glutton for punishment or determined to prove his worth no matter how many times Narbonne has to start over.
“At the root of it, it’s not just about football,” the outside linebacker said. “I made a lot of connections here. I built a nice family here. At the end of the day, it was more about my story, not what everyone else was doing. I always knew I could prevail.”
Football is what Sheard wants to do in college if he gets a chance. Yet academics has been his focus, with a dream of becoming a lawyer.
“I want to go into law,” he said. “It’s always been one of those things I’ve been interested in since I can remember.”
Sheard clearly knows how to investigate facts and make a judgment call. That’s what he did in deciding to stay at Narbonne with four other holdovers.
“I kept my head down,” he said. “My parents stayed out of it. They knew if I stayed, I’d be able to make it. I started here and was going to finish here.”
Not that Sheard didn’t consider leaving. He said he discussed leaving with several coaches. Their big selling point was having a postseason. But Sherard is guaranteed more games this season without playoffs (10) than he had all last season (eight) because of a coaches’ boycott during league play.
“I will admit I had conversations with other coaches when I heard the news that our coaches wouldn’t be with us,” he said. said. “The main talking point was, ‘We have playoffs, we have playoffs.’ You lose one game in the playoffs, you’re out anyways. I was more concerned how as coaches would you be able to help me make it to the collegiate level. How would you be able to develop me as a player.”
Enter Narbonne’s new coach, Doug Bledsoe, who’s been head coach at North Hollywood, Dorsey, Pasadena and L.A. University. Sheard placed his trust in Bledsoe and his staff.
“I formed a good relationship with coach Bledsoe and the position coaches,” he said.
Said Bledsoe: “He’s got real tenacity to get to the quarterback and a quick first step.”
Bledsoe is using a 3-4 defensive front with Sheard scheduled to be his “mini-Lawrence Taylor,” the NFL Hall of Fame linebacker known for sacking quarterbacks.
There could be tough times for the Gauchos, a team with little varsity experience and some tough early-season games.
Since this is his second rebuild he’s experienced, Sheard was asked how is it supposed to go?
“It’s not up to me,” he said. “Most I can do as a player is keep my brothers close to me and tell them, ‘It will be fine. We can do this.’”
With a new coach and new principal, perhaps Narbonne can rebuild the right way — following City Section rules. Good behavior could lead to a reduction in sanctions.
Clearly, it’s a big change because at this time last season, the Gauchos had 27 transfers in the program. This season the number is zero.
Sheard is just glad he can play four Marine League games this season so he’ll have film to show college recruiters. Last year’s league games were forfeits because schools refused to play the Gauchos.
“I felt a little slighted,” he said. “Outside of everything happening, I didn’t care. It was still my season. It was my opportunity to get stuff on film. I feel it was taken away and I had no control. I kept working.”
When it comes to gaining maturity and learning hard lessons, Sheard and his small group of fellow seniors who stayed are in for a challenging season with no playoffs allowed.
It’s a reminder of the line, “When the going gets tough, the tough get going.”
“Ten games are guaranteed,” he said. “Compared to last year, it’s a blessing.”
What to expect at upcoming Apple event: Technology giant Apple has finally announced the date for its next big global event – September 9 – with the tagline “Awe dropping”. The event will be held at the Steve Jobs Theater at Apple Park in the US state of California, according to information available on the Apple website — apple.com.
What to expect from Apple’s ‘Awe Dropping’ event?
During the annual event, the company is set to reveal more details about the iPhone 17 lineup. Apple may launch a regular and two Pro phones, and replace the Plus phone with a new and thinner iPhone 17 Air model, said IANS. The Air device is expected to be 5.5 mm thick and have a 6.6-inch screen.
Add Zee Business as a Preferred Source
According to the IANS report, this will make the new iPhone 17 Air 0.08 inches thinner than the current generation model. The base iPhone 17 is reported to have a new and bigger 6.3-inch screen with a 120Hz refresh rate instead of last year’s 60Hz.
The tech giant is also expected to update the Apple Watch Series 11, Ultra 3, and SE 3 devices. The Apple Watch Ultra 3 will be a notable update to these three, with a bigger screen and faster charging support.
Three years after the release of the previous-generation Pro AirPods, Apple may also announce the AirPods Pro 3 in its upcoming event.
Apart from that, this is another opportunity for Apple to talk about the future of Apple intelligence features like the revamp of its Liquid Glass software and AI upgrades to Siri, The Verge reports.
Meanwhile, Apple has announced that it will open its first store in Pune – Apple Koregaon Park – on September 4. This will be the company’s fourth retail store in the country.
This opening marks a significant expansion for Apple in the country, offering customers in Pune new ways to explore and buy Apple products, and experience Apple’s exceptional service in person, the iPhone maker said in a statement.
The barricade for Apple Koregaon Park was revealed following the announcement made last week in Bengaluru, where Apple Hebbal will open on September 2.
Featuring rich, vibrant feathers inspired by the peacock, India’s national bird and symbol of pride, the artwork celebrates Apple’s third and fourth stores in India.
Academy Award-winning filmmaker Jordan Peele captivated audiences and critics with his 2022 science fiction masterpiece Nope, which is now available to stream for free.
Channel 4’s streaming platform has added the star-studded film to its collection, and it’s ideal for midweek viewing.
Written and helmed by Peele, this suspenseful flick is most rewarding when approached without prior knowledge, but we’ll offer new viewers a brief outline.
The story centres on brother and sister OJ and Emerald Haywood, who run a family horse ranch in California.
After an alien-like presence appears above their property, the pair attempt to document it on camera, whilst a local entrepreneur seeks to capitalise on the phenomenon , reports the Mirror.
Oscar recipient Daniel Kaluuya headlines the ensemble as OJ, alongside Disney alumn Keke Palmer portraying his sibling Emerald.
The supporting cast includes The Walking Dead veteran Steven Yeun as Ricky ‘Jupe’ Park, a profit-driven businessman.
True to Peele’s signature style, Nope delivers complex social critique. Specifically, the frightening tale explores the dangerous extremes people pursue for financial gain.
Following its release, the thriller secured an outstanding 83% rating on Rotten Tomatoes. Their critical consensus reads: “Admirable for its originality and ambition even when its reach exceeds its grasp, Nope adds Spielbergian spectacle to Jordan Peele’s growing arsenal.”
Cinema enthusiasts were equally entranced, with one review lauding: “One of the best sci fi movies ever made,” while another proclaimed: “Without a doubt the best horror movie I’ve ever seen.”
Another viewer endorsed the film’s depth, penning: “Overall, the film is worthy of many rewatches, each one will surely be rewarding. I’m sure after every one, I will begin to notice something new each and every time.”
Meanwhile, an IMDb user wrote: “Nope accomplishes something truly rare and special in the current filmmaking landscape, an original blockbuster that delivers truly awe inspiring spectacle whilst also exploring plenty of weighty themes below the already impressive surface.”
The Firefly electric hatchback from Nio has been approved for sale in Australia, but we don’t yet know who will distribute it or when it will launch.
Unusually, Australian Design Rule certification documents have been published for the Firefly by the Australian Government before a local launch has even been announced.
This follows local trademark filings made for the Firefly brand over the past couple of years, as well as confirmation from Nio earlier this year that it would launch the brand in the right-hand drive Singaporean market in 2026.
Firefly is a spinoff brand of Nio and has just one model for now, the eponymous hatchback. It’s being pitched as a premium small-car brand, aimed at the likes of BMW’s Mini and Geely and Mercedes-Benz’s Smart.
There’s just one powertrain that’s been approved for sale in Australia, across two variants. This comprises a single electric motor producing 105kW of power, sending drive to the rear wheels.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new car. Click here to get a great deal.
The Firefly measures 4003mm long, 1781mm wide and 1557mm tall on a 2615mm wheelbase.
That makes it significantly shorter than other small electric hatchbacks, including the BYD Dolphin which measures 4290mm long. The Firefly, however, is 11mm wider and rides a wheelbase just 85mm shorter.
However, it’s 53mm longer and 86mm wider than a Toyota Yaris on a 65mm longer wheelbase.
It rides on 18-inch alloy wheels.
While specification details are limited in government approval documents, we can look to the European market – specifically the Dutch and Norwegian markets – for more details.
In the Netherlands, the Firefly range opens at €29,900 (~A$53,300) for the First Edition.
There’s only a 105kW/200Nm electric motor available, powered by a 41.2kWh battery with up to 330km of WLTP electric range.
Energy consumption is 14.5kWh/100km, also under the WLTP cycle, while it can be charged at up to 11kW on AC power and 100kW using DC power.
There’s also 3.68kW vehicle-to-load (V2L) charging capability, allowing you to power appliances, as well as a one-pedal drive mode.
The Firefly features MacPherson strut front and five-link rear suspension.
The exterior lighting is quirky, with three circular lights on either side of the vehicle, both front and rear. The headlights are LED and feature adaptive high-beam.
Inside, there’s a 6.0-inch digital instrument cluster and a 13.2-inch touchscreen infotainment system with Apple CarPlay and Android Auto.
There’s 256-colour ambient lighting, a digital rear-view mirror, semi-autonomous parking assist, and a 14-speaker 640W sound system with Dolby Atmos.
The seats and door panels are finished in 100 per cent recycled polyester, with the front seats featuring heating as standard.
The top grade also adds ventilated, massaging and power-adjustable front seats as well as microfibre upholstery.
It also receives a panoramic glass roof, power-folding exterior mirrors, a fragrance system, wireless phone charger and a power tailgate.
Standard safety equipment includes autonomous emergency braking (forward and reverse), blind-spot monitoring including a camera view, adaptive cruise control, lane-keep assist, safe exit warning and traffic sign recognition.
There’s 404 litres of cargo space at the back, expanding to 1253L with the rear seats dropped. There’s also 92L of storage under the bonnet.
Firefly isn’t the only spinoff brand of Nio. In addition to debuting Firefly last year, it also launched Onvo, a more affordable, family-focused counterpart to Nio’s namesake brand with a focus on the European market.
It’s unclear whether Nio plans to introduce its so-called battery-as-a-service (BaaS) offering, which sees owners effectively lease battery access and have the ability to drive to a battery swapping station.
Kirti Vardhan Singh said that tariffs won’t hinder India’s economic growth while highlighting that its trade with African nations has surpassed the $100 billion milestone.
At the India-Africa Conclave, Union Minister Kirti Vardhan Singh said tariffs were unfair but hailed booming trade and investments that bind the two regions closer. (IMAGE: @FollowCII/X)
Union Minister of State for External Affairs Kirti Vardhan Singh on Wednesday described the recent tariff measures imposed on India as “highly unjustified and unfair,” stressing that New Delhi must prioritise actions that “serve our national interest best.” Singh was speaking with CNN-News18 on the sidelines of the 20th CII India-Africa Business Conclave in the national capital.
“The reasons cited for imposing these tariffs on our country apply equally to many others who continue importing energy from the same sources, yet they face no such restrictions,” Singh said. “This is a clear case of unjustified and discriminatory tariff imposition.”
Singh pointed out that India will always focus on ties that are mutually beneficial and take steps that serves its national interest.
“In this changing landscape, we must focus on what serves our national interest best, which is fostering linkages that are mutually beneficial rather than exploitative.”
Despite these challenges, the minister highlighted India’s economic resilience. “Our economy remains strong, capable of withstanding pressures and continuing on the path of growth,” he said.
Singh also underscored the importance of India-Africa ties. He highlighted that decision by PM Modi was to include the African Union in the G20 in a bid to give Africa its rightful voice on the global stage was a landmark decision as G20 host in 2023.
India-Africa trade has crossed USD 100 billion, with New Delhi emerging as one of the top five investors on the continent, Singh highlighted.
“India has extended concessional loans worth over USD 12 billion and USD 700 million in grant assistance for projects across Africa, apart from offering 50,000 scholarships for African youth, of which more than 42,000 have already been utilised.”
“Our trade with Africa goes back hundreds of years. It is a relationship built on trust and continuity. Africa has immense potential and resources; India sees the continent as a natural partner. The Indian diaspora has not only settled in Africa but has deeply integrated into local societies,” he said.
Siddhant Mishra
Siddhant Mishra is a Senior Special Correspondent at CNN-News18, covering foreign affairs and international relations. With over 12 years of experience in journalism, he has also reported extensively on crime, …Read More
Siddhant Mishra is a Senior Special Correspondent at CNN-News18, covering foreign affairs and international relations. With over 12 years of experience in journalism, he has also reported extensively on crime, … Read More
News business Minister Kirti Vardhan Singh Slams US Tariffs, Boasts India’s Top Investor Status In Africa
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
XRP sits in a unique spot in the crypto world. Despite being the third-largest crypto by market cap at around $180 billion, it remains one of the most criticized assets in the industry. From Bitcoin maximalists to Ethereum and Solana advocates and now even Chainlink supporters, XRP has been under nonstop attack.
Top experts argue that nonstop criticism is actually boosting Ripple’s visibility, giving the token stronger engagement than many rivals.
Free Marketing Through Controversy
ETF Expert and ETF Store President Nate Geraci highlighted the irony, pointing out that despite the hate, XRP is bigger than BlackRock.
Stepping forward to clear the air, Crypto investor Paul Barron explained why XRP’s position is so unique. According to him, constant attacks from Bitcoin maximalists, Ethereum supporters, or even Solana fans don’t hurt XRP, they actually make it stronger.
Barron added that this hate is actually “free marketing,” as every jab against XRP keeps the token in the spotlight. He even called this effect an “inverse sentiment engine,” where negativity creates more visibility instead of less.
Crypto lawyer Bill Morgan added another twist. He noted that even Chainlink supporters have recently joined in attacking XRP, XRPL, and its community. But instead of silencing XRP’s voice, these attacks have fueled its passionate community. Every insult only activates stronger engagement, keeping XRP’s presence alive in every debate.
In that case you should add Chainlink advocates to the other three communities you mentioned. They have launched quite the onslaught against XRP, the XRPL and the XRP community the last 2 weeks. It started all at once and came from nowhere as if it was coordinated and did not… https://t.co/tKTXKrE6Wx
While Morgan admitted that some criticisms do raise valid questions that XRP advocates need to address.
Ripple vs SEC: Legal Battle Finally Ends
While online hate works in XRP’s favor, its biggest challenge was on the court for a long time. The legal battle between Ripple Labs and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is finally over.
On August 22, 2025, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals approved a joint agreement to dismiss all appeals and close the case.
As part of the settlement, Ripple will pay a $125 million civil penalty. This fine covers institutional XRP sales that the court classified as unregistered securities offerings.
Grilled cheese has always been one of those comfort foods that feels impossible to improve. For years, I made mine the same way: butter on bread, cheese in the middle, and a skillet on the stove. It worked, and I never questioned it. Then I tried making it in an air fryer, and suddenly, my “perfect” method didn’t seem so perfect anymore.
The bread comes out evenly golden and crunchy, the cheese melts into a gooey center, and the sandwich feels lighter since it barely needs any butter. The best part? The kitchen doesn’t turn into a hotbox while you cook.
Once you’ve made grilled cheese in an air fryer, it’s hard to go back to the pan. The process is quick, the cleanup is easy, and the results are consistently better. If you’re looking for a simple upgrade to a classic, this might be your new go-to method.
If you don’t own an air fryer, I recommend Ninja’s glass-bowl model. It’s the best we’ve tested and makes a mean grilled cheese. Making an air fryer grilled cheese is fast and easy and leaves almost no mess. Here’s why your next grilled cheese should start and end in the air fryer.
Why an air fryer grilled cheese works so well
As you can plainly see, the air fryer grilled cheese leaves little mess to contend with after preparing.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
An air fryer is basically a small convection oven with nonstick surfaces, circulating hot air around whatever you put in its basket. Unlike your saute pan or skillet, it cooks from all directions at once and typically in less time. Unlike your oven, it is compact and efficient, heats up quickly and may not even require preheating.
Your toaster oven could never do this. While toasted cheese is a possibility (and reheated toaster oven pizza is a revelation), grilled cheese is not. Your toaster oven is not designed to support fat on the underside of whatever you’re cooking and you’ll end up with a mess too complicated to clean.
For your grilled cheese, the air fryer is working on both of the bread surfaces and the cheese all at once, resulting in a quicker melt, which adheres the cheese to the bread slices together making for a much easier flip. (Flipping is still recommended but with far less drama.)
The air circulation provides deep crunchiness, not only to the surfaces that received the butter or mayo treatment but to the entire crust. Any inclusions beyond cheese in the interior of the sandwich are also transforming because of the ambient heat. Simply placing a lid on your saute pan or skillet can’t achieve the same results, as the components will become steamed and potentially soggy.
How I make a grilled cheese in the air fryer
Humble ingredients are transformed into something great inside an air fryer.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
Assemble a grilled cheese as you would otherwise
Sliced bread
Sliced or shredded cheese (I like American cheese for a basic grilled cheese and a combo of gruyere and cheddar for an upgrade.)
Butter or mayonnaise for the outside of the bread slices (dealer’s choice)
For a basic grilled cheese, you can assemble the sandwich in the basket of your air fryer: bread with buttered side down, followed by sliced or shredded cheese, then topped with the final slice with buttered side up.
Be it a simple sandwich or a fancier combination of cheese, bread and fixings, the air fryer makes a crispy, gooey grilled cheese in minutes.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
Set the heat to 400 degrees Fahrenheit and cook for 3 to 6 minutes on each side, flipping halfway through. The already melted cheese will keep your sandwich nicely together during the flip. You can get a lightly golden grilled cheese in less time but I recommend hanging on for 5 to 6 minutes for a deeply crunchy sandwich.
Another perk of the air fryer is that you can more easily peek to see where you are without adversely affecting the outcome.
The air fryer is even better for a stacked grilled cheese
Add a fruit element and cured meats for a fancier air fryer sammy.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
This is where the air fryer really shines in the grilled cheese realm. Every element of an upgraded grilled cheese adds a degree of difficulty when trying to cook in a skillet, much of which is mitigated in the safe confines of an air fryer. Thicker bread. Thicker cheese, like hunks of camembert or brie.
And think of all the great grilled cheese ingredients that can be slippery: apple slices, roasted red peppers, tomatoes, pickles, etc. Any grilled cheese with more than two components can be challenging to flip gracefully in a skillet, even for trained cooks.
Bag a loaf of good bread and stuff your sandwich with upmarket cheese.
Pamela Vachon/CNET
To prove a point, I assembled a fancy grilled cheese with camembert, prosciutto and apple slices. (Plus mayonnaise on the exterior, because I was being fancy, and mayo gives your sandwich a little extra tang.) Because of its height, I assembled it fully outside of the air fryer and then carefully placed it in the drawer.
Et voila!
Pamela Vachon/CNET
After 6 minutes of air fryer cooking, the flip was seamless and the sophisticated outcome belies the fact that you spent all of one minute assembling the masterpiece. The exterior of the ham even got a little bonus crisping. So the air fryer invites you to go to town with whatever you can dream up for your grilled cheese: cured or cooked ground meats, grilled veggies, various sauces and relishes — you name it. An epic grilled cheese variation is limited only by the confines of your imagination.
Do I need to preheat an air fryer for grilled cheese?
A grilled cheese is a quick-cooking sandwich no matter how you do it so you don’t want to add on minutes of additional time for something that only takes minutes to accomplish. That said, while preheating your air fryer may be a waste of time for certain preparations, I think putting it on for just a minute to heat up the nonstick surface that the sandwich sits on is worthwhile to get that golden crust working right away.
Are there drawbacks to making air fryer grilled cheese?
Depending on your model and size of air fryer, and the shape of bread you choose, it can be tricky to make more than two sandwiches at once, so it might not be the most family-friendly method for making grilled cheese. But for a solo meal or date night, your air fryer is the grilled cheese hack you didn’t know you needed.
Eating a Mediterranean diet — including lots of produce, whole grains and healthy fats — while also adding a few healthy lifestyle behaviors could lower your diabetes risk by almost a third.
That’s according to research published Aug. 25 in Annals of Internal Medicine, which found that following a Mediterranean-style diet along with calorie control, regular activity and professional support cut the risk of developing type 2 diabetes (T2D) by 31%.
The findings come from the PREDIMED-Plus trial, a six-year study of nearly 4,800 older adults in Spain who were overweight or obese and at risk of diabetes.
FRENCH FRIES TIED TO DIABETES RISK, BUT NOT ALL POTATOES ‘CREATED EQUAL,’ STUDY FINDS
“In practical terms, adding calorie control and physical activity to the Mediterranean diet prevented around three out of every 100 people from developing diabetes,” co-author Miguel Martínez-González, professor at the University of Navarra in Spain, said in a press release.
“That’s a clear, measurable benefit for public health.”
Experts say simple lifestyle changes could help prevent millions of new cases of diabetes.(iStock)
“We’re facing a global epidemic of diabetes,” co-author Frank Hu, Fredrick J. Stare Professor of Nutrition and Epidemiology at Harvard TH Chan School of Public Health, said in the release.
Type 2 diabetes is one of the world’s fastest-growing health conditions, affecting nearly 16% of U.S. adults, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Experts say simple lifestyle changes could help prevent millions of new cases.
YOUR DNA COULD BE STOPPING YOU FROM LOSING WEIGHT, NEW STUDY SUGGESTS
What the diet looks like
The Mediterranean diet primarily consists of the following ingredients.
Plenty of fruits, vegetables and whole grains
Healthy fats, such as olive oil and nuts
Moderate amounts of fish, lean proteins and dairy
Little to no red meat
This way of eating has been linked to better heart health, improved insulin sensitivity and reduced inflammation.
The Mediterranean diet has been linked to better heart health, improved insulin sensitivity and reduced inflammation.(iStock)
Registered dietitian and food blogger Lauren Harris-Pincus, based in New Jersey, previously spoke to Fox News Digital about the benefits of whole-food diets like this one.
“Fiber-rich carbohydrates like fruit, veggies, beans/legumes, nuts and whole grains are beneficial to meeting fiber goals, supporting gut health and helping to prevent lifestyle diseases,” she said.
Study design
The study looked at nearly 4,800 people in Spain who were overweight or obese and at risk of diabetes.
Half of the group followed a Mediterranean diet while also incorporating additional lifestyle changes, including cutting about 600 calories a day, adding moderate exercise (like brisk walking or light strength training), and receiving professional weight-loss support.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The other half followed a Mediterranean diet without calorie restriction, exercise guidance or extra support.
After six years, the first group had a 31% lower risk of developing diabetes. On average, they also lost 3.3 kilograms (about 7 pounds) and trimmed 3.6 centimeters (about 1.4 inches) from their waistlines.
“Adding calorie control and physical activity to the Mediterranean diet prevented around three out of every 100 people from developing diabetes.”
The control group lost significantly less, only 0.6 kilograms (1.3 pounds), and had almost no change in waist size.
“The best lifestyle strategy to reduce the risk of diabetes is to lose weight by adhering to a healthy, energy-reduced diet and increasing physical activity,” co-author Jordi Salas-Salvadó, M.D., PhD, professor at the University of Rovira i Virgili in Spain, told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
While the Mediterranean diet isn’t the only eating plan that could help prevent diabetes, it offers a “highly sustainable, long-term weight-loss option,” he added.
Salas-Salvadó noted that no previous trial has assessed the effect of reducing calories in the context of a healthy, relatively high-fat diet.
After six years, the group that modified their diet, exercised regularly and received professional support had a 31% lower risk of developing diabetes.(iStock)
Dr. Marc Siegel, clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center and Fox News senior medical analyst, was not involved in the study but has previously spoken about the effects of the Mediterranean diet.
“The alternative — saturated fats, salts and sugars — are not heart-healthy and increase the risk of obesity, high blood pressure, diabetes and cancer, all of which increase mortality risks,” he told Fox News Digital.
Potential limitations
The study’s approach of monitoring diet, physical activity and weight loss makes it difficult to gauge which factor had the most impact, according to Salas-Salvadó.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
He also pointed out that because the participants were older adults in Spain, further studies are needed to assess outcomes in other populations, like younger people and non-Mediterranean populations.
Khloe Quill is a lifestyle production assistant with Fox News Digital. She and the lifestyle team cover a range of story topics including food and drink, travel, and health.
You don’t have permission to access “http://food.ndtv.com/food-drinks/ganesh-chaturthi-2025-try-these-5-healthy-modak-recipes-to-mark-the-festival-2528597” on this server.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-26/Chinese-VP-meets-special-envoy-of-Republic-of-Korea-president-1G9xJgcdb8c/img/3b60713f5e85486dbfac4a8186898dbb/3b60713f5e85486dbfac4a8186898dbb.png' alt='Chinese Vice President Han Zheng (R) meets with Park Byeong-seug, special envoy of President of the Republic of Korea (ROK) Lee Jae-myung, in Beijing, the capital of China, August 26, 2025. /Xinhua'
Chinese Vice President Han Zheng met with Park Byeong-seug, special envoy of President of the Republic of Korea (ROK) Lee Jae-myung, in Beijing on Tuesday.
Han said China is willing to work with the ROK to implement the important consensus reached by the two heads of state, consolidate strategic mutual trust, expand common interests, enhance multilateral coordination, and promote the sustained, healthy and stable development of the bilateral ties.
Noting that this year marks the 80th anniversary of the victory in the Chinese People’s War of Resistance Against Japanese Aggression and the World Anti-Fascist War, as well as the 80th anniversary of the liberation of the Korean Peninsula, Han said China is ready to work with the international community, including the ROK side, to jointly safeguard the outcomes of the victory of World War II and uphold true multilateralism.
Park Byeong-seug said the new ROK government attaches great importance to its relations with China and respects the one-China principle.
The ROK is willing to bring the strategic cooperative partnership between the two countries back on track for the benefit of the people of both countries under the guidance of the important consensus reached by the two heads of state, he added.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PRIJE nekoliko dana Kylie Jenner podijelila je sa svojim pratiteljima na Instagramu i TikToku da je nova kolekcija njezina beauty brenda Kylie Cosmetics stigla na police drogerije Ulta. Uz to je pokazala elegantnu mikro francusku manikuru i ležernu kombinaciju koja se sastojala od bijelog crop topa i širokih traperica.
No sve je zasjenio jedan modni dodatak – Hermès Birkin torba od brušene kože u nježnoj ružičastoj nijansi. Internet se doslovno raspametio zbog ovog komada pa se rasprava proširila na gotovo sve društvene mreže, od TikToka do Reddita. Komentiralo se koliko je torba lijepa, ali i koliko je rijetka.
“Košta više od moje kuće, zasigurno”
“Jedna od najljepših Birkinica koje sam vidjela”, “Osobno mi se nikada nije sviđala Birkin torba sve do ove. Slaba sam na brušenu kožu. Toliko je lijepa da bih dala sve za nju, ha ha”, “Košta više od moje kuće, zasigurno”, “Obožavam, obožavam, obožavam tu Birkinicu”, samo su neki od komentara na Redditu.
O svemu se oglasio i Prive Porter, američka tvrtka specijalizirana za luksuzne torbe, posebno Hermès Birkin i Kelly modele. Otkrili su da je riječ o Birkin torbi izrađenoj u potpunosti od brušene Doblis kože. Naveli su i da ih je Hermès prestao proizvoditi prije nekoliko godina.
“Poput jednoroga”
“Ne možete ih naručiti, ne možete ih zatražiti i nikada ih više nećete pronaći u buticima”, napisali su. Dodali su da je Doblis jedna od najrjeđih Hermèsovih koža, a Birkin torbe izrađene od nje gotovo su “poput jednoroga”.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Kylie je možda vratila Doblis u centar pažnje, ali kolekcionari već znaju: ovo je jedna od najrjeđih Hermès torbi na svijetu”, zaključili su, a u objavi su pokazali i sličan primjerak u ultraviolet nijansi.
Ovu ružičastu Birkin torbu Kylie posjeduje već nekoliko godina, uz brojne druge primjerke. I dok su Birkin torbe same po sebi mnogima cjenovno nedostižne, ovaj model je gotovo nemoguće pronaći. No ako vas je inspirirala Kylie ili jednostavno volite ružičaste torbe, pogledajte koje se mogu pronaći u trgovinama.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
With a sudden burst, Donovan Dent accelerated toward the basket for a layup while absorbing contact that sent him tumbling to the baseline.
With an outstretched hand, Dent blocked a shot to trigger a fast break that he ended with his own long jumper.
With a flick of the wrist, Dent made almost every three-pointer he took.
Everything UCLA’s point guard did Tuesday during a roughly 80-minute summer workout open to reporters showed his ability to elevate his new team.
“It just changes things,” coach Mick Cronin said of having the veteran transfer from New Mexico, “and it makes life easier on his teammates.”
It could also quicken the pace of Bruins basketball.
UCLA point guard Donovan Dent says of his ability to make no-look passes to teammates: “Everyone’s starting to recognize that.”
(Jan Kim Lim / UCLA Athletics)
Dent said part of Cronin’s recruiting pitch after he entered the transfer portal was playing faster, helping the team convert turnovers into transition points.
“He felt like I could fit right into that system and he just needed someone he could trust with the ball in their hand,” Dent said, “and I feel like that was what I could bring to the table. So we talked about that, we talked about playing a lot of pick and rolls, and he’s been doing that a lot in practice. So I’m excited to see what we’re gonna get going during the season.”
One of the primary beneficiaries of playing alongside Dent on Tuesday was small forward Eric Dailey Jr., who routinely found himself receiving passes that he turned into points. Almost everyone on the roster has had the joy of being set up for easy baskets depending on how the team is divided on a given day.
“I don’t have to work a lot on offense,” Dailey said of playing with Dent. “I can just cut, I can spot up, in transition I can run and be his finisher.”
Dent said his strong showing was preceded by a frustrating session Monday that drew Cronin’s wrath, something that was again on display a day later when the coach told forward Tyler Bilodeau that he would be playing in Uruguay if he didn’t learn to set a satisfactory screen.
“I got hollered at pretty bad,” Dent said, “because I would make some silly plays, sloppy turnovers. So I wanted to respond the right way and I think I did that today. So seeing it firsthand, being a part of it, I think it does nothing but better the players.”
Reducing mistakes will be an emphasis for the 6-foot-2 senior who averaged 20.4 points, 6.4 assists and 3.1 turnovers last season on the way to becoming the Mountain West Conference player of the year and an honorable mention All-American. Dent said his new teammates are still learning that they need to be ready to receive a pass at all times.
“I may not be looking at you,” Dent said, “but it might still come to you, so everyone’s starting to recognize that.”
Cronin said Dent’s shooting — the reason he was not recruited by any Pac-12 Conference schools coming out of Corona Centennial High — continued to improve after he made a career-high 40.9% of his three-pointers last season at New Mexico.
A faster offense is just one anticipated change with the season opener against Eastern Washington on Nov. 3 a little more than two months away. Bilodeau has moved from center to power forward and Dailey from power forward to small forward in moves that could help maximize their skills.
“I think I can get to the glass a little easier not fending off bigger guys, just space the floor more, can post up smaller four men,” the 6-9 Bilodeau said, “so I think it’s going to be good.”
Dent is one of five veteran transfers, joining redshirt senior center Steven Jamerson II, junior center Xavier Booker, redshirt senior guard Jamar Brown and redshirt senior forward Anthony Peoples Jr. Cronin identified Jamerson, a transfer from the University of San Diego who previously played for coach Steve Lavin, as “a huge steal for us” based on what he’s shown in summer workouts.
An early positive evaluation by assistant coach Darren Savino was supported by Cronin’s conversations with Saint Mary’s coach Randy Bennett, who regularly faced Jamerson in the West Coast Conference and called him the most underrated big man on the West Coast.
“He can screen, he can defend, he can rebound,” Cronin said. “And he’s got legitimate size — he’s every bit of 6-10.”
Jamerson showed good instincts around the basket Tuesday, something Booker is still learning as part of his transition from being more of a wing player during his two seasons at Michigan State. Playing alongside Dent will undoubtedly help in his bid to become more of a rim-running post player.
“We’re trying to figure out some stuff for lobs and all that,” Dent said, “but we’re getting it down a lot.”
Itel has begun the sale of its newly launched phone – Zeno 20 – today, August 25. Equipped with an Unisoc T7100 chip and a 5000mAh battery, this smartphone was launched by the company last week. Also, it comes with an IP54-rated protection that resists dust and water, a rare feature in this segment, which also comes with a drop-resistant case, the company claimed.
Available in three colour options: Starlit Black, Space Titanium, and Aurora Blue, the Zeno 20 is available exclusively on Amazon starting at Rs 5,999. Additionally, there is also a limited-time coupon of Rs 250 off for the 3GB variant and Rs 300 off for the 4GB variant, the company informed through an official release.
Commenting on the launch, Arijeet Talapatra , CEO of itel India, said, “The ZENO series is a statement of vision and innovation – built for India’s modern youth who are different, creative, bold, and ready to shape the future. The latest addition to this series, ZENO 20, is a smartphone where durability meets advanced AI features.”
Add Zee Business as a Preferred Source
“At the core of our brand lies the 3P Promise – enabling protection against dust, water, and drop – ensuring lasting durability. With Aivana 2.0, we are making AI more approachable, conversational, and meaningful for first-time smartphone users. This smartphone is a strong testament to our continuous mission of democratizing technology for Bharat,” he added.
Zeno 20: Powered by Aivana 2.0
The ZENO 20 is powered by Aivana 2.0, an intuitive voice assistant that enables users to perform everyday tasks, from opening apps and making WhatsApp calls to changing phone settings, describing images, and even solving math problems, all through simple voice commands, according to the official release. It also understands Hindi, breaking language barriers for a wider user base, and features a smart writing assistant for social media captions, messages and more. “Aivana 2.0 goes beyond expectations – it can answer your questions using documents, set alarms, describe and explain images from your gallery, make WhatsApp voice and video calls, and solve complex math problems effortlessly,” the company stated.
Zeno 20: Key features
The Zeno 20 boasts a 6.6” HD+ display with 90Hz refresh rate, DTS sound technology, a 13MP HDR rear camera, and a 5000mAh battery with Type-C charging. The phone comes in two variants: 64GB ROM with 8GB RAM (3+5GB) and 128GB ROM with 12GB RAM (4+8GB), promising a three-year fluency guarantee. It also offers utility features such as Find My Phone, Landscape Mode, and Dynamic Bar.
A video of a Chandigarh woman travelling to Ladakh on a Honda Activa scooty/scooter has taken the internet by storm. On August 22, a travel influencer, Kishore Kumar, shared a video of meeting the woman during his Ladakh trip, where she shared her solo travel journey on the scooter through mountainous regions while covering challenging routes.
The woman travelled to Ladakh on her scooty via Chandigarh, Manali and back from Srinagar.
Also Read | 5 underrated experiences in Australia for your next trip: Snorkelling with whale sharks to hiking in ancient landscapes
A woman’s solo travel journey to Ladakh and back on a scooty
Ladakh is a dream destination for many travellers due to its otherworldly landscapes, adventurous terrains, and scenic locations. Many travellers prefer heavy-duty motorcycles for this journey, travelling from Manali or Srinagar and back. However, defying all odds, the woman chose a scooty for her solo quest, and inspired many on social media.
Per Kishore’s conversation with the woman, she began her journey to Ladakh from Chandigarh, covering routes like Manali, Pang, and Sarchu, and was heading towards Srinagar, Jammu, and eventually back home to Chandigarh. sharing the clip, he wrote, “Brave Solo Lady Rider met during Ladakh Ride.” Check out the clip here:
In the heartwarming video, Kishore expressed his admiration and surprise at finding the woman on a scooty in the treacherous terrain, as he initially believed such long-distance scooter rides were primarily undertaken by younger people.
She added that this isn’t her first extensive trip, having previously visited destinations like Hemkund Sahib and Badrinath on the same scooter, and that her husband and son encouraged her journey. Despite the scooter’s age and the difficult terrain, she managed the journey.
How did the internet react?
The video has since gone viral and has amassed over 1.5 million views. Left amazed and inspired by the woman’s incredible journey, many dropped comments under the clip.
Someone wrote, “The best part? No recordings, no vlogs, no content — just her and her scooter, a soulful and pure ride.” Another commented, “It’s a slap in the face to those who say bikes matter.”
An Instagram user commented, “Aunty and Honda just doing normal things.” Another wrote, “So happy to see an Indian mom explore and see the world on her own! They deserve this.” “Aunty ❌ Iron Lady ⚔️,” someone wrote.
Just months after celebrating his 83rd birthday, Sir Paul McCartney has shown no signs of slowing down and is rumoured to be making a fresh musical comeback. The Beatles legend will reportedly announce an upcoming tour and release a new album by the end of the year. According to a source close to the icon, Sir Paul is said to be “really proud” of the album and looking forward to performing in front of concertgoers across the UK.
They claimed: “Paul has been working on the album all year and initially hoped it would be out by the end of this year, but as with most things, plans change. “It’s not quite finished, but the majority of the album is done and Paul is really proud of it. “As for live shows, he’s told his team he wants to tour the UK again, so live gigs next year are also happening,” they added to The Sun’s Bizarre column.
This will be a quick return to the stage for the musician who turned 83 in June and is due to end his Got Back tour later this year. The shows, which kicked off in 2022, began with seven shows in Australia, followed by a Latin American leg twice. He also performed shows across Europe and a further two concerts in Mexico.
Sir Paul will embark on the North American leg of the tour on September 29 in Palm Desert, California which finishes on November 25 in Chicago. The three-year tour was preceded by the Freshen Up tour in 2018 and 2019 and a selection of Secret Gigs in 2018.
Despite his age, the Let It Be crooner has turned down the prospects of retiring during a 2025 interview and said: “I figure when I get really fed up, then that’ll be the time to think about it.
“But I’m loving it. And we play beautiful places like this, and the audiences are fantastic, so warm. And I love playing with the band, so there’s no point in retiring,” he added.
Sir Paul’s last album, McCartney III, came out in 2020, marking his 26th solo album. With his band Wings, the singer has released seven studio albums, and with The Beatles, he released 12 main studio albums, plus a selection of compilations.
Away from music, Sir Paul co-authored a book about his time in his band Wings, set to be released in November. The new book, Wings: The Story of a Band on the Run, comes as Paul also promotes The Beatles Anthology, a nine-part documentary series featuring previously unreleased footage, also set to be released in November.
The Leapmotor B10 electric SUV has been spied on Australian roads ahead of its arrival in local showrooms later this year, where it’ll take on the likes of the BYD Atto 3, Chery E5 and Hyundai Kona Electric.
A camouflaged B10 in right-hand drive was spied parked in Sydney wearing Victorian number plates, suggesting it was road-registered by the local office of Stellantis, which is in Melbourne.
Stellantis and Leapmotor established a joint venture in 2024 called Leapmotor International, which sees vehicles from the Chinese brand exported to markets like Australia and Europe.
Slightly smaller than the C10 SUV – which launched Leapmotor here in 2024 – but longer than a BYD Atto 3, the B10 has been officially confirmed for local showrooms with first arrivals expected in October 2025.
The five-seat crossover SUV will launch with electric power, with an extended-range electric vehicle (EREV) version expected to follow. Timing and details have yet to be announced for the latter, which may wear the B10 REEV Ultra Hybrid nameplate.
CarExpert can save you thousands on a new Leapmotor. Click here to get a great deal.
Both are expected to use the updated Leap 3.5 800V architecture, which has been introduced on the larger C10 overseas but hasn’t yet arrived on an updated C10 here, which is still on Leap 3.0 400V platform tech.
The B10 is expected to cost less than the C10, with the EV version details already public after it went on sale in China in March 2025.
Two single-motor electric powertrains were announced: an entry-level 132kW single-motor version, and a 160kW option which is the standard powertrain in the UK.
The UK-spec B10 comes with a 67.1kWh battery and the 160kW/240Nm single electric rear-axle motor – very similar to the C10’s – with a 418km (WLTP) claimed range.
Few details of the REEV have been announced, but it will likely share components with the C10 REEV.
The C10 REEV uses a 1.5-litre four-cylinder petrol engine acting as a generator to charge a 69.9kWh lithium iron phosphate (LFP) battery, with a 158kW/320Nm electric motor powering the rear wheels.
It offers 145km of electric driving range and in Australia is priced $2000 less than the same C10 model grade with an electric powertrain, with a $45,888 starting price (before on-road costs).
The vehicle spied in Sydney appears well run-in with aftermarket phone holders, hairbrushes and other ‘lived in’ items on board, with the 14.6-inch centre touchscreen run by a Qualcomm 8155 chip with integrated artificial intelligence (AI) clearly visible.
In addition to the C10 and B10, Leapmotor also sells the T03 in Europe. This electric city car has become its best seller, helping it post its first half-yearly profit in the first six months of 2025.
It has also launched the C11 SUV – a size up from the C10 – and the B01 sedan in China this year, and is set to pull the covers off the Volkswagen Golf-sized B05 hatch at the IAA Mobility show in Munich, Germany, next month.
The B10 will be only the second model in Australia after the C10, but at its 2023 launch, Leapmotor Australia CEO Andy Hoang told CarExpert: “We plan to cover 65 per cent of the Australian segments in the next three years.”
MORE: Explore the Leapmotor showoom
MORE: Leapmotor B10: BYD Atto 3 rival detailed ahead of Australian launch
Donald Trump Tariffs: Trump’s 50 percent tariffs on Indian imports, sharply raises US prices on textiles, jewellery, shrimp, chemicals and more, impacting consumers, manufacturers.
Donald Trump India Tariffs: A person shops in a supermarket as inflation affected consumer prices in Manhattan, New York City, US. (IMAGE: REUTERS FILE)
Donald Trump India Tariffs: The United States is bracing for a wave of price increases as US President Donald Trump’s administration is set to impose sweeping tariffs on Indian imports to the country, doubling duties to 50 per cent in retaliation for New Delhi’s purchase of Russian oil. The move, covering $48 billion worth of Indian goods, is one of the most punitive tariff actions US has ever taken against an ally.
The sectors most affected include textiles, gems and jewellery, shrimp, carpets, handicrafts, furniture, leather, organic chemicals and machinery.
That means everyday items for American households, ranging from linens, rugs and apparel to jewellery, mattresses and shrimp, will now carry a sharply higher price tag. Diamonds, gold jewellery and household furnishings will attract more than 50 per cent duty, while knitted clothes face nearly 64 per cent.
A Moneycontrol report said that apparel and home textiles face particularly sharp hikes: knitted clothing could see duties near 64 percent, woven garments around 60 percent, and bed linens and towels roughly 59 percent.
Americans who love jewellery will also feel the pinch as diamonds, gold, and other Indian-made ornaments are now subject to more than 52 percent in import duties. Also burdened are leather goods and footwear, a staple in US wardrobes, the news report by the financial news outlet said.
Even non-fashion categories aren’t spared—organic chemicals now face duties up to 54 percent, while mechanical appliances and engineering goods cross the 51 percent threshold, making mid-range equipment markedly less affordable for American buyers. Seafood such as shrimp, another Indian export, will also become costlier and on top of existing anti-dumping duties, the new tariff will push the total levy beyond 33 percent.
Blow to US Manufacturers Too
Tariffs were pitched as a way to protect American manufacturing jobs, but survey data from the Dallas Fed, accessed by broadcaster CNN, shows the opposite effect. Nearly 70 per cent of manufacturers report being hurt by higher tariffs this year, with many passing on costs to industrial and military clients. One Texas furniture maker told the Fed, “We are probably going out of business within 90 days.”
Postal services in Europe and Asia are already suspending shipments to the US after the scrapping of a tariff exemption on low-value packages. That means fewer options for American online shoppers relying on e-commerce platforms like Etsy, Shopify and TikTok Shop.
American Consumers Caught in the Middle
The tariff escalation, which leaves India facing one of the highest US import duties alongside Brazil, may shift supply chains toward competitors like Vietnam, Bangladesh and Mexico. But for US shoppers, the immediate result is fewer choices and higher prices.
“Tariffs will raise input costs for American companies, strain profit margins, and disrupt supply chains with long-term inefficiencies even if the policy is reversed later,” said Professor Trilochan Tripathy of XLRI Jamshedpur while speaking to news agency PTI.
In the short term, American households are set to pay more for Indian goods they rely on.
Economists speaking to the US broadcaster CNN called it “sneakflation”, defining it as small, incremental price hikes that quietly eat into household budgets.
For lower-income Americans, already living paycheck to paycheck, such gradual increases mean tough choices: skipping groceries to pay utility bills or cutting back on healthcare to afford children’s clothes.
From toys and sporting goods to furniture and shrimp cocktails, tariff-driven inflation is expected to spread over the next year. The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta noted that both tariff-exposed and non-exposed US businesses plan to raise prices in 2025, raising fears of another inflationary impulse.
Shankhyaneel Sarkar
Shankhyaneel Sarkar is a senior subeditor at News18. He covers international affairs, where he focuses on breaking news to in-depth analyses. He has over five years of experience during which he has covered sev…Read More
Shankhyaneel Sarkar is a senior subeditor at News18. He covers international affairs, where he focuses on breaking news to in-depth analyses. He has over five years of experience during which he has covered sev… Read More
Location :
Washington/New Delhi
News business Trump’s 50% Tariff On India To Leave Americans Paying More, Here’s What Gets Costlier
Disclaimer: Comments reflect users’ views, not News18’s. Please keep discussions respectful and constructive. Abusive, defamatory, or illegal comments will be removed. News18 may disable any comment at its discretion. By posting, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.
Binance Coin (BNB) price rebounded on Tuesday on news of the REX-Osprey BNB staking ETF application. BNB price gained 2.5 percent from today’s intraday low to trade at about $861 during the late North American session.
The large-cap altcoin, with a fully diluted valuation of about $120 billion, recently reached a new all-time high of above $899. The BNB’s bullish sentiment followed its rising Open Interest (OI), which has surged to a peak of above $1.67 billion in the past few days.
The apparent demand for BNB by institutional investors has gradually grown in the recent past. The REX filing for spot BNB staking ETF follows a similar move by VanEck, which filed earlier this year.
Meanwhile, more institutional investors are adopting BNB as a tool for treasury management akin to Bitcoin and Ethereum. For instance, BNB Network Company (tBNC) raised $500 million via a PIPE offering to fund its BNB treasury strategy.
U.S.-listed biotech firm Windtree Therapeutics secured a $500 million equity line of credit and a $20 million stock purchase agreement to fund its BNB treasury project. Additionally, Nano Lab, a Hong Kong–based Web3 infrastructure provider Initiated a $500 million convertible note offering, aiming to purchase up to $1 billion in BNB, with a long-term goal of holding 5–10% of total supply
Market Implications
The filing of the REX – Osprey BNB staking ETF I has coincided with a similar move by other fund managers. Moreover, fund managers are rushing to have the U.S. SEC approve their spot altcoin ETFs amid ongoing crypto regulatory clarity.
The notable demand for BNB by institutional investors will have a tangible impact on the ongoing crypto bull run. Moreover, BNB has a fixed supply, and the Binance exchange has facilitated quarterly burns, thus further exaggerating the demand vs supply shock.
Vantage Knowledge Academy, in collaboration with Investment Banker’s Foundation, has launched the Chartered Global Investment Banker certification program in India.
Vantage Knowledge Academy, a leading institution in financial education and professional training, has launched the “Chartered Global Investment Banker” certification program.
The CGIB certification is a comprehensive, three-level professional qualification tailored for aspiring and early-career investment banking professionals. Structured to be completed in about 18 months, the program is designed to offer a fast-track yet globally rigorous path to master investment banking.
Course moves from core principles to applied practice
The three levels of the course include Foundation, Strategy, and Applied. It is curated to provide progressive depth, beginning with core principles, advancing to strategic thinking and culminating in practical, real-world application.
Investment Banker’s Foundation is a registered Trust that has developed the “Chartered Global Investment Banker” program.
IBF signs MoU with Vantage as training partner
The Investment Banker’s Foundation has signed an MOU with Vantage Knowledge Academy Ltd as the Official Training partner.
Vantage will deliver the CGIB program through its online learning Management Platform, supported by a faculty team with extensive real-world investment banking experience.
Curriculum blends theory, case studies, and capstone project
The curriculum is designed to be globally relevant, integrating theoretical concepts with case studies, industry simulations and a capstone cross-border deal project to ensure practical readiness.
Training will be delivered online, offering candidates the flexibility to learn at their own pace while also benefiting from live expert-led sessions.
Coverage includes markets, M&A, valuation, regulation, insolvency
The CGIB program curriculum covers the full spectrum of investment banking, including financial markets, mergers and acquisitions, valuation, regulatory frameworks, insolvency, etc. Exams will be held twice a year—in June and December—with on-demand scheduling flexibility.
The program is open to both undergraduates and graduates from any academic background, besides working professionals looking to advance or transition into investment banking and related fields.
Rajesh Dedhia, Director of Vantage Knowledge Academy, stated that the CGIB program is the only comprehensive and detailed program of its kind in India.
It is designed to empower the next generation of finance professionals with not just academic knowledge, but also the practical insight and execution skills required in today’s complex global markets, he said.